ML15210A288: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 19: Line 19:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:APPENDIX 2: NATCON INFORMATION Hot Channel Factors in the NATCON Code Version 1.0The NATOON code version 1.0 [Ref. ANL/RERTR/TM-12]
{{#Wiki_filter:APPENDIX 2: NATCON INFORMATION Hot Channel Factors in the NATCON Code Version 1.0 The NATOON code version 1.0 [Ref. ANL/RERTR/TM-12]
uses three hot channel factors (FQ,FW, FH). Using the source code and documentation, the factor FH used in NATCON is found tobe the same as the factor FNUSLT used by E. E. Feldman.
uses three hot channel factors (FQ, FW, FH). Using the source code and documentation, the factor FH used in NATCON is found to be the same as the factor FNUSLT used by E. E. Feldman. Table 1 shows the tolerances and uncertainties included in each of the six hot channel factors used by E. E. Feldman. The correspondence between the NATCON hot channel factors and E. E. Feldman's six hot channel factors is as follows.Feldman's Hot Channel FactorNC CNInu Variable System-wide Factors: FFLOW a factor to account for the uncertainty in total reactor flow FPOWER a factor to account for the uncertainty in total reactor power FNUSLT a factor to account for the uncertainty in Nu number correlation FW (approximately)
Table 1 shows the tolerances anduncertainties included in each of the six hot channel factors used by E. E. Feldman.
FQ FH Local Factors: FBULK a hot channel factor for local bulk coolant temperature rise FFILM a hot channel factor for local temperature rise across the coolant film FFLUX a hot channel factor for local heat flux from cladding surface FBULK (new input)FFILM (new input)FFLUX (new input)Hot Channel Factors in the NATCON Code Version 2.0 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-1 PUR- SARAppndix2-1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Sections 2.1 and 2.2 develop, for laminar natural convection, two thermal-hydraulic relationships that are used in section 2.3 to obtain formulas for the hot channel factors from user-supplied manufacturing tolerances and measurement uncertainties.
Thecorrespondence between the NATCON hot channel factors and E. E. Feldman's six hot channelfactors is as follows.Feldman's Hot Channel FactorNC CNInuVariableSystem-wide Factors:FFLOW a factor to account for the uncertainty in total reactorflowFPOWER a factor to account for the uncertainty in total reactorpowerFNUSLT a factor to account for the uncertainty in Nu numbercorrelation FW (approximately)
The results of section 2.3 are summarized here for convenience.
FQFHLocal Factors:FBULK a hot channel factor for local bulk coolanttemperature riseFFILM a hot channel factor for local temperature rise acrossthe coolant filmFFLUX a hot channel factor for local heat flux from claddingsurfaceFBULK (new input)FFILM (new input)FFLUX (new input)Hot Channel Factors in the NATCON Code Version 2.0PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-1PUR- SARAppndix2-1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Sections 2.1 and 2.2 develop, for laminar natural convection, two thermal-hydraulic relationships that are used in section 2.3 to obtain formulas for the hot channel factors from user-supplied manufacturing tolerances and measurement uncertainties.
The first three are local/random hot channel factors, and the last three are system-wide.
The results of section 2.3 aresummarized here for convenience.
An example of the use of these hot channel factors is given in section 4, with NATCON running instructions in section 3, and the new input description in section 5.FBULK- 1 +j{(1 + u)2a+ (1+ u 2)2+-r-:U1 +u62 FBULK is higher (conservative) if the temperature dependence of water viscosity is ignored.FFILM = 11u 1 2+/-+u 2 2+/-+u 3 2 +u 4 2+/-+u 5 2 FFLUX -- 1 2 +u 2 2+/-+u 3 2 +u4 FQ = 1 +u-FW = 1 + u 8 FH = 1 +- u 9 where ul= Fractional uncertainty in neiitronics calculation of power in a plate u2= Fractional uncertainty in U-235 mass per plate =Am/_M u3 Fractional uncertainty in local (at an axial position) fuel meat thickness u4= Fractional uncertainty in U-235 local (at an axial position) homogeneity u 5 = Fractional uncertainty in coolant channel thickness  
The first three are local/random hot channel factors, and thelast three are system-wide.
= (tnc -thc) / tn u 6 = Fractional uncertainty in flow distribution among channels u7= Fractional uncertainty in reactor power measurement u8= Fractional uncertainty in flow due to uncertainty in friction factor Ug = Fractional uncertainty in convective heat transfer coefficient, or in the Nu number correlation M = Nominal mass of U-235 per plate, gram Am = Tolerance allowed in U-235 mass per plate, gram PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-2 PUR- SARAppndix2-2Rev 2, July 23, 2015 The code obtains, for an input nominal reactor power CPWR, a thermal-hydraulic solution using the three systematic hot channel factors FW, EQ and FH. If the user-input reactor power is zero, then the code itself chooses the nominal power from a series of power levels (10 kW, 100 kW, 200 kW, and so on increasing in steps of 100 kW). This thermal-hydraulic calculation is done for a hot plate power of CPWR*FQ*(Radial power peaking factor RPEAK)/(Total number of fuel plates in standard and control assemblies).
An example of the use of these hot channel factors is given insection 4, with NATCON running instructions in section 3, and the new input description insection 5.FBULK- 1 +j{(1 + u)2a+ (1+ u2)2+-r-:U1 +u62FBULK is higher (conservative) if the temperature dependence of water viscosity is ignored.FFILM = 11u12+/-+u22+/-+u32 +u42+/-+u52FFLUX -- 12 +u22+/-+u32 +u4FQ = 1 +u-FW = 1 + u8FH = 1 +- u9whereul= Fractional uncertainty in neiitronics calculation of power in a plateu2= Fractional uncertainty in U-235 mass per plate =Am/_Mu3 Fractional uncertainty in local (at an axial position) fuel meat thickness u4= Fractional uncertainty in U-235 local (at an axial position) homogeneity u5 = Fractional uncertainty in coolant channel thickness  
Also, the frictional resistance to flow is multiplied by FW 2 , and the convective heat transfer coefficient found for laminar flow in a rectangular channel is divided by FH. The random hot channel factors FBULK, FFILM and FFLUX are not used in this solution.Having obtained the above solution, the random hot channel factors FBULK, FFILM and FFLUX are applied to the temperatures obtained, using the following equations.
= (tnc -thc) / tnu6 = Fractional uncertainty in flow distribution among channelsu7= Fractional uncertainty in reactor power measurement u8= Fractional uncertainty in flow due to uncertainty in friction factorUg = Fractional uncertainty in convective heat transfer coefficient, or in the Nu numbercorrelation M = Nominal mass of U-235 per plate, gramAm = Tolerance allowed in U-235 mass per plate, gramPUR-1 SARAppendix 2-2PUR- SARAppndix2-2Rev 2, July 23, 2015 The code obtains, for an input nominal reactor power CPWR, a thermal-hydraulic solution usingthe three systematic hot channel factors FW, EQ and FH. If the user-input reactor power is zero,then the code itself chooses the nominal power from a series of power levels (10 kW, 100 kW,200 kW, and so on increasing in steps of 100 kW). This thermal-hydraulic calculation is done fora hot plate power of CPWR*FQ*(Radial power peaking factor RPEAK)/(Total number of fuelplates in standard and control assemblies).
Also, the frictional resistance to flow is multiplied byFW2, and the convective heat transfer coefficient found for laminar flow in a rectangular channelis divided by FH. The random hot channel factors FBULK, FFILM and FFLUX are not used inthis solution.
Having obtained the above solution, the random hot channel factors FBULK, FFILM and FFLUXare applied to the temperatures  
: obtained, using the following equations.
The temperatures calculated with all six hot channel factors are printed after the above solution.
The temperatures calculated with all six hot channel factors are printed after the above solution.
The onset ofnucleate boiling ratio, ONBR, is computed using the temperatures with all six hot channelfactors applied (using the equation below). If the user-input nominal power is zero, then the lastnominal power for which the code prints a solution is that at which the ONBR is 1.0.Ti,6hcf = To + (Ti- To)*FBULK Twalj,i,6hcf  
The onset of nucleate boiling ratio, ONBR, is computed using the temperatures with all six hot channel factors applied (using the equation below). If the user-input nominal power is zero, then the last nominal power for which the code prints a solution is that at which the ONBR is 1.0.Ti,6hcf = To + (Ti- To)*FBULK Twalj,i,6hcf  
= Ti,6hcf + (TwaiiUi-Ti)*FFILM Tmax,j,6hcf  
= Ti,6hcf + (TwaiiUi-Ti)*FFILM Tmax,j,6hcf  
= TwaII,i,6hcf  
= TwaII,i,6hcf  
+ (Tmax~i -TwaIlU)*FFLUX whereTo = Bulk water temperature at the coolant channel inlet, i.e., the pool temperature,= Bulk water temperature in node i of the channel with only systematic hotchannel factors applied, 00Twai,i Cladding surface temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factorsapplied,  
+ (Tmax~i -TwaIlU)*FFLUX where To = Bulk water temperature at the coolant channel inlet, i.e., the pool temperature,= Bulk water temperature in node i of the channel with only systematic hot channel factors applied, 00 Twai,i Cladding surface temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factors applied, °C Tmax,i =Fuel meat centerline temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factors applied, °C TI,6hof = Bulk water temperature in node i of the channel with all six hot channel factors,°C TwaII,i,6hcf  
°CTmax,i =Fuel meat centerline temperature in node i with only systematic hot channelfactors applied,  
= Cladding surface temperature in node i with all six hot channel factors, 0C Tmax,i,6hcf  
°CTI,6hof = Bulk water temperature in node i of the channel with all six hot channel factors,°CTwaII,i,6hcf  
= Fuel meat centerline temperature in node i with all six hot channel factors, C T~o, = Incipient boiling temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factors applied, C PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-3 PuR- SARAppndix2-3Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Flow Rate in a Coolant Channel versus Power of a Fuel Plate NATCON is a laminar natural circulation code. The flow rate is calculated in the code by balancing the buoyancy pressure force to the laminar friction pressure drop. Following this concept, an analytical relationship is developed here (with some approximation) for the coolant flow rate in a single coolant channel in terms of the power generated in a fuel plate and the channel geometrical dimensions.
= Cladding surface temperature in node i with all six hot channel factors, 0CTmax,i,6hcf  
The analytical relationship is needed for obtaining hot channel factors.The hot channel factor FW used in the code to account for the uncertainty in coolant flow rate is actually applied to the laminar friction factor in the code, that is, the laminar friction factor is multiplied by FW 2.It is not applied directly to the flow rate. The relationship developed here explains how this technique works.p 1 , T 1 at channel outlet IL = Channel height containing hot coolant (hotter than pool), m IP = Power in a single fuel plate or the two half plates, W IW=Upward flow rate in a single channel, kg/s po, To at channel inlet Schematic of what the code analyses, that is, a single rectangular coolant channel heated by a half of a fuel plate on each side (right and left sides).The above schematic shows what the code analyses, that is, a single rectangular coolant channel heated by a half of a fuel plate on each side (right and left sides). See Fig. 1 for details.The buoyancy pressure force is caused by the decrease in water density due to heating in the channel. The temperature dependence of water density can be written as ,p(T) =po -,p 0 ,8 (T -To )(I)where T1= Bulk water temperature at channel outlet, C AT = T 1-To = Temperature rise in channel from inlet to outlet, C PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-4 PUR- SARAppndix2-4Rev 2, July 23, 2015 p 0 = Water density at channel inlet, i.e., the water density in the pool, kg/rn 3 I? = Volumetric expansion coefficient of water, per C ,p = Average coolant density in the channel, kg/rn 3 L= Channel height that contains hotter coolant (hotter than pool), m. It is the sum of heat generating length of fuel plate, non-heat generating fuel plate length at top, and the assembly duct length above the top of fuel plate g = Acceleration due to gravity, 9.8 m/s 2 The buoyancy pressure force is given by BuoyancyAp
= Fuel meat centerline temperature in node i with all six hot channel factors, CT~o, = Incipient boiling temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factorsapplied, CPUR-1 SARAppendix 2-3PuR- SARAppndix2-3Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Flow Rate in a Coolant Channel versus Power of a Fuel PlateNATCON is a laminar natural circulation code. The flow rate is calculated in the code bybalancing the buoyancy pressure force to the laminar friction pressure drop. Following thisconcept, an analytical relationship is developed here (with some approximation) for the coolantflow rate in a single coolant channel in terms of the power generated in a fuel plate and thechannel geometrical dimensions.
=(po -p)gL (2)The average coolant density p is given by p =O0.5 (po+p,) = p 0 -0.5,po /J(T 1 -To )= p 0 -0.5,O p 0 fAT (3)Buoyancy Ap = 0.5 p 0 ,/1 AT g L (4)The coolant temperature rise AT can be written in terms of the input power P generated in a fuel plate, as shown by Eq. (5) below, and then the buoyancy A p of Eq. (4) can be written in terms of the input power P, as shown by Eq. (6).AT = P/ (W Cp) (5)_ o 0/gLP BuoyancyAp
The analytical relationship is needed for obtaining hot channelfactors.The hot channel factor FW used in the code to account for the uncertainty in coolant flow rate isactually applied to the laminar friction factor in the code, that is, the laminar friction factor ismultiplied by FW2.It is not applied directly to the flow rate. The relationship developed hereexplains how this technique works.p1 , T1 at channel outletIL = Channel height containing hot coolant (hotter than pool), mIP = Power in a single fuel plate or the two half plates, WIW=Upward flow rate in a single channel, kg/spo, To at channel inletSchematic of what the code analyses, that is, a single rectangular coolant channel heated by ahalf of a fuel plate on each side (right and left sides).The above schematic shows what the code analyses, that is, a single rectangular coolantchannel heated by a half of a fuel plate on each side (right and left sides). See Fig. 1 for details.The buoyancy pressure force is caused by the decrease in water density due to heating in thechannel.
-WC(6)Ignoring the minor losses at channel inlet and outlet, the laminar frictional pressure drop in the channel is written below as Eq. (9) after using the laminar friction factor given by Eq. (7), and after replacing the coolant velOcity by mass flow rate using Eq. (8). The parameter C in Eq. (7)is a constant for a given channel cross section, but it depends upon the channel cross section aspect ratio width/thickness, and varies from 57 for aspect ratio 1.0 (square channel) to 96 for an infinite aspect ratio (infinitely wide channel).f =C /Re (7)W= pAV (8)PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-5 PUR- SARAppndix2-5Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Fritioal _ p 2 = C 4 ULcW(9 Fritioal P 2D 2 p AD 2 9 where f -Moody friction factor for laminar flow in the channel Re -Reynolds number in the channel = ,oVD/,u A = Flow area of the channel cross section, m 2 D = Equivalent hydraulic diameter of the channel cross section, m Lc = Total coolant channel length causing frictional pressure drop, m.V = Coolant velocity averaged over the channel cross section, m/s W = Coolant mass flow rate in the channel, kg/s 11 = Average coolant dynamic viscosity in the channel, N-s/rn 2/u (T) = Temperature-dependent dynamic viscosity of water, N-s/rn 2/-Uo =1 , (To) = Coolant dynamic viscosity at the channel inlet temperature To For the PUR-1 reactor, the temperature dependence of the dynamic viscosity of water over the temperature range 27 00 < T < 50 &deg;0 can be approximated as follows.pz(T)= ,p(To) (1+T-T)0)- (10)where a = 0.12, To = 2700C, , ( To) = 0.875x10 -3 N-s/in 2 The average coolant dynamic viscosity ,p used in Eq. (9) can be set equal to the viscosity at the average coolant temperature (To + 0.5AT) in the channel. Putting this temperature in Eq.(10), the average viscosity ,u is found to be= ,p(To) (1 +0.5AT)0-. (11 )Equation (11) indicates that the average viscosity 41 can be set equal to ,p ( To) if AT is just a few 00 (this is the case for the PUR-1 reactor at the operating power of 1 kW). If AT is greater than a few 00, i.e., 1 <<0.5AT (this is the case for the PUR-1 reactor at an ONB power of about 100 kW), then Eq. (11) simplifies to the following.
The temperature dependence of water density can be written as,p(T) =po -,p0,8 (T -To )(I)whereT1= Bulk water temperature at channel outlet, CAT = T1-To = Temperature rise in channel from inlet to outlet, CPUR-1 SARAppendix 2-4PUR- SARAppndix2-4Rev 2, July 23, 2015 p0 = Water density at channel inlet, i.e., the water density in the pool, kg/rn3I? = Volumetric expansion coefficient of water, per C,p = Average coolant density in the channel, kg/rn3L= Channel height that contains hotter coolant (hotter than pool), m. It is the sum ofheat generating length of fuel plate, non-heat generating fuel plate length at top,and the assembly duct length above the top of fuel plateg = Acceleration due to gravity, 9.8 m/s2The buoyancy pressure force is given byBuoyancyAp
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-6 PUR- SARAppndix2-6Rev 2, July 23, 20i5  
=(po -p)gL (2)The average coolant density p is given byp =O0.5 (po+p,) = p0 -0.5,po /J(T1 -To )= p0 -0.5,O p0 fAT (3)Buoyancy Ap = 0.5 p0 ,/1 AT g L (4)The coolant temperature rise AT can be written in terms of the input power P generated in afuel plate, as shown by Eq. (5) below, and then the buoyancy A p of Eq. (4) can be written interms of the input power P, as shown by Eq. (6).AT = P/ (W Cp) (5)_ o0/gLPBuoyancyAp
,u= ,u ( To) (0.5AT)-0 i T 2 0 1a if AT >> 2 &deg;C (12a)/1 u /u(To) if AT<<2 &deg;C (12b)Substituting Eq. (12a) into Eq. (9), the frictional Ap becomes Frictional Ap =
-WC(6)Ignoring the minor losses at channel inlet and outlet, the laminar frictional pressure drop in thechannel is written below as Eq. (9) after using the laminar friction factor given by Eq. (7), andafter replacing the coolant velOcity by mass flow rate using Eq. (8). The parameter C in Eq. (7)is a constant for a given channel cross section, but it depends upon the channel cross sectionaspect ratio width/thickness, and varies from 57 for aspect ratio 1.0 (square channel) to 96 foran infinite aspect ratio (infinitely wide channel).
C'U&deg;LcW (-'W-p' (13)21-a p AD 2 21-&deg; 7 AD 2\ /-, P Equating the frictional A p of Eq. (13) to the buoyancy A p of Eq. (6) to find the steady-state coolant flow rate W in the channel, one obtains Eq. (14) below. Equation (14) can be rewritten as Eq. (15).P 0 flgLP-_ C 'u-----&deg;L-W--  
f =C /Re (7)W= pAV (8)PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-5PUR- SARAppndix2-5Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Fritioal
(-W " (14)2WCp 21-a p AD 2 )W -+ p 0 poAD 2 /3 gLPl+a 15 2' CltoLc 15 Equation (15) relates the fuel plate power to the channel flow rate in natural circulation.
_ p 2 = C4ULcW(9Fritioal P 2D 2 p AD2 9wheref -Moody friction factor for laminar flow in the channelRe -Reynolds number in the channel = ,oVD/,uA = Flow area of the channel cross section, m2D = Equivalent hydraulic diameter of the channel cross section, mLc = Total coolant channel length causing frictional pressure drop, m.V = Coolant velocity averaged over the channel cross section, m/sW = Coolant mass flow rate in the channel, kg/s11 = Average coolant dynamic viscosity in the channel, N-s/rn2/u (T) = Temperature-dependent dynamic viscosity of water, N-s/rn2/-Uo =1 , (To) = Coolant dynamic viscosity at the channel inlet temperature ToFor the PUR-1 reactor, the temperature dependence of the dynamic viscosity of water over thetemperature range 27 00 < T < 50 &deg;0 can be approximated as follows.pz(T)= ,p(To) (1+T-T)0)- (10)where a = 0.12, To = 2700C, , ( To) = 0.875x10  
It is used to find the dependence of the flow rate on the parameter C in the laminar friction factor (at constant power). All parameters in this equation are constant is also practically constant)except the parameter C in the laminar friction factor. Based on Eq.(15), the relationship between the flow rate W and the parameter C is given by Eq. (16) below.Wcc I (16)Equation (16) shows that the friction factor parameter C is multiplied by a factor (FW)2 , the 2 coolant flow rate W will be reduced by the factor (FW)2+a,. This has been verified by actually running the NATCON code for the PUR-1 reactor. Since a is small (a = 0.12 for the PUR-1 reactor), 21(2+a) is nearly 1.0, and the flow rate W is reduced approximately by the factor FW.Bulk Coolant Temperature Rise versus Power of a Fuel Plate Equation (5) expresses, for laminar natural circulation, the bulk coolant temperature rise in terms of fuel plate power, coolant flow rate and specific heat. Putting the value of flow rate obtained in Eq. (15) into Eq. (5), the bulk coolant temperature rise is given by Eq. (17) below, purely in terms of power and the geometrical dimensions of the channel. The right hand side of Eq. (17) is rearranged into two factors in Eq. (18), such that the second factor is sensitive to power and channel geometrical dimensions that usually have manufacturing tolerances and PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-7 PUR- SARAppndix2-7Rev 2, July 23, 2015 measurement uncertainties, and the first factor is insensitive to power and channel geometrical dimensions.
-3 N-s/in 2The average coolant dynamic viscosity  
AT =::" 2;Q ---j2&#xf7; (17)'AT[C~p~po/gL .A (18)The nominal flow area and hydraulic diameter of a rectangular coolant channel are given by A = tnc Wn (1 9)P w= 2 (tnc + W ~c) (20)D = 4 A/ P~, = 2 tnc Who / (tnc + Wnc) (21)where to = Channel thickness (spacing between fuel plates), m to = Nominal channel thickness (spacing between fuel plates), m thc = Minimum channel thickness in hot channel (spacing between fuel plates), m Wc =Channel width, assumed not to change from its nominal value, m Pw = Wetted perimeter of the nominal channel, m Pc = Power generated in a fuel plate, without applying manufacturing tolerances, W Phc = Power generated in a fuel plate, after applying manufacturing tolerances, W Because the channel thickness to, is much smaller than the channel width Wc in most experimental reactors, Eq. (21) reduces to o 2 tc, (22)Using the channel area and hydraulic diameter given by Eqs. (19) and (22) into Eq. (18), the bulk coolant temperature rise can be written in terms of power, channel thickness, and channel width. This is the desired relationship for use in finding hot channel factors.PUR-1 SAP, Appendix 2-8 PUR- SARAppndix2-8Rev 2, July 23, 2015  
,p used in Eq. (9) can be set equal to the viscosity atthe average coolant temperature (To + 0.5AT) in the channel.
-- --CfOL -7_- 1 (23)C 4w~t 3 Formulas for Hot Channel Factors For use in the NATCON version 2.0, six hot channel factors (three global/systemic and three local/random) are obtained from 9 manufacturing tolerances and measurement uncertainties u 1 , u=,..., u 9 that are defined below. These are fractional uncertainties rather than percent. Of these nine uncertainties, those affecting a particular hot channel factor are indicated in Table 1. The systemic hot channel factors are given by Eqs. (24) through (26), and the random hot channel factors are given by Eqs. (27) through (29). A utility Fortran computer program NATCON_HCF and a Microsoft spreadsheet NATCON.HotChanFactors.xls have also been developed to compute the hot channel factors using these formulas.EQ = 1 + u 7 (24)FW =1 + u 8 (25)FH = 1 + u 9 (26)The ratio of the power generated in hot plate to its nominal power, caused by the uncertainties in neutronics-computed power and in U-235 mass per plate, can be written as Ph...._c (1 +u 1)(1+/-+u 2) (27)nPo The ratio of bulk coolant temperature rise in hot channel to the temperature rise in the nominal Channel, caused by the uncertainties in neutronics-computed power, U-235 mass per plate, and channel thickness, is obtained from Eq. (23). Only the quantity in the second parentheses is important here because the quantity in the first parentheses is insensitive to these uncertainties.
Putting this temperature in Eq.(10), the average viscosity  
~h 1  (28)The uncertainty in flow distribution is assumed to reduce the channel flow to (1- U 6) times the flow without this uncertainty, and therefore the bulk coolant temperature rise is increased by the factor (1+ u 6). This uncertainty in bulk coolant temperature rise is statistically combined with that given by Eq. (28) to obtain the following formula for the hot channel factor FBULK for input to the NATOON version 2.0.FBULK= 1 +,  
,u is found to be= ,p(To) (1 +0.5AT)0-. (11 )Equation (11) indicates that the average viscosity 41 can be set equal to ,p ( To) if AT is just afew 00 (this is the case for the PUR-1 reactor at the operating power of 1 kW). If AT is greaterthan a few 00, i.e., 1 <<0.5AT (this is the case for the PUR-1 reactor at an ONB power of about100 kW), then Eq. (11) simplifies to the following.
: 1. -1+u2 (29)PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-9 PuR- SARAppndix2-9Rev 2, July 23, 2015 The temperature drop across coolant film on the cladding surface at an axial location is given by Eq. (30). Here the heat flux q" (W/m 2) on the cladding surface is replaced by tf q'"/2 in terms of the volumetric power density q"'" (W/m 3) in the fuel meat.Aflh 2h (0 The convective heat transfer coefficient h (W/m 2-C) is given by Eq. (31). Here the laminar Nusselt number Nu is independent of flow rate, and varies only slowly with the aspect ratio (width/thickness) of coolant channel. The main variation of the heat transfer coefficient with channel thickness is due to the denominator of Eq. (31). The numerator of Eq. (31) is considered to be constant.h -NKc&deg;&deg; -N"IKC&deg;&deg;! (31)D 2tc Using Eq. (31) for the heat transfer coefficient, the temperature drop across coolant film can be written as Eq. (32).fil~m -Nco (32)Equation (32) states that ATift,~ is directly proportional to the fuel meat thickness (having uncertainty u 3), the channel thickness (having uncertainty u 5), and the power density in meat.The uncertainty in power density is caused by three uncertainties, that is, u 1 , u 2 and u 4.Statistically combining these five uncertainties gives the following formula for the hot channel factor FFILM for input to the NATCON version 2.0.FFILM =1+4Ul2+/-+u 2 2+/-+u 3 2+/-u-/4 5 2 (33)The uncertainty in the heat flux at the cladding surface is included in the hot channel factor FFILM given by Eq. (33). A hot channel factor FFLUX for the heat flux alone can be found from Eq. (34) for heat flux in terms of the power density q"'" in the fuel meat and the thickness of the meat. The fractional uncertainty in heat flux is the sum of fractional uncertainties in power density and meat thickness, as given by Eq. (35).q" t- (34)2 Sq"_ Sq '" Ste__ +/- fe (35)q,, q,, tfuel In Eq. (35), the uncertainty in power density is caused by three uncertainties, that is, u 1 , u 2 and u 4.The uncertainty in the meat thickness is given by u 3.Statistically combining these four uncertainties gives the following formula for the hot channel factor FFLUX for input to the NATCON version 2.0.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-10 PUR- SARAppedix  
PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-6PUR- SARAppndix2-6Rev 2, July 23, 20i5  
-10Rev 2, July 23, 2015 FFLUX= 1+ u 12+//2 -+/-u 3 2+u 4 2 (6 (36)The uncertainty in the temperature drop ATmetal from fuel meat centerline to cladding surface is not important in the case of the PUR-1 reactor because ATmetai is very small compared to ATritm.For example, ATmetai is 0.05 00 and ATfilm is 34.5 00 at 100 kW without any hot channel factors.Table A2-1. Uncertainties Included in the Six Hot Channel Factors Used in NATCON Version 2.0 (X implies that an uncertainty affects a hot channel factor)Uncertainty Fraction FQ FW {FH FBULK FFILM FFLUX Local or random uncertainties I Neutronics calculation ofXXX power in a plate, u 1 2 U-235 mass per plate, u 2 X X X 3 Local fuel meat thickness,XX u 3 4 U-235 axial homogeneity,XX 5 Coolant channel thickness,XX u 5 6 Flow distribution amongXX channels, u 6 System-wide uncertainties 7 Reactor power measurement uncertainty, X 8 Flow uncertainty due to X___uncertainty in friction_____
,u= ,u ( To) (0.5AT)-0i T 201aif AT >> 2 &deg;C(12a)/1u /u(To) if AT<<2 &deg;C (12b)Substituting Eq. (12a) into Eq. (9), the frictional Ap becomesFrictional Ap =
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-11 PUR- SARAppedix  
C'U&deg;LcW (-'W-p' (13)21-a p AD2 21-&deg; 7 AD2\ /-, PEquating the frictional A p of Eq. (13) to the buoyancy A p of Eq. (6) to find the steady-state coolant flow rate W in the channel, one obtains Eq. (14) below. Equation (14) can be rewritten as Eq. (15).P0flgLP-_ C 'u-----&deg;L-W--  
-1 1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 factor, u 8 9 Heat transfer coefficient uncertainty due to uncertainty in Nu number correlation, u 9 The following information was presented as answers to Requests for Additional Information (RAIs) during the conversion process. This information is not presented in the SAR chapters on thermal hydraulics.
(-W " (14)2WCp 21-a p AD2 )W -+ p0 poAD2 /3 gLPl+a 152' CltoLc 15Equation (15) relates the fuel plate power to the channel flow rate in natural circulation.
Question 28 28. Appendix 1. From the information in Appendix 1 it is not clear how insignificant are the channel inlet and outlet losses when compared to the wall shear. Please clarify.Response: The information in Appendix 1 was used only to obtain hot channel factors for input to a more detailed thermal-hydraulic calculation using the NATCON code [Ref. 8 of the conversion proposal].
It isused to find the dependence of the flow rate on the parameter C in the laminar friction factor (atconstant power). All parameters in this equation are constant is also practically constant) except the parameter C in the laminar friction factor. Based on Eq.(15),
Therefore, Appendix 1 is a simplified modeling of what is calculated in detail in NATCON, and it is used only for the purpose of obtaining closed-form equations from which hot channel factors could be found. Appendix 1 does not include the minor losses. The minor losses calculated by NATCON are reported below, and found to be about 16% of the total frictional pressure drop in the HEU core, and 14% of the total frictional pressure drop in the LEU core (see Table 027-1 ).The pressure drop due to inlet and outlet losses were calculated (by the NATCON code) using loss coefficients of 0.5 and 1.0 respectively.
the relationship betweenthe flow rate W and the parameter C is given by Eq. (16) below.Wcc I (16)Equation (16) shows that the friction factor parameter C is multiplied by a factor (FW)2, the2coolant flow rate W will be reduced by the factor (FW)2+a,. This has been verified by actuallyrunning the NATCON code for the PUR-1 reactor.
The pressure drop due to wall shear along the channel length is found by summing the pressure drop for each axial mesh which is calculated using temperature-dependent coolant viscosity and density for the axial mesh (14 mesh intervals were used over the channel length in all calculations).
Since a is small (a = 0.12 for the PUR-1reactor),
The pressure drops are calculated by NATCON assuming fully developed laminar flow in a rectangular cross-section channel, and then multiplied by a factor FW 2 (FW squared) where FW is an input which may be used to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminar flow. In the calculations presented in the conversion proposal, FW was always set to 1.0, and thus the increased pressure drop due to developing laminar flow was not included.
21(2+a) is nearly 1.0, and the flow rate W is reduced approximately by the factor FW.Bulk Coolant Temperature Rise versus Power of a Fuel PlateEquation (5) expresses, for laminar natural circulation, the bulk coolant temperature rise interms of fuel plate power, coolant flow rate and specific heat. Putting the value of flow rateobtained in Eq. (15) into Eq. (5), the bulk coolant temperature rise is given by Eq. (17) below,purely in terms of power and the geometrical dimensions of the channel.
It is included in the calculations presented here (Table 027-1). The method used is described below.For the most limiting fuel plate in Table 4-27 of the conversion proposal for each core (HEU and LEU), a comparison of the pressure drops due to inlet plus outlet loss and wall shear, with and without the effect of developing laminar flow, are tabulated in Table 027-1.NATCON calculates the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor f = C/Re for laminar flow, using a built-in table of the parameter C for different aspect ratios of the rectangular channel cross section PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-12 PUR- SARAppedix  
The right hand side ofEq. (17) is rearranged into two factors in Eq. (18), such that the second factor is sensitive topower and channel geometrical dimensions that usually have manufacturing tolerances andPUR-1 SARAppendix 2-7PUR- SARAppndix2-7Rev 2, July 23, 2015 measurement uncertainties, and the first factor is insensitive to power and channel geometrical dimensions.
-12Rev 2, July 23, 2015 (values of parameter C are given in the response to Question number 29). An apparent value of the parameter C averaged over the channel length, called Capp, was calculated using Eq. (576)of Shah and London [Ref. 2 listed at the end of all responses]
AT =::" 2;Q ---j2&#xf7; (17)'AT[C~p~po/gL  
to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel. The ratio Capp/C was found to be 1.1105 for the 207 mil HEU channel, 1.0985 for the 197 mil LEU channel. Since the NATOON code multiplies the fully developed friction factor by FW 2 as mentioned above, the input FW equals 1.054 and 1.048 for the HEU and LEU channels respectively.
.A (18)The nominal flow area and hydraulic diameter of a rectangular coolant channel are given byA = tnc Wn (1 9)P w= 2 (tnc + W ~c) (20)D = 4 A/ P~, = 2 tnc Who / (tnc + Wnc) (21)whereto = Channel thickness (spacing between fuel plates),
NATCON calculations were done using these values of FW, and the pressure drops due to inlet plus outlet loss and wall shear are compared in Table Q27-1 (column B for the HEU channel, and column F for the LEU channel).Table Q27-1 shows that the pressure drops due to wall shear and minor losses are 84% and 16%, respectively, of the total pressure drop in the HEU channel at its ONB power; and the pressure drops due to wall shear and inlet plus outlet loss are 86% and 14%, respectively, of the total pressure drop in the LEU channel at its ONB power.Question 29 29. Appendix 1. From the information in Appendix 1 it is not clear what is the functional dependency of the laminar friction parameter C to the channel cross-section dimensions.
mto = Nominal channel thickness (spacing between fuel plates),
Provide a reference for the evaluation of C.Response: The following values (rows 1 and 2 of Table Q29-1) of the parameter C for fully developed laminar flow in a channel of rectangular cross section versus the width-to-thickness aspect ratio (Wc/tc) of the channel are used in the NATCON code that was used in the thermal-hydraulics calculations.
mthc = Minimum channel thickness in hot channel (spacing between fuel plates),
The table starts from the square cross section (aspect ratio = 1.0) and goes to the infinite value of the aspect ratio (parallel plates). In order to find the parameter C for the aspect ratio of the PUR-1 reactor, the NATCON code simply interpolates between the tabulated values.The original author of the code obtained these values from an old Reference  
mWc =Channel width, assumed not to change from its nominal value, mPw = Wetted perimeter of the nominal channel, mPc = Power generated in a fuel plate, without applying manufacturing tolerances, WPhc = Power generated in a fuel plate, after applying manufacturing tolerances, WBecause the channel thickness to, is much smaller than the channel width Wc in mostexperimental
[E. R. G. Eckert and T. F. Irvine, Heat Transfer Laboratory, University of Minnesota (1957)] but these values are also given in a textbook by Frank Incropera  
: reactors, Eq. (21) reduces too 2 tc, (22)Using the channel area and hydraulic diameter given by Eqs. (19) and (22) into Eq. (18), thebulk coolant temperature rise can be written in terms of power, channel thickness, and channelwidth. This is the desired relationship for use in finding hot channel factors.PUR-1 SAP,Appendix 2-8PUR- SARAppndix2-8Rev 2, July 23, 2015  
[Ref. 3]. These values are obtained from the closed-form analytical solution for the fully developed laminar velocity distribution in a rectangular channel summarized by R. K. Shah and A. L. London [Ref. 2]. Equation (341) in [Ref. 2] is a fitted equation to easily find the parameter C. It should be noted that the aspect ratio used in[Ref. 2] is channel thickness-to-width ratio (the reciprocal of that used in NATOON and shown below in Table A2-2), and the friction factor in [Ref. 2] should be multiplied by 4 to get the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor that is used in NATCON and tabulated below.Table A2-2. Friction Parameter C Used in the NATCON Code wtc 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 11.0 15.0 18.0 100.0 C in 58.0 63.0 69.0 72.5 77.0 80.0 83.0 85.0 88.0 89.0 96.0 NATCON PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-13 PUR- SARAppedix  
-- --CfOL -7_- 1 (23)C 4w~t3Formulas for Hot Channel FactorsFor use in the NATCON version 2.0, six hot channel factors (three global/systemic and threelocal/random) are obtained from 9 manufacturing tolerances and measurement uncertainties u1,u=,..., u9 that are defined below. These are fractional uncertainties rather than percent.
-13Rev 2, July 23, 2015 C in 57.0 62.0 69.0 73.0 82.0 96.0 Ref. 3 C in 56.9 62.2 68.4 72.9 76.3 79.5 82.4 85.6 88.1 89.3 94.7 Ref. 2 Question 30 30. Appendix 1. From the information in Appendix 1 in both the calculation of the channel flow and the calculation of the bulk coolant temperature rise the ratio of the coolant kinematic viscosity to density (pip) was assumed to be insensitive to temperature.
Of thesenine uncertainties, those affecting a particular hot channel factor are indicated in Table 1. Thesystemic hot channel factors are given by Eqs. (24) through (26), and the random hot channelfactors are given by Eqs. (27) through (29). A utility Fortran computer program NATCON_HCF and a Microsoft spreadsheet NATCON.HotChanFactors.xls have also been developed tocompute the hot channel factors using these formulas.
Please demonstrate the validity of this assumption.
EQ = 1 + u7 (24)FW =1 + u8 (25)FH = 1 + u9 (26)The ratio of the power generated in hot plate to its nominal power, caused by the uncertainties in neutronics-computed power and in U-235 mass per plate, can be written asPh...._c (1 +u1)(1+/-+u2) (27)nPoThe ratio of bulk coolant temperature rise in hot channel to the temperature rise in the nominalChannel, caused by the uncertainties in neutronics-computed power, U-235 mass per plate, andchannel thickness, is obtained from Eq. (23). Only the quantity in the second parentheses isimportant here because the quantity in the first parentheses is insensitive to these uncertainties.
Response: The information in Appendix 1 was used only to obtain hot channel factors for input to a more detailed thermal-hydraulic calculation using the NATCON code [Ref. 8 of the conversion proposal].
~h 1  (28)The uncertainty in flow distribution is assumed to reduce the channel flow to (1- U6) times theflow without this uncertainty, and therefore the bulk coolant temperature rise is increased by thefactor (1+ u6). This uncertainty in bulk coolant temperature rise is statistically combined with thatgiven by Eq. (28) to obtain the following formula for the hot channel factor FBULK for input tothe NATOON version 2.0.FBULK= 1 +,  
NATCON does account for the temperature dependence of coolant viscosity and density in the calculation of the channel flow and the calculation of the bulk coolant temperature rise. Therefore, Appendix 1 is a simplified modeling of what is calculated in detail in NATCON, for the purpose of obtaining closed-form equations from which hot channel factors could be found.As suggested in the question, water viscosity is temperature-dependent, i.e., it decreases with rising temperature.
: 1. -1+u2 (29)PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-9PuR- SARAppndix2-9Rev 2, July 23, 2015 The temperature drop across coolant film on the cladding surface at an axial location is given byEq. (30). Here the heat flux q" (W/m2) on the cladding surface is replaced by tf q'"/2 in terms ofthe volumetric power density q"'" (W/m3) in the fuel meat.Aflh 2h (0The convective heat transfer coefficient h (W/m2-C) is given by Eq. (31). Here the laminarNusselt number Nu is independent of flow rate, and varies only slowly with the aspect ratio(width/thickness) of coolant channel.
The main variation of the heat transfer coefficient withchannel thickness is due to the denominator of Eq. (31). The numerator of Eq. (31) isconsidered to be constant.
h -NKc&deg;&deg; -N"IKC&deg;&deg;!  
(31)D 2tcUsing Eq. (31) for the heat transfer coefficient, the temperature drop across coolant film can bewritten as Eq. (32).fil~m -Nco (32)Equation (32) states that ATift,~ is directly proportional to the fuel meat thickness (havinguncertainty u3), the channel thickness (having uncertainty u5), and the power density in meat.The uncertainty in power density is caused by three uncertainties, that is, u1, u2 and u4.Statistically combining these five uncertainties gives the following formula for the hot channelfactor FFILM for input to the NATCON version 2.0.FFILM =1+4Ul2+/-+u 22+/-+u32+/-u-/452 (33)The uncertainty in the heat flux at the cladding surface is included in the hot channel factorFFILM given by Eq. (33). A hot channel factor FFLUX for the heat flux alone can be found fromEq. (34) for heat flux in terms of the power density q"'" in the fuel meat and the thickness of themeat. The fractional uncertainty in heat flux is the sum of fractional uncertainties in powerdensity and meat thickness, as given by Eq. (35).q" t- (34)2Sq"_ Sq '" Ste__ +/- fe (35)q,, q,, tfuelIn Eq. (35), the uncertainty in power density is caused by three uncertainties, that is, u1, u2 andu4.The uncertainty in the meat thickness is given by u3.Statistically combining these fouruncertainties gives the following formula for the hot channel factor FFLUX for input to theNATCON version 2.0.PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-10PUR- SARAppedix  
-10Rev 2, July 23, 2015 FFLUX= 1+ u12+//2 -+/-u32+u42(6(36)The uncertainty in the temperature drop ATmetal from fuel meat centerline to cladding surface isnot important in the case of the PUR-1 reactor because ATmetai is very small compared to ATritm.For example, ATmetai is 0.05 00 and ATfilm is 34.5 00 at 100 kW without any hot channel factors.Table A2-1. Uncertainties Included in the Six Hot Channel Factors Used in NATCON Version2.0 (X implies that an uncertainty affects a hot channel factor)Uncertainty Fraction FQ FW {FH FBULK FFILM FFLUXLocal or random uncertainties I Neutronics calculation ofXXXpower in a plate, u12 U-235 mass per plate, u2 X X X3 Local fuel meat thickness,XX u34 U-235 axial homogeneity,XX 5 Coolant channel thickness,XX u56 Flow distribution amongXXchannels, u6System-wide uncertainties 7 Reactor powermeasurement uncertainty, X8 Flow uncertainty due to X___uncertainty in friction_____
PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-11PUR- SARAppedix  
-1 1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 factor, u89 Heat transfer coefficient uncertainty due to uncertainty inNu number correlation, u9The following information was presented as answers to Requests for Additional Information (RAIs) during the conversion process.
This information is not presented in the SAR chapters onthermal hydraulics.
Question 2828. Appendix  
: 1. From the information in Appendix 1 it is not clear how insignificant are thechannel inlet and outlet losses when compared to the wall shear. Please clarify.Response:
The information in Appendix 1 was used only to obtain hot channel factors for input to a moredetailed thermal-hydraulic calculation using the NATCON code [Ref. 8 of the conversion proposal].
Therefore, Appendix 1 is a simplified modeling of what is calculated in detail inNATCON, and it is used only for the purpose of obtaining closed-form equations from which hotchannel factors could be found. Appendix 1 does not include the minor losses. The minor lossescalculated by NATCON are reported below, and found to be about 16% of the total frictional pressure drop in the HEU core, and 14% of the total frictional pressure drop in the LEU core(see Table 027-1 ).The pressure drop due to inlet and outlet losses were calculated (by the NATCON code) usingloss coefficients of 0.5 and 1.0 respectively.
The pressure drop due to wall shear along thechannel length is found by summing the pressure drop for each axial mesh which is calculated using temperature-dependent coolant viscosity and density for the axial mesh (14 meshintervals were used over the channel length in all calculations).
The pressure drops arecalculated by NATCON assuming fully developed laminar flow in a rectangular cross-section
: channel, and then multiplied by a factor FW2 (FW squared) where FW is an input which may beused to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminarflow. In the calculations presented in the conversion  
: proposal, FW was always set to 1.0, andthus the increased pressure drop due to developing laminar flow was not included.
It is includedin the calculations presented here (Table 027-1). The method used is described below.For the most limiting fuel plate in Table 4-27 of the conversion proposal for each core (HEU andLEU), a comparison of the pressure drops due to inlet plus outlet loss and wall shear, with andwithout the effect of developing laminar flow, are tabulated in Table 027-1.NATCON calculates the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor f = C/Re for laminar flow, using a built-intable of the parameter C for different aspect ratios of the rectangular channel cross sectionPUR-1 SARAppendix 2-12PUR- SARAppedix  
-12Rev 2, July 23, 2015 (values of parameter C are given in the response to Question number 29). An apparent value ofthe parameter C averaged over the channel length, called Capp, was calculated using Eq. (576)of Shah and London [Ref. 2 listed at the end of all responses]
to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel.
The ratio Capp/Cwas found to be 1.1105 for the 207 mil HEU channel, 1.0985 for the 197 mil LEU channel.
Sincethe NATOON code multiplies the fully developed friction factor by FW2 as mentioned above, theinput FW equals 1.054 and 1.048 for the HEU and LEU channels respectively.
NATCONcalculations were done using these values of FW, and the pressure drops due to inlet plus outletloss and wall shear are compared in Table Q27-1 (column B for the HEU channel, and column Ffor the LEU channel).
Table Q27-1 shows that the pressure drops due to wall shear and minor losses are 84% and16%, respectively, of the total pressure drop in the HEU channel at its ONB power; and thepressure drops due to wall shear and inlet plus outlet loss are 86% and 14%, respectively, ofthe total pressure drop in the LEU channel at its ONB power.Question 2929. Appendix  
: 1. From the information in Appendix 1 it is not clear what is the functional dependency of the laminar friction parameter C to the channel cross-section dimensions.
Provide a reference for the evaluation of C.Response:
The following values (rows 1 and 2 of Table Q29-1) of the parameter C for fully developed laminar flow in a channel of rectangular cross section versus the width-to-thickness aspect ratio(Wc/tc) of the channel are used in the NATCON code that was used in the thermal-hydraulics calculations.
The table starts from the square cross section (aspect ratio = 1.0) and goes to theinfinite value of the aspect ratio (parallel plates).
In order to find the parameter C for the aspectratio of the PUR-1 reactor, the NATCON code simply interpolates between the tabulated values.The original author of the code obtained these values from an old Reference  
[E. R. G. Eckertand T. F. Irvine, Heat Transfer Laboratory, University of Minnesota (1957)] but these values arealso given in a textbook by Frank Incropera  
[Ref. 3]. These values are obtained from the closed-form analytical solution for the fully developed laminar velocity distribution in a rectangular channel summarized by R. K. Shah and A. L. London [Ref. 2]. Equation (341) in [Ref. 2] is afitted equation to easily find the parameter C. It should be noted that the aspect ratio used in[Ref. 2] is channel thickness-to-width ratio (the reciprocal of that used in NATOON and shownbelow in Table A2-2), and the friction factor in [Ref. 2] should be multiplied by 4 to get theDarcy-Weisbach friction factor that is used in NATCON and tabulated below.Table A2-2. Friction Parameter C Used in the NATCON Codewtc 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 11.0 15.0 18.0 100.0C in 58.0 63.0 69.0 72.5 77.0 80.0 83.0 85.0 88.0 89.0 96.0NATCONPUR-1 SARAppendix 2-13PUR- SARAppedix  
-13Rev 2, July 23, 2015 C in 57.0 62.0 69.0 73.0 82.0 96.0Ref. 3C in 56.9 62.2 68.4 72.9 76.3 79.5 82.4 85.6 88.1 89.3 94.7Ref. 2Question 3030. Appendix  
: 1. From the information in Appendix 1 in both the calculation of the channelflow and the calculation of the bulk coolant temperature rise the ratio of the coolant kinematic viscosity to density (pip) was assumed to be insensitive to temperature.
Please demonstrate thevalidity of this assumption.
 
===Response===
The information in Appendix 1 was used only to obtain hot channel factors for input to a moredetailed thermal-hydraulic calculation using the NATCON code [Ref. 8 of the conversion proposal].
NATCON does account for the temperature dependence of coolant viscosity anddensity in the calculation of the channel flow and the calculation of the bulk coolant temperature rise. Therefore, Appendix 1 is a simplified modeling of what is calculated in detail in NATCON,for the purpose of obtaining closed-form equations from which hot channel factors could befound.As suggested in the question, water viscosity is temperature-dependent, i.e., it decreases withrising temperature.
Appendix 1 was revised to account for the effect of temperature dependence of viscosity on hot channel factors, and the revised Appendix 1 is enclosed herewith.
Appendix 1 was revised to account for the effect of temperature dependence of viscosity on hot channel factors, and the revised Appendix 1 is enclosed herewith.
Thetemperature dependence of the dynamic viscosity of water over the temperature range 27 00 <T < 50 00 (adequate for the PUR-1 reactor) can be written as follows./()= /z(T0) (1+T-T0)-0  (Al)where a=0.12To= 27 00 = Pool temperature of PUR-1,u ( To) = 0.875x10  
The temperature dependence of the dynamic viscosity of water over the temperature range 27 00 <T < 50 00 (adequate for the PUR-1 reactor) can be written as follows./()= /z(T 0) (1+T-T 0)-0  (Al)where a=0.12 To= 27 00 = Pool temperature of PUR-1 ,u ( To) = 0.875x10 -3 N-s/rn 2 ,p (T) = Temperature-dependent dynamic viscosity of water, N-s/in 2 As shown in the revised Appendix 1, the revised relationship between the flow rate W in a channel and the friction parameter C is given by Eq. (A2). The revised formula for hot channel factor FBULK for bulk coolant temperature rise is given by Eq. (A3).(A2 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-14 PuR- SARAppedix  
-3 N-s/rn 2,p (T) = Temperature-dependent dynamic viscosity of water, N-s/in2As shown in the revised Appendix 1, the revised relationship between the flow rate W in achannel and the friction parameter C is given by Eq. (A2). The revised formula for hot channelfactor FBULK for bulk coolant temperature rise is given by Eq. (A3).(A2PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-14PuR- SARAppedix  
-14Rev 2, July 23, 2015 FRUlLu )=+, (l+u 9)2+- lJ l -1} u (A3)The exponent on the right hand side of Eq. (A2) changed from 0.5 (in the conversion proposal ignoring temperature dependence of p) to the revised value 1/2.12 = 0.4717. There exponents in Eq. (A3) for EBULK also changed, e.g., from 3/2 to 3/2.12 =1.415. As a result of this revision, the hot channel factor FBULK decreased from 1.312 (in the conversion proposal) to 1.301 for the most limiting fuel plate 262 in the HEU core. Similarly, FBULK decreased from 1.321 (in the conversion proposal) to 1.308 for the most limiting fuel plate 1348 in the LEU core. The effect of ignoring the temperature dependence of viscosity is conservative.
-14Rev 2, July 23, 2015 FRUlLu )=+, (l+u9)2+- lJ l -1} u (A3)The exponent on the right hand side of Eq. (A2) changed from 0.5 (in the conversion proposalignoring temperature dependence of p) to the revised value 1/2.12 = 0.4717. There exponents in Eq. (A3) for EBULK also changed, e.g., from 3/2 to 3/2.12 =1.415. As a result of this revision, the hot channel factor FBULK decreased from 1.312 (in the conversion proposal) to 1.301 forthe most limiting fuel plate 262 in the HEU core. Similarly, FBULK decreased from 1.321 (in theconversion proposal) to 1.308 for the most limiting fuel plate 1348 in the LEU core. The effect ofignoring the temperature dependence of viscosity is conservative.
NATCON calculations were done with these revised values of EBULK along with a value of FW> 1.0 to account for the increased friction due to developing laminar flow (in response to Question number 33). The results are shown in Table Q27-1 (column C for the HEU core, and column G for the LEU core).As a consequence of the two effects (i.e., increased friction due to developing laminar flow and the temperature dependence of viscosity) on hot channel factors FW and EBULK, the ONB power of the HEU core changes from 76.3 kW (reported in the conversion proposal) to 75.9 kW, and the ONB power of the LEU core changes from 96.1 kW (reported in the conversion proposal) to 95.8 kW. The effect is small for the PUR-1 reactor.Question 32 32. Appendix 1. Equation (30) has two terms and the conversion proposal states that the expression within the parenthesis on the right hand side of the equation varies slowly compared to the heat flux tfuel q'"/2. Demonstrate the validity of the statement with reference to the PUR-1 fuel plate.Response: Equation (30) of Appendix 1 is for finding a hot channel factor for the temperature drop from the meat mid-plane to cladding surface (ATmetai).
NATCON calculations were done with these revised values of EBULK along with a value of FW> 1.0 to account for the increased friction due to developing laminar flow (in response toQuestion number 33). The results are shown in Table Q27-1 (column C for the HEU core, andcolumn G for the LEU core).As a consequence of the two effects (i.e., increased friction due to developing laminar flow andthe temperature dependence of viscosity) on hot channel factors FW and EBULK, the ONBpower of the HEU core changes from 76.3 kW (reported in the conversion proposal) to 75.9 kW,and the ONB power of the LEU core changes from 96.1 kW (reported in the conversion proposal) to 95.8 kW. The effect is small for the PUR-1 reactor.Question 3232. Appendix  
This temperature drop is very small compared to the temperature drop from the cladding surface to bulk coolant (ATflrn).
: 1. Equation (30) has two terms and the conversion proposal states that theexpression within the parenthesis on the right hand side of the equation varies slowly comparedto the heat flux tfuel q'"/2. Demonstrate the validity of the statement with reference to the PUR-1fuel plate.Response:
For example, in the PUR-1 HEU fuel plate 262 without hot channel factors, Ammetai iS 0.07 &deg;C and ATfi~m is 46.98 &deg;C (at meat mid-height) at a high power of 100 kW. Similarly, in the PUR-1 LEU fuel plate 1348 without hot channel factors, Ammetai is 0.05 &deg;C and ATfi m is 34.5 &deg;C at a power of 100 kW.Therefore, the hot channel factor for Ammetai iS not important for PUR-1. The important hot channel factor is the factor FFILM for ATf, m. In the case of PUR-1, ATtim is the bigger component (bigger than the bulk coolant temperature rise) in the total temperature rise from the inlet temperature to the cladding surface temperature at the axial level experiencing the onset of nucleate boiling. The hot channel factor FFILM found by Eq. (29) of Appendix 1 in the conversion proposal remains unchanged.
Equation (30) of Appendix 1 is for finding a hot channel factor for the temperature drop from themeat mid-plane to cladding surface (ATmetai).
It depends on the uncertainties in q'"tfuel and channel thickness (as shown in Eq. 28), but not on the uncertainty in [tfuel/(4 KfueI) + tcdad/Kclad].
This temperature drop is very small compared tothe temperature drop from the cladding surface to bulk coolant (ATflrn).
In short, PUR-1 is not limited by the fuel peak temperature, but by the onset of nucleate boiling, and the uncertainty in [tfuel/(4 KfueI) + tclad/Kclad]
For example, in thePUR-1 HEU fuel plate 262 without hot channel factors, Ammetai iS 0.07 &deg;C and ATfi~m is 46.98 &deg;C(at meat mid-height) at a high power of 100 kW. Similarly, in the PUR-1 LEU fuel plate 1348without hot channel factors, Ammetai is 0.05 &deg;C and ATfi m is 34.5 &deg;C at a power of 100 kW.Therefore, the hot channel factor for Ammetai iS not important for PUR-1. The important hotchannel factor is the factor FFILM for ATf, m. In the case of PUR-1, ATtim is the biggercomponent (bigger than the bulk coolant temperature rise) in the total temperature rise from theinlet temperature to the cladding surface temperature at the axial level experiencing the onset ofnucleate boiling.
is not important for PUR-1. We believe that the hot channel factor FFILM has been determined accurately.
The hot channel factor FFILM found by Eq. (29) of Appendix 1 in theconversion proposal remains unchanged.
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-15 PUR- SARAppedix  
It depends on the uncertainties in q'"tfuel and channelthickness (as shown in Eq. 28), but not on the uncertainty in [tfuel/(4KfueI) + tcdad/Kclad].
-15Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Question 33 33. Section 4.7.2. According to Appendix 1 the systematic uncertainty in flow rate is accounted for by applying the hot channel factor Fw to the laminar friction factor C. Explain the reason for the value of the flow friction factor Fw being unity in Tables 4-25 and 4-26.Response: As suggested in the question, a value of FW (hot channel factor for flow) greater than 1.0 should be used to account for the increased frictional pressure drop due to the hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the entrance region of the coolant channel, otherwise the code (NATCON) accounts only for the fully developed frictional pressure drop. This has been done now and the results are presented in Table Q27-1. Since each coolant channel creates its own buoyancy to drive its own coolant flow, there is no uncertainty due to redistribution of a total reactor flow rate. The loss coefficients of 0.5 and 1.0 at channel inlet and outlet are used in the calculations.
In short, PUR-1 is not limited by the fuel peak temperature, but by the onset of nucleate boiling,and the uncertainty in [tfuel/(4KfueI) + tclad/Kclad]
To account for the reduction in flow rate due to the hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel, the values of FW were calculated for the most limiting channels in the HEU and LEU cores as follows.NATOON calculates the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor f = C/Re using a built-in table of the parameter C for different aspect ratios of the rectangular channel cross section (values of parameter C are given in the answer to Question number 29). These values of parameter C are for the fully developed laminar flow in a rectangular cross-section channel. An apparent value of the parameter C averaged over the channel length, called Capp, was calculated using Eq. (576)of Shah and London [Ref. 2] to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel. The ratio Capp/C was found to be 1.1105 for the 207 rail HEU channel, and 1.0985 for the 197 mil LEU channel. Since the NATCON code multiplies the fully developed frictional factor by FW 2 , the input FW equals 1.054 and 1.048 for the HEU and LEU channels respectively.
is not important for PUR-1. We believe that thehot channel factor FFILM has been determined accurately.
The flow reduction factor is input factor FW or more accurately FW 2/(2+a) FW&deg;'9 4 3 4 (noting that a = 0.12 for the PUR-1 reactor as mentioned in the revised Appendix 1 enclosed herewith).
PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-15PUR- SARAppedix  
The results of using these values of FW in NATCON calculations (excluding the effect of temperature dependence of p on hot channel factors) are shown in Table Q27-1. The ONB power of the HEU core changes to 75.8 kW from 76.3 kW reported in the conversion proposal.The ONB power of the LEU core changes to 95.7 kW from 96.1 kW reported in the conversion proposal.The channel flow indeed gets reduced by the factor FW 0" 9 4 3 4 as expected.
-15Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Question 3333. Section 4.7.2. According to Appendix 1 the systematic uncertainty in flow rate isaccounted for by applying the hot channel factor Fw to the laminar friction factor C. Explain thereason for the value of the flow friction factor Fw being unity in Tables 4-25 and 4-26.Response:
For the HEU plate 262, the flow reduces from 0.02083 kg/s to 0.01 989 kg/s (see Table Q27-1) when the input hot channel factor FW is changed from 1.0 to 1.054. The expected reduced flow should be 0.02083/(1.054)0"9434  
As suggested in the question, a value of FW (hot channel factor for flow) greater than 1.0 shouldbe used to account for the increased frictional pressure drop due to the hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the entrance region of the coolant channel, otherwise the code(NATCON) accounts only for the fully developed frictional pressure drop. This has been donenow and the results are presented in Table Q27-1. Since each coolant channel creates its ownbuoyancy to drive its own coolant flow, there is no uncertainty due to redistribution of a totalreactor flow rate. The loss coefficients of 0.5 and 1.0 at channel inlet and outlet are used in thecalculations.
= 0.01982 kg/s which is close to the NATCON-calculated value of 0.01 989 kg/s. For the LEU plate 1348, the flow reduces from 0.01 912 kg/s to 0.01834 kg/s (see Table Q27-1) when the input FW is changed from 1.0 to 1.048. The expected reduced flow should be 0.01 912/(1 .048)0.9434  
To account for the reduction in flow rate due to the hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel, the values of FW were calculated for the most limiting channels inthe HEU and LEU cores as follows.NATOON calculates the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor f = C/Re using a built-in table of theparameter C for different aspect ratios of the rectangular channel cross section (values ofparameter C are given in the answer to Question number 29). These values of parameter C arefor the fully developed laminar flow in a rectangular cross-section channel.
= 0.01 829 kg/s which is close to the NATCON-calculated value of 0.01834 kg/s.Question 36 36. Table 4-28. Define the parameter "margin to incipient boiling." PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-16 PuR- SARAppedix  
An apparent value ofthe parameter C averaged over the channel length, called Capp, was calculated using Eq. (576)of Shah and London [Ref. 2] to account for the increased pressure drop due tohydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel.
-16Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Response: The margin to incipient boiling shown in Table 4-28 was calculated at the nominal operating power of PUR-1 (i.e., 1 kW), and it is the smallest value of the temperature difference (ToNg -Tw) over the coolant channel length in the hottest channel where Tw is cladding surface temperature with all hot channel factors applied, and TONB is the local onset-of-nucleate-boiling temperature.
The ratio Capp/C was found to be1.1105 for the 207 rail HEU channel, and 1.0985 for the 197 mil LEU channel.
This basically gives an idea of how far below the onset of nucleate boiling condition the reactor is operating.
Since theNATCON code multiplies the fully developed frictional factor by FW2, the input FW equals 1.054and 1.048 for the HEU and LEU channels respectively.
This definition can be written as an equation as follows: where T(z) = Bulk coolant temperature at axial position z in the channel heated by the plate power of PopFr EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors for flow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fh Twani(Z) = Cladding surface temperature at axial position z in the channel heated by a plate power of Pop~r EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors for flow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fh q"(z) = Heat flux at position z for the plate power of Pop~r EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors for flow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fh p(z) = Absolute pressure in the channel at axial position z T~nop(p(z), q"(z)Fnux)  
The flow reduction factor is input factorFW or more accurately FW2/(2+a) FW&deg;'9434 (noting that a = 0.12 for the PUR-1 reactor asmentioned in the revised Appendix 1 enclosed herewith).
= Onset of nucleate boiling temperature at absolute pressure p(z) and heat flux q"(z)Fflux Pop = Operating power of the reactor (e.g., 1 kW for PUR-1)N = Number of fuel plates in the core (e.g., 190 for PUR-1 LEU core)To = Coolant temperature at the channel inlet Fr = RPEAK = Radial power factor of the plate cooled by the channel Fw = Hot channel factor for flow in the channel EQ = Hot channel factor for reactor power Fh =Hot channel factor for Nusselt number Fflrn = FFILM = Hot channel factor for temperature drop across the coolant film on cladding surface EFlux -FFLUX = Hot channel factor for heat flux FbuIk = FBULK = Hot channel factor for bulk coolant temperature rise in the channel PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-17 PUR- SARAppedix  
The results of using these values of FW in NATCON calculations (excluding the effect oftemperature dependence of p on hot channel factors) are shown in Table Q27-1. The ONBpower of the HEU core changes to 75.8 kW from 76.3 kW reported in the conversion proposal.
-17Rev 2, July 23, 2015 APPENDIX 3: FUEL SPECIFICATIONS Pages Appendix 3-2 through Appendix 3-62 are the specification document Specification for Purdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements -Assembled for the Purdue University Reactor, idaho National Laboratory, SPC-382, Rev 1, January 27, 2007..Pages Appendix 3-63 through Appendix 3-84 are engineering drawings of the PUR-1 fuei assemblies.
The ONB power of the LEU core changes to 95.7 kW from 96.1 kW reported in the conversion proposal.
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-1 PuR- SARAppndix3-1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Document ID: SPC-382 Revision ID: I Effective Date: 01/24/07 Specification Specification for Purdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements -Assem bled for the Purdue University Reactor Idaho National Laboratory The INL is a U.S. Department of Energy National Laboratory operated by Battelle Energy Alliance.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-2 FUR- SARAppndix3-2Rev  
The channel flow indeed gets reduced by the factor FW0"9434 as expected.
: 2. July 23, 2015 INTENTIONALLY BLANK PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-3 PUR- SARAppndix3-3Rev  
For the HEU plate262, the flow reduces from 0.02083 kg/s to 0.01 989 kg/s (see Table Q27-1) when the input hotchannel factor FW is changed from 1.0 to 1.054. The expected reduced flow should be0.02083/(1.054)0"9434  
= 0.01982 kg/s which is close to the NATCON-calculated value of 0.01 989kg/s. For the LEU plate 1348, the flow reduces from 0.01 912 kg/s to 0.01834 kg/s (see TableQ27-1) when the input FW is changed from 1.0 to 1.048. The expected reduced flow should be0.01 912/(1 .048)0.9434  
= 0.01 829 kg/s which is close to the NATCON-calculated value of 0.01834kg/s.Question 3636. Table 4-28. Define the parameter "margin to incipient boiling."
PUR-1 SARAppendix 2-16PuR- SARAppedix  
-16Rev 2, July 23, 2015  
 
===Response===
The margin to incipient boiling shown in Table 4-28 was calculated at the nominal operating power of PUR-1 (i.e., 1 kW), and it is the smallest value of the temperature difference (ToNg -Tw) over the coolant channel length in the hottest channel where Tw is cladding surfacetemperature with all hot channel factors applied, and TONB is the local onset-of-nucleate-boiling temperature.
This basically gives an idea of how far below the onset of nucleate boilingcondition the reactor is operating.
This definition can be written as an equation as follows:whereT(z) = Bulk coolant temperature at axial position z in the channel heated by theplate power of PopFr EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors forflow and Nusselt number of Fw and FhTwani(Z)  
= Cladding surface temperature at axial position z in the channel heated by aplate power of Pop~r EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors forflow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fhq"(z) = Heat flux at position z for the plate power of Pop~r EQ/N and applying theglobal hot channel factors for flow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fhp(z) = Absolute pressure in the channel at axial position zT~nop(p(z),
q"(z)Fnux)  
= Onset of nucleate boiling temperature at absolute pressure p(z) and heatflux q"(z)Fflux Pop = Operating power of the reactor (e.g., 1 kW for PUR-1)N = Number of fuel plates in the core (e.g., 190 for PUR-1 LEU core)To = Coolant temperature at the channel inletFr = RPEAK = Radial power factor of the plate cooled by the channelFw = Hot channel factor for flow in the channelEQ = Hot channel factor for reactor powerFh =Hot channel factor for Nusselt numberFflrn = FFILM = Hot channel factor for temperature drop across the coolant film oncladding surfaceEFlux -FFLUX = Hot channel factor for heat fluxFbuIk = FBULK = Hot channel factor for bulk coolant temperature rise in thechannelPUR-1 SARAppendix 2-17PUR- SARAppedix  
-17Rev 2, July 23, 2015 APPENDIX 3: FUEL SPECIFICATIONS Pages Appendix 3-2 through Appendix 3-62 are the specification document Specification forPurdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements  
-Assembled for the Purdue University
: Reactor, idaho National Laboratory, SPC-382, Rev 1, January 27, 2007..Pages Appendix 3-63 through Appendix 3-84 are engineering drawings of the PUR-1 fueiassemblies.
PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-1PuR- SARAppndix3-1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Document ID: SPC-382Revision ID: IEffective Date: 01/24/07Specification Specification for PurdueUniversity Standard andControl Fuel Elements  
-Assem bled for thePurdue University ReactorIdaho NationalLaboratory The INL is a U.S. Department of Energy National Laboratory operated by Battelle Energy Alliance.
PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-2FUR- SARAppndix3-2Rev  
: 2. July 23, 2015 INTENTIONALLY BLANKPUR-1 SARAppendix 3-3PUR- SARAppndix3-3Rev  
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 Idenifir:IPCa82r U-PUNRDUE FUNIERITY00 Ideniie.r:
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 Idenifir:IPCa82r U-PUNRDUE FUNIERITY00 Ideniie.r:
ENGIE-RNG U N SI IMWDCNRLFESHO NIERN*ELEMENTS  
ENGIE-RNG U N SI IMWDCNRLFESHO NIERN*ELEMENTS  
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: i of iiPURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR .CRe'. 09)Document Project File No. Revision1. Identifier:
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: i of ii PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR .CRe'. 09)Document Project File No. Revision 1. Identifier:
SPC-382 2. (optional):
SPC-382 2. (optional):
________3.
________3.
No.: 1Specification for Purdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements  
No.: 1 Specification for Purdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements -Assembled for the 4. Document Title: Purdue University Reactor Comments 5. : .All review and approval signatures for this specification are located on DAR Number 511249.* :SIGNATURES.  
-Assembled for the4. Document Title: Purdue University ReactorComments5. : .All review and approval signatures for this specification are located on DAR Number 511249.* :SIGNATURES.  
.........ii ,: 6. 7.i 8.Type or Printed Name JSignature Organization!
.........
Signature I Code Date Discipline See DAR Number 506184.See DAR Number 511249.Document Control Release / .-.*9. Signature: ]' LE. o07 10. Is this a Construction Specification?
ii ,:6. 7.i 8.Type or Printed Name JSignature Organization!
Yes [] No [] 11. NCR Related? Yes Lii No []Does document contain sensitive, unclassified information?  
Signature I Code Date Discipline See DAR Number 506184.See DAR Number 511249.Document Control Release / .-.*9. Signature: ]' LE. o0710. Is this a Construction Specification?
[] Yes [] No If Yes, what 12. category:
Yes [] No [] 11. NCR Related?
Yes Lii No []Does document contain sensitive, unclassified information?  
[] Yes [] No If Yes, what12. category:
__________
__________
: 13. Can document be externally distributed?
: 13. Can document be externally distributed?
Yes [] No LiArea Index14. Code: Area______
Yes [] No Li Area Index 14. Code: Area______
Type______
Type______
SSC ID)Review annually.
SSC ID)Review annually.
Cutoff whenRecord superseded, obsolete orUniform File Disposition Retention cancelled.
Cutoff when Record superseded, obsolete or Uniform File Disposition Retention cancelled.
Destroy 75 years15. Code: 0250 16. Authority:
Destroy 75 years 15. Code: 0250 16. Authority:
ENVl-b-4-a Period: after cutoff.17. For QA Records Classification Only: Lifetime  
ENVl-b-4-a Period: after cutoff.17. For QA Records Classification Only: Lifetime [-i, Nonpermanent LI-, Permanent LI Item or activity to which the QA Records apply: _____________________________
[-i, Nonpermanent LI-, Permanent LIItem or activity to which the QA Recordsapply: _____________________________
Periodic Review Frequency:
Periodic Review Frequency:
N/A Li, 5 years [], or18. Other___________________
N/A Li, 5 years [], or 18. Other___________________
____Nuclear Engineering Building  
____Nuclear Engineering Building [] 400 Central Drive ta West Lafayette, IN 47907-2017 PUR-I SAR (765) 494-5739 m Fax: (765) 494-9570 [] https:/lengineerin~dplj.N4E Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Ida ho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
[] 400 Central Drive ta West Lafayette, IN 47907-2017 PUR-I SAR (765) 494-5739 m Fax: (765) 494-9570  
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
[] https:/lengineerin~dplj.N4E Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Ida ho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: ii of ii PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR INTENTIONALLY BLANK PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-5 PUR- SARAppndix3-5Rev  
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: ii of iiPURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORINTENTIONALLY BLANKPUR-1 SARAppendix 3-5PUR- SARAppndix3-5Rev  
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 1 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR[Purdue University Reactor [Specification  
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 1 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR[Purdue University Reactor [Specification  
[ DAR Number: 511249 [REVISION LOG Rev. Date Affected Pages Revision Description 0 05/31/06 All New Document.1 0 1/24/07 All Revised to add Program Anneal requirements and_____ ________ ____________update Drawing Titles 1 4-I- + I I- 4 F + I.I. + I-PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-6 FUR- SARAppndix3-6Rev  
[ DAR Number: 511249 [REVISION LOGRev. Date Affected Pages Revision Description 0 05/31/06 All New Document.
1 0 1/24/07 All Revised to add Program Anneal requirements and_____ ________
____________update Drawing Titles 1 4-I- + II- 4F + I.I. + I-PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-6FUR- SARAppndix3-6Rev  
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 2 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR CONTENTS 1.  
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 2 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORCONTENTS1. SUMMARY...............................................................................................
 
51.1 General ..............................................................................................  
==SUMMARY==
: 52. APPLICABLE CODES, PROCEDURES, AND REFERENCES......................................
...............................................................................................
52.1 Standards, Specifications, Drawings and Attachments..........................................
5 1.1 General ..............................................................................................
52.1.1 Specifications and Standards  
5 2. APPLICABLE CODES, PROCEDURES, AND REFERENCES......................................
5 2.1 Standards, Specifications, Drawings and Attachments..........................................
5 2.1.1 Specifications and Standards  
.........................................................
.........................................................
52.1.2 Drawings (INL)........................................................................  
5 2.1.2 Drawings (INL)........................................................................
: 83. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS..........................................................................
8 3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS..........................................................................
93.1 Production Qualification..................  
9 3.1 Production Qualification..................  
.........................................................
.........................................................
93.1.1 Fuel Plate Qualification:  
9 3.1.1 Fuel Plate Qualification:  
..............................................................
..............................................................
93.1.2 Fuel Element Qualification:.........................................................
9 3.1.2 Fuel Element Qualification:.........................................................
103.1.3 Requalification:  
10 3.1.3 Requalification:  
......................................................................
......................................................................
103.1.4 Operator Qualification:...........................................
10 3.1.4 Operator Qualification:...........................................
113.2 Materials  
11 3.2 Materials  
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
123.2.1 Fuel Bearing Plates ..................................................................
12 3.2.1 Fuel Bearing Plates ..................................................................
123.2.2 Aluminum Weld Filler Metal: ......................................................
12 3.2.2 Aluminum Weld Filler Metal: ......................................................
123.2.3 Dummy (Non-Fueled)
12 3.2.3 Dummy (Non-Fueled)
Plate:........................................................
Plate:........................................................
123.2.4 Material Requirements  
12 3.2.4 Material Requirements  
..............................................................
..............................................................
133.3 Mechanical Requirements........................................................................
13 3.3 Mechanical Requirements........................................................................
133.3.1 Fuel Plate Requirements  
13 3.3.1 Fuel Plate Requirements  
............................................................
............................................................
133.3.2 Non-fueled (dummy) plates:........................................................
13 3.3.2 Non-fueled (dummy) plates:........................................................
153.3.3 Fuel Element Requirements.........................................................
15 3.3.3 Fuel Element Requirements.........................................................
153.4 Physical Properties................................................................................
15 3.4 Physical Properties................................................................................
153.4.1 Fuel Plate Requirements  
15 3.4.1 Fuel Plate Requirements  
............................................................
............................................................
153.5 Surface Condition  
15 3.5 Surface Condition  
.................................................................................
.................................................................................
173.5.1 Surface Defects ......................................................................
17 3.5.1 Surface Defects ......................................................................
173.5.2 Cleanliness:  
17 3.5.2 Cleanliness:  
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
173.5.3 Contamination:  
17 3.5.3 Contamination:  
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
183.6 Marking............................................................................................
18 3.6 Marking............................................................................................
183.6.1 Fuel Plate Identification:  
18 3.6.1 Fuel Plate Identification:  
............................................................
............................................................
183.6.2 Fuel Assembly Identification:.......................................................
18 3.6.2 Fuel Assembly Identification:.......................................................
183.6.3 Dummy Element Identification:  
18 3.6.3 Dummy Element Identification:  
....................................................
....................................................
193.7 Storage .............................................................................................
19 3.7 Storage .............................................................................................
193.8 Fuel Element Surface Treatment  
19 3.8 Fuel Element Surface Treatment  
................................................................
................................................................
19PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-7 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
19 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-7 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 3 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.8.1............................................................................................
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 3 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR3.8.1............................................................................................
19 3.8.2............................................................................................
193.8.2............................................................................................
20 3.8.3............................................................................................
203.8.3............................................................................................
20 3.9 Graphite Reflectors and Graphite Radiation Baskets ..........................................
203.9 Graphite Reflectors and Graphite Radiation Baskets ..........................................
20 3.9.1 Material:  
203.9.1 Material:
..............................................................................
203.9.2 Assembly:.............................................................................
203.9.3 Welding:  
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
203.9.4 Identification:  
20 3.9.2 Assembly:.............................................................................
20 3.9.3 Welding: ..............................................................................
20 3.9.4 Identification:  
........................................................................
........................................................................
203.9.5 Dimensional Inspection:.............................................................
20 3.9.5 Dimensional Inspection:.............................................................
213.9.6 Surface Finish and Defects:  
21 3.9.6 Surface Finish and Defects: .........................................................
.........................................................
21 3.9.7 Storage: ...............................................................................
213.9.7 Storage:  
21 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE.................................................................................
...............................................................................
21 4.1 Materials  
214. QUALITY ASSURANCE.................................................................................
214.1 Materials  
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
224.2 Core Density.......................................................................................
22 4.2 Core Density.......................................................................................
224.3 Fuel Loading.......................................................................................
22 4.3 Fuel Loading.......................................................................................
244.4 Fuel Homogeneity  
24 4.4 Fuel Homogeneity  
................................................................................
................................................................................
244.5 Core Configuration................................................................................
24 4.5 Core Configuration................................................................................
264.6 Bond Integrity  
26 4.6 Bond Integrity  
.....................................................................................
.....................................................................................
264.6.1 Blister Anneal: .......................................................................
26 4.6.1 Blister Anneal: .......................................................................
264.6.2 Ultrasonic Scanning:  
26 4.6.2 Ultrasonic Scanning:  
................................................................
................................................................
274.6.3 Metallographic Examination........................................................
27 4.6.3 Metallographic Examination........................................................
274.7 Internal Defects ...................................................................................
27 4.7 Internal Defects ...................................................................................
274.8 Surface Finish and Defects.......................................................................
27 4.8 Surface Finish and Defects.......................................................................
284.9 Clad-Core-Clad Dimensions.....................................................................
28 4.9 Clad-Core-Clad Dimensions.....................................................................
284.10 Cleanliness.........................................................................................
28 4.10 Cleanliness.........................................................................................
294.11 Contamination.....................................................................................
29 4.11 Contamination.....................................................................................
294.12 Dimensional  
29 4.12 Dimensional  
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
294.12.1 Final Dimensional Inspection.......................................................
29 4.12.1 Final Dimensional Inspection.......................................................
294.13 Reactor Components and Spare Fuel Element Parts...........................................
29 4.13 Reactor Components and Spare Fuel Element Parts...........................................
295. PACKAGING AND SHIPPING..........................................................................
29 5. PACKAGING AND SHIPPING..........................................................................
306. NOTES ......................................................................................................
30 6. NOTES ......................................................................................................
30PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-8 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY  
30 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-8 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY  
!Identifier:
!Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 4 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 6.1 Definitions.........................................................................................
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 4 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR6.1 Definitions.........................................................................................
30 6.2 Purchaser Tests....................................................................................
306.2 Purchaser Tests....................................................................................
33 6.3 Submittals..........................................................................................
336.3 Submittals..........................................................................................
33 6.3.1 Preproduction:........................................................................
336.3.1 Preproduction:........................................................................
33 6.3.2 Pre-repair:.............................................................................
336.3.2 Pre-repair:.............................................................................
34 6.3.3 Manufacturing Schedule:  
346.3.3 Manufacturing Schedule:  
...........................................................
...........................................................
346.3.4 Delivery Submittals:  
34 6.3.4 Delivery Submittals:  
.................................................................
.................................................................
346.3.5 Fuel Plate Radiographs:.............................................................
34 6.3.5 Fuel Plate Radiographs:.............................................................
356.3.6 Core Compact Data Sheets: .........................................................
35 6.3.6 Core Compact Data Sheets: .........................................................
356.3.7 Report of Production by Unapproved Process:....................................
35 6.3.7 Report of Production by Unapproved Process:....................................
35APPENDIX A ......................................................................................................
35 APPENDIX A ......................................................................................................
37APPENDIX B......................................................................................................
37 APPENDIX B......................................................................................................
39FIGURES1. Purdue University Fuel Plate Sampling Procedures For Destructive Tests.......................
39 FIGURES 1. Purdue University Fuel Plate Sampling Procedures For Destructive Tests.......................
36PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-9PUR- SARAppndix3-9Rev  
36 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-9 PUR- SARAppndix3-9Rev  
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 5 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 5 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR1.SUMMARY 1.1 GeneralThis specification (see def.) defines the materials, components,  
 
: testing, inspection, certain processes, quality control (see def.) requirements and acceptance criteriafor the fabrication of standard and control fuel elements (see def.) and fuelelement containers for the Purdue University Reactor at Purdue University atWest Lafayette, Indiana.2. APPLICABLE CODES, PROCEDURES, AND REFERENCES 2.1 Standards, Specifications, Drawings and Attachments The applicable portions of the following documents as defined herein, form a partof this specification.
==SUMMARY==
Where there is a conflict between the documents cited andthe latest revision  
1.1 General This specification (see def.) defines the materials, components, testing, inspection, certain processes, quality control (see def.) requirements and acceptance criteria for the fabrication of standard and control fuel elements (see def.) and fuel element containers for the Purdue University Reactor at Purdue University at West Lafayette, Indiana.2. APPLICABLE CODES, PROCEDURES, AND REFERENCES 2.1 Standards, Specifications, Drawings and Attachments The applicable portions of the following documents as defined herein, form a part of this specification.
: thereof, the supplier (see def.) shall notify the purchaser (see def.) of the conflict and use the latest revision in effect at the signing of thecontract, unless otherwise directed by the purchaser.
Where there is a conflict between the documents cited and the latest revision thereof, the supplier (see def.) shall notify the purchaser (see def.) of the conflict and use the latest revision in effect at the signing of the contract, unless otherwise directed by the purchaser.
2.1 .1 Specifications and Standards National Codes and Standards ASTM E 1742-00ASTM E 1417-99MIL-C-45 662RDT F6-2TAmerican Society for TestingASTM B 209-00ASTM B 210-04ASTM B 211-00ASTM B 214-99ASTM B 221-00Standard Practice for Radiograph Examination Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination Calibration System Requirements Welding of Reactor Core Components, Sections 1,2,3 and 6and Materials (ASTM)Standard Specification for Aluminumand Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and PlateAluminum and Aluminum-Alloy DrawnSeamless TubesStandard Specification for Aluminumand Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod and WireStandard Test Method for Sieve Analysisof Granular Metal PowdersStandard Specification for AluminumPUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-10 2 uy2,212. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
2.1 .1 Specifications and Standards National Codes and Standards ASTM E 1742-00 ASTM E 1417-99 MIL-C-45 662 RDT F6-2T American Society for Testing ASTM B 209-00 ASTM B 210-04 ASTM B 211-00 ASTM B 214-99 ASTM B 221-00 Standard Practice for Radiograph Examination Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination Calibration System Requirements Welding of Reactor Core Components, Sections 1,2,3 and 6 and Materials (ASTM)Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod and Wire Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Granular Metal Powders Standard Specification for Aluminum PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-10 2 uy2,21 2. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 5STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 6 of 5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wires, Profiles and Tubes ASTM B 24 1-02 ASTM E 8-00 ASTM E 29-93 a (1999)ASTM E 2016-99 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube Methods of Tension Testing of Metallic Materials Recommended Practice for Indicating Which Places of Figures are to be Considered Significant in Specified Limiting Values Standard Specification for Industrial Woven Wire Cloth American Welding Society (AWS')AWS A5.10-1995 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Welding Rod and Bare Electrodes American National Standards Institute (ANSI)ANSI B46.1-1994 Surface Texture ANSI Y14.5-1994 Dimensioning and Tolerancing for Engineering Drawings American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)ASME Section V -2001, without addendum ASME Section IX -2001 ASME NQA- 1-1997 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-11 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 6 of 5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORand Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wires, Profiles and TubesASTM B 24 1-02ASTM E 8-00ASTM E 29-93 a (1999)ASTM E 2016-99Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless ExtrudedTubeMethods of Tension Testing of MetallicMaterials Recommended Practice for Indicating Which Places of Figures are to beConsidered Significant in Specified Limiting ValuesStandard Specification for Industrial Woven Wire ClothAmerican Welding Society (AWS')AWS A5.10-1995 Aluminum and Aluminum AlloyWelding Rod and Bare Electrodes American National Standards Institute (ANSI)ANSI B46.1-1994 Surface TextureANSI Y14.5-1994 Dimensioning and Tolerancing forEngineering DrawingsAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)ASME Section V -2001,without addendumASME Section IX -2001ASME NQA- 1-1997Boiler and Pressure Vessel CodeSection VBoiler and Pressure Vessel CodeSection IXQuality Assurance Requirements forNuclear Facility Applications PUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-11 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 5STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 7 of 5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Idaho National Laboratory (INL)TRTR- 11 TRTR- 14 IN-F-4-TRA STD 7022A Specification for Low Enriched Uranium Metal in Test Reactor Fuel Specification for Reactor Grade Low Enriched Uranium Silicide Fuel Powder Specification for Aluminum Powder for Matrix Material in Test Reactor Fuel Cleanliness Acceptance Levels for Nuclear or Non-Nuclear Service Components American Society for Nondestructive Test (ASNT)SNT-TC-lA (1996 or later) American Society For Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Recommended Practice PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-12 2 uy2,21 2. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
1ELEMENTS
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 7 of 5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORIdaho National Laboratory (INL)TRTR- 11TRTR- 14IN-F-4-TRA STD 7022ASpecification for Low Enriched UraniumMetal in Test Reactor FuelSpecification for Reactor Grade LowEnriched Uranium Silicide Fuel PowderSpecification for Aluminum Powder forMatrix Material in Test Reactor FuelCleanliness Acceptance Levels forNuclear or Non-Nuclear ServiceComponents American Society for Nondestructive Test (ASNT)SNT-TC-lA (1996 or later) American Society For Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Recommended PracticePUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-12 2 uy2,212. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 8 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2.1.2 Drawings (JNL)635454 635455 635456 635457 635458 635459 635460 635461 635462 635463 635464 635465 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Graphite Reflector Assembly and Source Drive Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Standard Fuel, Partial,& Dummy Element Assemblies Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Control Fuel Element Assembly and Dummy Control Fuel Element Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Fission Chamber Fuel Element Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Standard Fuel Container Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Control Fuel Container Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Irradiation Facility Assembly Purdue University Test Research and.Training Reactor Capsule Holder and Capsule Insert Assemblies and Details Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Graphite Container Assembly, and Source Drive Container Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Fuel Plate Assembly and Dummy Fuel Plate Detail Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Container Tube Assembly and Details Purdue University Test Research and PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-13 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1of5 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 9of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Training Reactor Graphite Block Detail And Graphite Capsule Holder Detail 635466 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Miscellaneous Details 635467 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Source Drive Nozzle Assembly and Source Drive Top 635468 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Nozzle Preliminary Machined and Fission Chamber Top 3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Production Qualification The supplier is required to qualify the processes or portions of the process or be exempt from same by written approval of the purchaser.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 8 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR2.1.2 Drawings (JNL)635454635455635456635457635458635459635460635461635462635463635464635465Purdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Graphite Reflector Assembly and Source Drive AssemblyPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Standard Fuel, Partial,& Dummy Element Assemblies Purdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Control Fuel ElementAssembly and Dummy Control FuelElement AssemblyPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Fission Chamber FuelElement AssemblyPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Standard FuelContainer AssemblyPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Control Fuel Container AssemblyPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Irradiation FacilityAssemblyPurdue University Test Research and.Training Reactor Capsule Holder andCapsule Insert Assemblies and DetailsPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Graphite Container
In qualifcation (see def.), only materials that comply with this specification shall be used.Qualification processes, equipment, and operator qualificationltraining programs shall be identical to those used during production (see def.). To qualify, the supplier must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, that the process is capable of producing a product, which satisfies all the requirements of the specifications.
: Assembly, and Source Drive Container AssemblyPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Fuel Plate Assemblyand Dummy Fuel Plate DetailPurdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Container TubeAssembly and DetailsPurdue University Test Research andPUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-13 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Assembly of production fuel elements shall not be initiated until: (1) all required data, to assure compliance with the qualification requirements, has been submitted to the purchaser; (2) data and records required by Section 6.3 have been submitted; and (3) written approval of qualification has been received by the supplier from the purchaser.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1of5ELEMENTS
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 9of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORTraining Reactor Graphite Block DetailAnd Graphite Capsule Holder Detail635466 Purdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Miscellaneous Details635467 Purdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Source Drive NozzleAssembly and Source Drive Top635468 Purdue University Test Research andTraining Reactor Nozzle Preliminary Machined and Fission Chamber Top3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Production Qualification The supplier is required to qualify the processes or portions of the process or beexempt from same by written approval of the purchaser.
In qualifcation (seedef.), only materials that comply with this specification shall be used.Qualification processes, equipment, and operator qualificationltraining programsshall be identical to those used during production (see def.). To qualify, thesupplier must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, that the process iscapable of producing a product, which satisfies all the requirements of thespecifications.
Assembly of production fuel elements shall not be initiated until:(1) all required data, to assure compliance with the qualification requirements, hasbeen submitted to the purchaser; (2) data and records required by Section 6.3 havebeen submitted; and (3) written approval of qualification has been received by thesupplier from the purchaser.
3.1.1 Fuel Plate Qualification:
3.1.1 Fuel Plate Qualification:
Fuel plate (see def.) qualification shall be satisfied by supplierproduction of a minimum of two consecutively produced plate lots (seedef.), in lot quantities of 24 plates (see def.). The plates shall be madeusing low enriched uranium in the form of Silicide (see def.) powder,which have a yield of no less than 65% acceptable fuel plates meeting allapplicable requirements of this specification.
Fuel plate (see def.) qualification shall be satisfied by supplier production of a minimum of two consecutively produced plate lots (see def.), in lot quantities of 24 plates (see def.). The plates shall be made using low enriched uranium in the form of Silicide (see def.) powder, which have a yield of no less than 65% acceptable fuel plates meeting all applicable requirements of this specification.
The supplier may combinethe results of two consecutive lots into a production run in determining the 65% yield requirement provided that there have been no changes inthe manufacturing (see def.) procedure (see def.) between lots whichwould require requalifcation (see def.) in accordance with Section 3.1.3.PUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-14 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
The supplier may combine the results of two consecutive lots into a production run in determining the 65% yield requirement provided that there have been no changes in the manufacturing (see def.) procedure (see def.) between lots which would require requalifcation (see def.) in accordance with Section 3.1.3.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-14 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 10of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR In the event that fuel plate qualification has been performed by the supplier meeting all the requirements of this specification during the past twelve months, and qualified operators are performing the fabrication, fuel plate qualification requirements listed above will be waived.Fuel plates made in development (see def.) (prior to and including qualification runs that fail to meet the 65% yield requirements) will not be used in fabricating production fuel elements without prior approval of the purchaser.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 10of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORIn the event that fuel plate qualification has been performed by thesupplier meeting all the requirements of this specification during the pasttwelve months, and qualified operators are performing the fabrication, fuel plate qualification requirements listed above will be waived.Fuel plates made in development (see def.) (prior to and including qualification runs that fail to meet the 65% yield requirements) will notbe used in fabricating production fuel elements without prior approval ofthe purchaser.
3.1.2 Fuel Element Qualification:
3.1.2 Fuel Element Qualification:
The supplier shall fabricate 1 dummy standard fuel element assembly(see def.), which shall meet the requirements of this specification.
The supplier shall fabricate 1 dummy standard fuel element assembly (see def.), which shall meet the requirements of this specification.


====3.1.3 Requalification====
====3.1.3 Requalification====
The supplier shall notify the purchaser of any proposed process change.A changed process may not be used in production until the supplier hasmet all the requirements of Section 3.1.3, submits the results and data ofthe requalification effort, and receives written approval from thepurchaser.
The supplier shall notify the purchaser of any proposed process change.A changed process may not be used in production until the supplier has met all the requirements of Section 3.1.3, submits the results and data of the requalification effort, and receives written approval from the purchaser.
Requalification for any fuel plate attribute to the requirements of thespecification will be required when the processes, materials, fuelloadings, equipment or equipment operators (welding and rolling) whichhave been previously qualified are changed, unless the supplier candemonstrate to the satisfaction of the purchaser by engineering explanation or proof test that such changes will have no detrimental effect on the product.Requalification for compacting, pack (see def.) assembly, and rollingmill operators can be less than qualification basis, since the procedure has already been established.
Requalification for any fuel plate attribute to the requirements of the specification will be required when the processes, materials, fuel loadings, equipment or equipment operators (welding and rolling) which have been previously qualified are changed, unless the supplier can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the purchaser by engineering explanation or proof test that such changes will have no detrimental effect on the product.Requalification for compacting, pack (see def.) assembly, and rolling mill operators can be less than qualification basis, since the procedure has already been established.
Candidate operators who are not qualified for compacting operations, pack assembly operations, and hot/coldrolling mill operations must demonstrate their abilities in performing theindividual operations they are assigned.
Candidate operators who are not qualified for compacting operations, pack assembly operations, and hot/cold rolling mill operations must demonstrate their abilities in performing the individual operations they are assigned.An operator must qualify by processing two lots of fuel plates with minimum lot size of 24, for the operation he is assigned to qualify, before performing any production operation independently.
An operator must qualify by processing two lots of fuel plates withminimum lot size of 24, for the operation he is assigned to qualify,before performing any production operation independently.
Each lot of fuel plates shall be processed through final inspection, with a minimum yield rate of 90% acceptable fuel plates required for the operator to be termed qualified.
Each lot offuel plates shall be processed through final inspection, with a minimumyield rate of 90% acceptable fuel plates required for the operator to betermed qualified.
PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-15 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
PUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-15 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 11of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR NOTE: Failure of an operator to qualify', because of fuel piate deviations, must be based on deviations related to the operation being qualified.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 11of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORNOTE: Failure of an operator to qualify',
The purchaser on a case-by-case basis will determine the quantities and sizes of requali~fication fuel plates selected to be destructively examined.3.1.4 Operator Qualification:
because of fuel piate deviations, must be based on deviations related to the operation being qualified.
Operator qualification will be accomplished via an approved supplier internal qualification program for the following operations:
The purchaser on a case-by-case basis will determine the quantities and sizes of requali~fication fuel plates selected to be destructively examined.
A. Arc melting B. Compacting C. Pack assembly D. Hot rolling B. Cold rolling F. Final machining.
3.1.4 Operator Qualification:
3.1.4.1 In addition to the operations specified above, the supplier shall also show evidence of the training and competency of those individuals who perform any of the following fuel element fabrication and inspection activities:
Operator qualification will be accomplished via an approved supplierinternal qualification program for the following operations:
A. Powder sieving, weighing, and testing B. Compact weighing, visual and dimensional inspection C. Fuel plate/element and component cleaning D. Fuel plate annealing operations B. Dimensional inspection of plates, elements, and subcomponents F. Metallographic sample preparation and inspection
A. Arc meltingB. Compacting C. Pack assemblyD. Hot rollingB. Cold rollingF. Final machining.
: 0. Visual inspection of plates, elements, and subcomponents H. Void volume inspection I. Fluoroscope inspection of fuel plates PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-16 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
3.1.4.1In addition to the operations specified above, the suppliershall also show evidence of the training and competency ofthose individuals who perform any of the following fuelelement fabrication and inspection activities:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
A. Powder sieving,  
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 12 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR J. Radiography and inspection of fuel plate radiographs K. Ultrasonic testing and interpretation.
: weighing, and testingB. Compact weighing, visual and dimensional inspection C. Fuel plate/element and component cleaningD. Fuel plate annealing operations B. Dimensional inspection of plates, elements, andsubcomponents F. Metallographic sample preparation and inspection
The individuals performing these operations shall have specific requirements imposed on them that will demonstrate their knowledge and ability to perform their respective assignments.
: 0. Visual inspection of plates, elements, andsubcomponents H. Void volume inspection I. Fluoroscope inspection of fuel platesPUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-16 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Documented evidence of the training of these individuals shall be maintained and shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.3.2 Materials The material requirements for the components comprising the fuel element are as specified on Drawings per Section 2.1.2 and requirements of this section.3.2.1 Fuel Bearin2 Plates 3.2.1.1 Fuel Cores: The fuel cores (see def.) of the fuel plates shall be uranium silicide powder dispersed in aluminum alloy powder which meet the requirements of IN.-F-4-TRA and TRTR- 14, per Section 2.1.1 of this specification.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
3.2.1.2 Frames and Covers: Aluminum for the frames and cover plates shall conform to ASTM B209, Alloy 606 1-0. The aluminum plate stock used for frame and cover plates shall be certified by the supplier to contain less than 30 PPM boron, 80 PPM cadmium, and 80 PPM lithium.The subcontractor shall furnish certified physical properties and chemical analyses of ingots or plates of the 6061 materials to INL.3.2.2 Aluminum Weld Filler Metal: All aluminum weld filler metal shall be ER4043 as required by Specification AWS A5.10-1995.
1ELEMENTS
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 12 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORJ. Radiography and inspection of fuel plate radiographs K. Ultrasonic testing and interpretation.
The individuals performing these operations shall havespecific requirements imposed on them that willdemonstrate their knowledge and ability to perform theirrespective assignments.
Documented evidence of thetraining of these individuals shall be maintained and shall bemade available to the purchaser upon request.3.2 Materials The material requirements for the components comprising the fuel element are asspecified on Drawings per Section 2.1.2 and requirements of this section.3.2.1 Fuel Bearin2 Plates3.2.1.1 Fuel Cores: The fuel cores (see def.) of the fuel plates shallbe uranium silicide powder dispersed in aluminum alloypowder which meet the requirements of IN.-F-4-TRA andTRTR- 14, per Section 2.1.1 of this specification.
3.2.1.2 Frames and Covers: Aluminum for the frames and coverplates shall conform to ASTM B209, Alloy 606 1-0. Thealuminum plate stock used for frame and cover plates shallbe certified by the supplier to contain less than 30 PPMboron, 80 PPM cadmium, and 80 PPM lithium.The subcontractor shall furnish certified physical properties and chemical analyses of ingots or plates of the 6061materials to INL.3.2.2 Aluminum Weld Filler Metal:All aluminum weld filler metal shall be ER4043 as required bySpecification AWS A5.10-1995.
3.2.3 Dummy (Non-Fueled)
3.2.3 Dummy (Non-Fueled)
Plate:Dummy (non-fueled) plates (see def.) shall be fabricated from aluminumType 6061-0, that meets the requirements of Section 3.2.1.2.PUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-17 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Plate: Dummy (non-fueled) plates (see def.) shall be fabricated from aluminum Type 6061-0, that meets the requirements of Section 3.2.1.2.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-17 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTSuRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 13 of 573.2.4 Material Reqiuirements All material used or contained in the product shall comply with all therequirements of this specification and Drawings per Section 2.1.2 unlessexempted by written document by the purchaser.
1 ELEMENTSuRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 13 of 57 3.2.4 Material Reqiuirements All material used or contained in the product shall comply with all the requirements of this specification and Drawings per Section 2.1.2 unless exempted by written document by the purchaser.
3.3 Mechanical Requirements 3.3.1 Fuel Plate Requirements 3.3.1.1 Fabrication:
3.3 Mechanical Requirements 3.3.1 Fuel Plate Requirements 3.3.1.1 Fabrication:
The supplier shall furnish the details of his fuelplate rolling schedule and component cleaning process tothe purchaser for approval prior to use in production per 6.3.1.Compacting details shall include silicide  
The supplier shall furnish the details of his fuel plate rolling schedule and component cleaning process to the purchaser for approval prior to use in production per 6.3.1.Compacting details shall include silicide -aluminum compacting pressure and compacting press dwell time.After hot rolling, each fuel plate shall be blister annealed per Section 4.6.1 and then cold rolled to final thickness at room temperature.
-aluminumcompacting pressure and compacting press dwell time.After hot rolling, each fuel plate shall be blister annealed perSection 4.6.1 and then cold rolled to final thickness at roomtemperature.
After cold rolling operation, the fuel plates shall be subjected to program annealing.
After cold rolling operation, the fuel platesshall be subjected to program annealing.
The rolling schedule shall contain, at a minimum, the following:
The rollingschedule shall contain, at a minimum, the following:
A. Nominal plate reduction B. Minimum number of hot roll passes C. Nominal inter-pass reduction and target thickness D. Hot rolling furnace temperature E. Preheat time for all hot roll passes F. Final hot roll plate thickness G. Type and frequency of roll lubricant utilized H. Nominal cold roll reduction.
A. Nominal plate reduction B. Minimum number of hot roll passesC. Nominal inter-pass reduction and target thickness D. Hot rolling furnace temperature E. Preheat time for all hot roll passesF. Final hot roll plate thickness G. Type and frequency of roll lubricant utilizedH. Nominal cold roll reduction.
I. Final cold roll thickness.
I. Final cold roll thickness.
Fuel plate cladding (see def.) thickness required bySection 3.3.1.4 and fuel core homogeneity requirements ofSection 4.4 are independent requirements that must be met.PUR-I SARAppendix 3-18PUR- SARAppedix  
Fuel plate cladding (see def.) thickness required by Section 3.3.1.4 and fuel core homogeneity requirements of Section 4.4 are independent requirements that must be met.PUR-I SAR Appendix 3-18 PUR- SARAppedix  
-152. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-152. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 14 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.3.1.2 Core Configuration:
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 14 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR3.3.1.2 Core Configuration:
No fuel particles are allowed within the fuel free zones located at the ends of the plates as shown on Drawing 635463.The nominally unfueled area of each fuel plate as defined by Drawing 635463 may contain random fuel particles defined as flaking and limited in size, location, and spacing per this Section, as determined by Section 4.5.The presence of fuel particles detected between the maximum fuel core outline and fuel plate edges and ends is allowed provided they do not violate the following restrictions:
No fuel particles are allowed within thefuel free zones located at the ends of the plates as shown onDrawing 635463.The nominally unfueled area of each fuel plate as defined byDrawing 635463 may contain random fuel particles definedas flaking and limited in size, location, and spacing per thisSection, as determined by Section 4.5.The presence of fuel particles detected between themaximum fuel core outline and fuel plate edges and ends isallowed provided they do not violate the following restrictions:
-One or more fuel particles, which fit in a rectangle whose area is not more than 4x1 0-4 in 2 is acceptable AND-The fuel particle(s) are no closer than 0.080 in. to any other particle edge to edge AND-No particle is closer to the plate edge or end than the major dimension of the particle.Stray fuel particles (see def.) that violate the above requirements may be removed from fuel plate edges by filing, provided the following:
-One or more fuel particles, which fit in a rectangle whosearea is not more than 4x1 0-4 in2 is acceptable AND-The fuel particle(s) are no closer than 0.080 in. to anyother particle edge to edgeAND-No particle is closer to the plate edge or end than themajor dimension of the particle.
-The filed out area is no deeper into the edge of the plate than 0.050 in., no longer than 0.250 in.AND Each filed area is at least 1.0 in. apart 3.3.1.3 Filing of fuel plate ends, for the removal of stray particles, is not allowed, unless previously approved by the purchaser.
Stray fuel particles (see def.) that violate the aboverequirements may be removed from fuel plate edges byfiling, provided the following:
-The filed out area is no deeper into the edge of the platethan 0.050 in., no longer than 0.250 in.ANDEach filed area is at least 1.0 in. apart3.3.1.3Filing of fuel plate ends, for the removal of stray particles, isnot allowed, unless previously approved by the purchaser.
Internal Defects and Bond Integrity:
Internal Defects and Bond Integrity:
Metallurgical bond, asdetermined by Section 4.6 is required at interface areas ofthe finished fuel plates, specifically fuel core-to-clad andclad-to-frame.
Metallurgical bond, as determined by Section 4.6 is required at interface areas of the finished fuel plates, specifically fuel core-to-clad and clad-to-frame.
The presence of grain growth across the fuelPUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-19 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
The presence of grain growth across the fuel PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-19 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 15 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR matrix-cladding interface and across the aluminum frame-cladding interface of at least 50% is required.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 15 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORmatrix-cladding interface and across the aluminumframe-cladding interface of at least 50% is required.
Fuel core defects in excess of 0.06 in. in any dimension as determined by Section 4.7 are not allowed.3.3.1.4 Cladding Thickness:
Fuelcore defects in excess of 0.06 in. in any dimension asdetermined by Section 4.7 are not allowed.3.3.1.4 Cladding Thickness:
During production, all plates will be subjected to UT mmn-clad inspection.
During production, all plates will besubjected to UT mmn-clad inspection.
The standard will be calibrated at the nominal 0.008-inch scan depth. The gage will then be adjusted to a 0.010 inch scanning depth and the fuel plates will be scanned at 0.0 10 inch. Fuel plate UT traces, which display mmi-clad indications at the 0.010-inch depth, shall be visually compared with the 0.008-inch Standard trace. Fuel plates for which the UT reports show a comparable density of indications, or worse, than the indications displayed on the standard UT report are unacceptable.
The standard will becalibrated at the nominal 0.008-inch scan depth. The gagewill then be adjusted to a 0.010 inch scanning depth and thefuel plates will be scanned at 0.0 10 inch. Fuel plate UTtraces, which display mmi-clad indications at the 0.010-inch depth, shall be visually compared with the 0.008-inch Standard trace. Fuel plates for which the UT reports show acomparable density of indications, or worse, than theindications displayed on the standard UT report areunacceptable.
Fuel plates, which fail the 0.010-inch UT scan, shall be rescanned at 0.008 inch. Only fuel plates which are acceptable when rescanned at 0.008 inch shall be submitted to the Purchaser and User for evaluation.
Fuel plates, which fail the 0.010-inch UTscan, shall be rescanned at 0.008 inch. Only fuel plateswhich are acceptable when rescanned at 0.008 inch shall besubmitted to the Purchaser and User for evaluation.
3.3.2 Non-fueled (dummy) plates: The supplier shall use a cold rolling method to obtain plate thickness.
3.3.2 Non-fueled (dummy) plates:The supplier shall use a cold rolling method to obtain plate thickness.
Non-fueled (dummy) plates shall be subjected to program anneal.3.3.3 Fuel Element Reqiuirements 3.3.3.1 Weldinp: All welding shall be performed using procedures and welding personnel qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX or the criteria defined in Appendix B. Quality acceptance of production welds shall be in accordance with Appendix B, Section 5.3.4 Physical Properties Fuel plates shall have a core of U 3 Si 2 and aluminum and completed fuel plates and fuel elements shall have fuel loadings per Sections 3.4.1.2, and 3.4.1.5.3.4.1 Fuel Plate Requirements 3.4.1.1 Fuel Core: The fuel core shall consist of 19.75 "0.2 weight% enriched uranium silicide powder dispersed in aluminum powder. The uranium silicide powder shall be -100, +325 U.S. standard mesh particles.
Non-fueled (dummy) plates shall be subjected to program anneal.3.3.3 Fuel Element Reqiuirements 3.3.3.1 Weldinp:
However, a blend may PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-20 2 uy2,21 2. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
All welding shall be performed using procedures and welding personnel qualified in accordance with ASMESection IX or the criteria defined in Appendix B. Qualityacceptance of production welds shall be in accordance withAppendix B, Section 5.3.4 Physical Properties Fuel plates shall have a core of U3 Si2 and aluminum and completed fuel platesand fuel elements shall have fuel loadings per Sections 3.4.1.2, and 3.4.1.5.3.4.1 Fuel Plate Requirements 3.4.1.1 Fuel Core: The fuel core shall consist of 19.75 "0.2 weight% enriched uranium silicide powder dispersed in aluminumpowder. The uranium silicide powder shall be -100, +325U.S. standard mesh particles.  
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
: However, a blend mayPUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-20 2 uy2,212. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 16 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR contain up to 35 weight percent of -325 U.S. standard mesh particles.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Any powder particles greater than 100 mesh particles shall be reground such that they will go thru the 100 mesh sieve. The fuel core shall be fabricated according to standard powder-metallurgical and roll-bonding techniques.
1ELEMENTS
The supplier shall provide to the purchaser, a written procedure for pack assembly and the initial rolling step which describes the method used to prevent excessive oxidation that causes non-bond of fuel core to the cladding.3.4.1.2 Fuel Loading: By using the approved supplier's method of assigning U-23 5 content, per a detailed description as to the weighing procedure by which the supplier proposes to assign fuel plate U-235 content. Each fuel plate shall contain 12.5 "0.35 grams U-235. The weight of each core shall be measured and recorded to within 0.01 gram U-235 based upon weight of the final compact and chemical and isotopic analysis of the constituents.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 16 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORcontain up to 35 weight percent of -325 U.S. standard meshparticles.
Any powder particles greater than 100 meshparticles shall be reground such that they will go thru the100 mesh sieve. The fuel core shall be fabricated according to standard powder-metallurgical and roll-bonding techniques.
The supplier shall provide to the purchaser, awritten procedure for pack assembly and the initial rollingstep which describes the method used to prevent excessive oxidation that causes non-bond of fuel core to the cladding.
3.4.1.2 Fuel Loading:
By using the approved supplier's method ofassigning U-23 5 content, per a detailed description as to theweighing procedure by which the supplier proposes toassign fuel plate U-235 content.
Each fuel plate shallcontain 12.5 "0.35 grams U-235. The weight of each coreshall be measured and recorded to within 0.01 gram U-235based upon weight of the final compact and chemical andisotopic analysis of the constituents.
3.4.1.3 Fuel Homogeneity:
3.4.1.3 Fuel Homogeneity:
Fuel homogeneity requirements arelocated in section 4.4.3.4.1.4 Void Volume: In the qualification  
Fuel homogeneity requirements are located in section 4.4.3.4.1.4 Void Volume: In the qualification process, all fuel plates shall be inspected for void volume using the method described in Section 4.2. The percent voids in the fuel cores of all fuel plates shall be determined by the inspection procedure developed by the supplier.
: process, all fuel platesshall be inspected for void volume using the methoddescribed in Section 4.2. The percent voids in the fuel coresof all fuel plates shall be determined by the inspection procedure developed by the supplier.
The percent voids in the fuel cores shall be at least 3.0% and not more than 11.0%.3.4.1.5 Fuel Element Requirements 3.4.1.6 Fuel Loading: Assigned fuel loading for each fuel element shall be 175.006-4.90 grams of U-235. Each Control Fuel Element shall contain 100 grams of U-235. Control limits for the method used to measure this weight are established at the 95% confidence level for a significant population of measurements of a particular standard.
The percent voids inthe fuel cores shall be at least 3.0% and not more than11.0%.3.4.1.5 Fuel Element Requirements 3.4.1.6 Fuel Loading:
The U-235 enrichment shall be 19.75 '-0.2 weight % of total uranium per specification TRTR- 11.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~Appendix 3-212.Jl3,01
Assigned fuel loading for each fuel elementshall be 175.006-4.90 grams of U-235. Each Control FuelElement shall contain 100 grams of U-235. Controllimits for the method used to measure this weight areestablished at the 95% confidence level for a significant population of measurements of a particular standard.
TheU-235 enrichment shall be 19.75 '-0.2 weight % of totaluranium per specification TRTR- 11.PUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~Appendix 3-212.Jl3,01
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 17of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.5 Surface Condition Fuel plates and completed fuel elements must comply with the surface condition requirements of Section 3.5.1, 3.5.2, and 3.5.3 and drawings of Section 2.1.2, per ANSI B46. 1. Sanding, or any other finishing procedure that will smear the aluminum surface, will not be allowed on fuel plates unless approved by the purchaser.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 17of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR3.5 Surface Condition Fuel plates and completed fuel elements must comply with the surface condition requirements of Section 3.5.1, 3.5.2, and 3.5.3 and drawings of Section 2.1.2, perANSI B46. 1. Sanding, or any other finishing procedure that will smear thealuminum
3.5.1 Surface Defects 3.5.1.1 Compliance with surface finish and defect requirements shall be established by 100% visual inspection of all fuel plates and elements.
: surface, will not be allowed on fuel plates unless approved by thepurchaser.
The surface of the finished fuel plates shall be smooth and free of gouges, scratches, pits, or removal of metal in excess of 0.005 inch in depth. Dents in the fuel plate shall not exceed 0.0 12 inch in depth or 0.25 inch in diameter.
3.5.1 Surface Defects3.5.1.1 Compliance with surface finish and defect requirements shall be established by 100% visual inspection of all fuelplates and elements.
If there is evidence of dogboning in the plates, surface defects in the dogbone (see def.) area shall not exceed 0.003 inch in depth. No degradation of the fuel plates beyond these limits shall be permitted.
The surface of the finished fuel platesshall be smooth and free of gouges, scratches, pits, orremoval of metal in excess of 0.005 inch in depth. Dents inthe fuel plate shall not exceed 0.0 12 inch in depth or 0.25inch in diameter.
3.5.1.2 Fuel Plates shall be free of stringiness, scabs, or cracks.Surface finish shall be as required by Drawing 635463.Compliance with requirements of this section shall be accomplished by visual inspection of all fuel plates and fuel elements.3.5.1.3 Defects on fuel plate edges or ends are permissible provided they are evaluated and acceptable to the requirements of Paragraph 3.3.1.2.3.5.1.4 Compliance with surface finish and defect requirements shall be established by 100% visual inspection of all fuel element containers.
If there is evidence of dogboning in theplates, surface defects in the dogbone (see def.) area shallnot exceed 0.003 inch in depth. No degradation of the fuelplates beyond these limits shall be permitted.
Fuel element containers shall be free of surface defects such as pits, dents, or scratches in excess of 0.0 10 inch in depth and 0.12 inch in diameter or equivalent area.3.5.2 Cleanliness:
3.5.1.2 Fuel Plates shall be free of stringiness, scabs, or cracks.Surface finish shall be as required by Drawing 635463.Compliance with requirements of this section shall beaccomplished by visual inspection of all fuel plates and fuelelements.
The suppliers fabrication, assembly, and storage areas used for the production of Purdue University fuel elements and/or components shall conform to the requirements of "controlled work area" (see def.) as defined in Paragraph 1.3.6 of INL Standard 7022A. Cleanliness shall be PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-22 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 4l2.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
3.5.1.3 Defects on fuel plate edges or ends are permissible providedthey are evaluated and acceptable to the requirements ofParagraph 3.3.1.2.3.5.1.4 Compliance with surface finish and defect requirements shall be established by 100% visual inspection of all fuelelement containers.
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Fuel element containers shall be free ofsurface defects such as pits, dents, or scratches in excess of0.0 10 inch in depth and 0.12 inch in diameter or equivalent area.3.5.2 Cleanliness:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 18 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR in compliance with INL Standard 7022A, Paragraphs 1.1, 1.2.3, 3.1, 3.2-b, d, i, 3.3 -d, e, 4.1.3, 4.2, and 4.3. Freon shall not be used to clean fuel elements or components.
The suppliers fabrication,  
As determined by Section 4.10 of this specification, there shall be no foreign materials on the finished fuel plates or surfaces of the finished fuel elements.
: assembly, and storage areas used for theproduction of Purdue University fuel elements and/or components shallconform to the requirements of "controlled work area" (see def.) asdefined in Paragraph 1.3.6 of INL Standard 7022A. Cleanliness shall bePUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-22 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 4l2.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
All oil, metal chips, turnings, dusts, abrasives and spatter, scale, and other particles shall be removed from the fuel surfaces by procedures which assure that the minimum cladding thickness has not been violated.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
All components shall be cleaned by a method approved by the purchaser.
1ELEMENTS
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 18 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORin compliance with INL Standard 7022A, Paragraphs 1.1, 1.2.3, 3.1, 3.2-b, d, i, 3.3 -d, e, 4.1.3, 4.2, and 4.3. Freon shall not be used to clean fuelelements or components.
As determined by Section 4.10 of this specification, there shall be noforeign materials on the finished fuel plates or surfaces of the finishedfuel elements.
All oil, metal chips, turnings, dusts, abrasives and spatter,scale, and other particles shall be removed from the fuel surfaces byprocedures which assure that the minimum cladding thickness has notbeen violated.
All components shall be cleaned by a method approved bythe purchaser.


====3.5.3 Contamination====
====3.5.3 Contamination====
The surfaces of each fuel plate shall be counted or smeared and countedfor alpha-beta-gamma contamination.
The surfaces of each fuel plate shall be counted or smeared and counted for alpha-beta-gamma contamination.
The alpha count shall be less thanfive dpm per 100 cm2, and the beta-gamma count shall be less than200 dpm per 100 cm2.Each fuel element shall be smeared and counted for radioactive contamination.
The alpha count shall be less than five dpm per 100 cm 2 , and the beta-gamma count shall be less than 200 dpm per 100 cm2.Each fuel element shall be smeared and counted for radioactive contamination.
The alpha count shall be less than five dpm per 100 cm2,and the beta-gamma count shall be less than 200 dpm per 100 cm23.6 MarkingNOTE: All/fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers will bemarked per this section.3.6.1 Fuel Plate Identification:
The alpha count shall be less than five dpm per 100 cm 2 , and the beta-gamma count shall be less than 200 dpm per 100 cm2 3.6 Marking NOTE: All/fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers will be marked per this section.3.6.1 Fuel Plate Identification:
Each finished fuel plate shall be identified, as shown onDrawing 635463, by a combination of numbers and/or letters that willmaintain positive identification relative to the complete traceability tothe supplier fabrication  
Each finished fuel plate shall be identified, as shown on Drawing 635463, by a combination of numbers and/or letters that will maintain positive identification relative to the complete traceability to the supplier fabrication history, including the basic material lots, heat or metal, manufacturing cycle, and quality control phases. The identification number shall be stamped, etched or vibro-peened at the location specified by Drawing 635463. The depth of the identification characters shall not exceed 0.010 in.3.6.2 Fuel Assembly Identification:
: history, including the basic material lots, heat ormetal, manufacturing cycle, and quality control phases. Theidentification number shall be stamped, etched or vibro-peened at thelocation specified by Drawing 635463. The depth of the identification characters shall not exceed 0.010 in.3.6.2 Fuel Assembly Identification:
r Each fuel assembly shall have an identifying number such as 07-XX (07 signifying year of fabrication).
rEach fuel assembly shall have an identifying number such as 07-XX (07signifying year of fabrication).
The number shall be placed on the container assembly as shown on Drawings 635455, 635456 and 635457.PUR-I EAR PUR-l SAR ~~~Appendix 3-23 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
The number shall be placed on thecontainer assembly as shown on Drawings 635455, 635456 and 635457.PUR-I EARPUR-l SAR ~~~Appendix 3-23 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 19 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR The identification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved by the purchaser, with two inch block characters not in excess of 0.010 inches in depth. Standard assemblies should be labeled: E2, F2, G2, H2, F3, H3, E4, F4, G4, H4, F5, H5. Control assemblies should be labeled: E3, G3, and E5. The fission chamber assembly should be labeled as G5. The source assembly shall be labeled as C3. The spare Standard Assemblies should be labeled: SP-1, SP-2, SP-3. The spare Control Assembly should be labeled as SP-4.3.6.3 Dummy Element Identification:
1ELEMENTS
The dummy standard fuel element assembly shall have the identifyring number DUM-1. The number shall be placed on the container assembly as shown on Drawing 635455. The identification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved by the purchaser, with two inch block characters not in excess of 0.010 inches in depth.3.7 Storage All fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers that have received final cleaning per Section 3.5.2 shall be protected in clean polyethylene containers or other containers approved by the purchaser while (1) awaiting final assembly, (2) being transferred into or being maintained in storage, or (3) being prepared for packaging or shipment.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 19 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORThe identification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved bythe purchaser, with two inch block characters not in excess of 0.010inches in depth. Standard assemblies should be labeled:
Any material exposed to contamination shall be reinspected to the requirements of Section 3.5.3.8 Fuel Element Surface Treatment If boehnmite treatment is required during fuel element fabrication, the following shall apply. After fuel elements are assembled and inspected they shall be subjected to an environment that will cause an evenly distributed boehmite layer of 0.00006 to 0.0003 in. thickness (averaged over the surface using eddy current instrumentation) to form on all surfaces of the entire assembly.
E2, F2, G2,H2, F3, H3, E4, F4, G4, H4, F5, H5. Control assemblies should belabeled:
The treatment process shall be performed under controlled conditions, which shall require the supplier to maintain a record of the thermal history of the autoclave.
E3, G3, and E5. The fission chamber assembly should belabeled as G5. The source assembly shall be labeled as C3. The spareStandard Assemblies should be labeled:
The records shall include heat charts of recorded time and temperature.
SP-1, SP-2, SP-3. The spareControl Assembly should be labeled as SP-4.3.6.3 Dummy Element Identification:
Documented evidence of the controls placed on the autoclave shall be maintained by the supplier.3.8.1 After the boehmite process has been qualified, one fuel element from every 2n autoclave run shall be inspected following a procedure approved by the Purchaser.
The dummy standard fuel element assembly shall have the identifyring number DUM-1. The number shall be placed on the container assemblyas shown on Drawing 635455. The identification shall be stamped orentered by a method approved by the purchaser, with two inch blockcharacters not in excess of 0.010 inches in depth.3.7 StorageAll fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers that have receivedfinal cleaning per Section 3.5.2 shall be protected in clean polyethylene containers or other containers approved by the purchaser while (1) awaiting final assembly, (2) being transferred into or being maintained in storage, or (3) being prepared forpackaging or shipment.
PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-24 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Any material exposed to contamination shall bereinspected to the requirements of Section 3.5.3.8 Fuel Element Surface Treatment If boehnmite treatment is required during fuel element fabrication, the following shall apply. After fuel elements are assembled and inspected they shall besubjected to an environment that will cause an evenly distributed boehmite layerof 0.00006 to 0.0003 in. thickness (averaged over the surface using eddy currentinstrumentation) to form on all surfaces of the entire assembly.
The treatment process shall be performed under controlled conditions, which shall require thesupplier to maintain a record of the thermal history of the autoclave.
The recordsshall include heat charts of recorded time and temperature.
Documented evidenceof the controls placed on the autoclave shall be maintained by the supplier.
3.8.1 After the boehmite process has been qualified, one fuel element fromevery 2n autoclave run shall be inspected following a procedure approved by the Purchaser.
PUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-24 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 20of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.8.2 Each fuel element shall have a corresponding aluminum plate coupon, made from fuel plate end crops, placed near the fuel element during the boehmite formation process. The aluminum plate coupon shall be subjected to the same environment as the fuel elements and each coupon measured for boehmite thickness.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 20of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR3.8.2 Each fuel element shall have a corresponding aluminum plate coupon,made from fuel plate end crops, placed near the fuel element during theboehmite formation process.
3.8.3 Fuel elements and aluminum plate coupons subjected to the boehmite formation process must be carefully handled to preclude scratches, dents, and gouges that would cause removal of boehmite.3.9 Graphite Reflectors and Graphite Radiation Baskets Graphite reflector assemblies (see def.) and irradiation facility assemblies (see def.) shall be fabricated as per requirements contained in this section and in drawings 635454, 635460, 635461, and 635465.3.9.1 Material: All materials used shall comply with all the requirements of this specification and applicable drawings.3.9.2 Assembly: The assembly of the graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall be as shown on the applicable drawings.3.9.3 Welding: All welding shall be performed using procedures and welding personnel qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX or the criteria defined in Appendix B. Quality acceptance of production welds shall be in accordance with Appendix B, Section 5.3.9.4 Identification:
The aluminum plate coupon shall besubjected to the same environment as the fuel elements and each couponmeasured for boehmite thickness.
The graphite reflector assemblies shall have identifying numbers such as GR-X placed on the side of the assembly as shown drawing 635454.The graphite reflector shall be labeled as follows: Dl, D2, D3, D4, D5, El, Fl, G1, Hl, I1, 12, 13, 14, and I5. The irradiation facility assemblies shall have identifying numbers such as IF-X placed on the side of the assembly as shown on drawing 635460. The irradiation facility assemblies shall be labeled as follows: D6, E6, F6, G6, H6, and 16. The identification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved by the purchaser, with two inch block not in excess of 0.0 10 inches in depth.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-25 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
3.8.3 Fuel elements and aluminum plate coupons subjected to the boehmiteformation process must be carefully handled to preclude scratches, dents,and gouges that would cause removal of boehmite.
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
3.9 Graphite Reflectors and Graphite Radiation BasketsGraphite reflector assemblies (see def.) and irradiation facility assemblies (seedef.) shall be fabricated as per requirements contained in this section and indrawings 635454, 635460, 635461, and 635465.3.9.1 Material:
1 ELEMENTSuRU U VEST- ASSEMBLED ECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 21 of 57 3.9.5 Dimensional Inspection:
All materials used shall comply with all the requirements of thisspecification and applicable drawings.
Verification of all external dimensions of the graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall be by 100%inspection, in accordance with drawings 635454 and 635460. All dimensions of this specification shall apply at a temperature of 75&deg;F+/-5&deg;" 3.9.6 Surface Finish and Defects: The graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall be free of surface defects such as pits, dents, scratches in excess of 0.010 inch deep and 0.12 inch diameter or equivalent area.3.9.7 Storage: All graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall have received final cleaning and shall be protected in clean polyethylene containers or other containers approved by the purchaser while (a) being transferred into storage, (b) being maintained in storage, or (c) being prepared for shipment or packaging.
 
====3.9.2 Assembly====
The assembly of the graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facilityassemblies shall be as shown on the applicable drawings.
3.9.3 Welding:All welding shall be performed using procedures and welding personnel qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX or the criteria defined inAppendix B. Quality acceptance of production welds shall be inaccordance with Appendix B, Section 5.3.9.4 Identification:
The graphite reflector assemblies shall have identifying numbers such asGR-X placed on the side of the assembly as shown drawing 635454.The graphite reflector shall be labeled as follows:
Dl, D2, D3, D4, D5,El, Fl, G1, Hl, I1, 12, 13, 14, and I5. The irradiation facility assemblies shall have identifying numbers such as IF-X placed on the side of theassembly as shown on drawing 635460. The irradiation facilityassemblies shall be labeled as follows:
D6, E6, F6, G6, H6, and 16. Theidentification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved by thepurchaser, with two inch block not in excess of 0.0 10 inches in depth.PUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-25 2 uy2,212. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTSuRU U VEST- ASSEMBLED ECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 21 of 573.9.5 Dimensional Inspection:
Verification of all external dimensions of the graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall be by 100%inspection, in accordance with drawings 635454 and 635460. Alldimensions of this specification shall apply at a temperature of 75&deg;F+/-5&deg;"3.9.6 Surface Finish and Defects:The graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shallbe free of surface defects such as pits, dents, scratches in excess of 0.010inch deep and 0.12 inch diameter or equivalent area.3.9.7 Storage:All graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shallhave received final cleaning and shall be protected in clean polyethylene containers or other containers approved by the purchaser while (a) beingtransferred into storage, (b) being maintained in storage, or (c) beingprepared for shipment or packaging.
: 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE The supplier shall document, implement, and maintain a quality program in compliance with ASME NQA-1-1997.
: 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE The supplier shall document, implement, and maintain a quality program in compliance with ASME NQA-1-1997.
The supplier shall permit the purchaser to conduct pre-award and continuing evaluation of the Quality Program.Personnel performing NDE examinations, specifically radiographic, ultrasonic, liquidpenetrant, and visual shall be certified to American Society for Nondestructive Testing(ASNT) Number SNT-TC-1A and certification documentation shall be made available tothe purchaser.
The supplier shall permit the purchaser to conduct pre-award and continuing evaluation of the Quality Program.Personnel performing NDE examinations, specifically radiographic, ultrasonic, liquid penetrant, and visual shall be certified to American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Number SNT-TC-1A and certification documentation shall be made available to the purchaser.
Unless otherwise specified, the supplier shall be responsible for the performance of alltests and inspections required prior to submission to the purchaser of any fuel element foracceptance.  
Unless otherwise specified, the supplier shall be responsible for the performance of all tests and inspections required prior to submission to the purchaser of any fuel element for acceptance.
: Provided, however, that the performance of such tests and inspections is inaddition to, and does not limit, the right of the purchaser to conduct such other tests andinspections as the purchaser deems necessary to assure that all fuel elements are in-conformance with all requirements of this specification.
Provided, however, that the performance of such tests and inspections is in addition to, and does not limit, the right of the purchaser to conduct such other tests and inspections as the purchaser deems necessary to assure that all fuel elements are in-conformance with all requirements of this specification.
Except as otherwise specified, the supplier may use for inspection purposes either his own or any commercial laboratory acceptable to the purchaser.
Except as otherwise specified, the supplier may use for inspection purposes either his own or any commercial laboratory acceptable to the purchaser.
Records of all tests and examinations shall be kept completePUR-1 SARPUR-1 SAR ~~Appendix 3-262.Jl3,01
Records of all tests and examinations shall be kept complete PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~Appendix 3-262.Jl3,01
: 2. July 23, 2015 Forn 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 2. July 23, 2015 Forn 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 22 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR and available to the purchaser.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 22 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORand available to the purchaser.
All test and measuring equipment shall be calibrated per the requirements of Standard MIL-C-45 662.The following applies to specified limits for requirements on core density per Section 3.4.1.1 and 4.2 and all dimensional requirements of this specification.
All test and measuring equipment shall be calibrated perthe requirements of Standard MIL-C-45 662.The following applies to specified limits for requirements on core density perSection 3.4.1.1 and 4.2 and all dimensional requirements of this specification.
For purposes of determining conformance with this specification an observed value or a calculated value shall be rounded off to the nearest unit in the last right hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting value in accordance with the rounding-off method of the Recommended Practices for Designating Significant Places in Specified Limiting Values (ASTM E29).The supplier shall prepare for his use and the purchaser's approval an integrated manufacturing and inspection test plan. The plan shall include all manufacturing operations, equipment and tooling used, inspection requirements and gaging used, and mandatory hold points established by the purchaser.
Forpurposes of determining conformance with this specification an observed value or acalculated value shall be rounded off to the nearest unit in the last right hand place offigures used in expressing the limiting value in accordance with the rounding-off methodof the Recommended Practices for Designating Significant Places in Specified LimitingValues (ASTM E29).The supplier shall prepare for his use and the purchaser's approval an integrated manufacturing and inspection test plan. The plan shall include all manufacturing operations, equipment and tooling used, inspection requirements and gaging used, andmandatory hold points established by the purchaser.
Any materials or fuel element components that are fabricated using equipment, personnel, or processes that are not in accordance with approvals as previously granted by the purchaser are subject to rejection (see def.). A report of any such incident must be submitted in accordance with Section 6.3.7.Fuel element inspection for shipment or rejection will be made by the on-site purchaser's representative at the supplier's plant. Final fuel element acceptance will be made by the purchaser at the User's facility.4.1 Materials Compliance with the material requirements of Section 3.2 shall be established by supplier certification.
Any materials or fuel element components that are fabricated using equipment, personnel, or processes that are not in accordance with approvals as previously grantedby the purchaser are subject to rejection (see def.). A report of any such incident must besubmitted in accordance with Section 6.3.7.Fuel element inspection for shipment or rejection will be made by the on-site purchaser's representative at the supplier's plant. Final fuel element acceptance will be made by thepurchaser at the User's facility.
A "Certification of Chemical Analysis" or a certified mill test report shall be supplied to the purchaser for each lot of material used in the fabrication of fuel elements.
 
This certificate shall give the results of the chemical analysis for the material.
===4.1 Materials===
Compliance with the material requirements of Section 3.2 shall be established bysupplier certification.
A "Certification of Chemical Analysis" or a certified milltest report shall be supplied to the purchaser for each lot of material used in thefabrication of fuel elements.
This certificate shall give the results of the chemicalanalysis for the material.
All fuel element materials shall be traceable.
All fuel element materials shall be traceable.
4.2 Core DensityThe density of the fuel cores required in Section 3.4.1.3 shall be determined bythe Archimedes principle.
4.2 Core Density The density of the fuel cores required in Section 3.4.1.3 shall be determined by the Archimedes principle.
During qualification of the fuel plate core void densityrequired by Section 3.4.1.3 shall be determined on all qualification fuel platessubmitted.
During qualification of the fuel plate core void density required by Section 3.4.1.3 shall be determined on all qualification fuel plates submitted.
After the particular plate type has been qualified, 100% inspection forvoid density is not required for production lots of fuel plates. For production lots,three randomly selected fuel plates from each lot shall be inspected for voidvolume density.
After the particular plate type has been qualified, 100% inspection for void density is not required for production lots of fuel plates. For production lots, three randomly selected fuel plates from each lot shall be inspected for void volume density. Should any one of these plates be discrepant, the entire lot must then be inspected for void volume density. If void density discrepancies appear regularly in the process, the purchaser may request 100% inspection.
Should any one of these plates be discrepant, the entire lot mustthen be inspected for void volume density.
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-27 PUR- SARAppedix  
If void density discrepancies appearregularly in the process, the purchaser may request 100% inspection.
PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-27PUR- SARAppedix  
-27Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-27Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 23 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR The actual core volume shall be calculated by the following formula where: weight units are in grams and volumes in cubic centimeters.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 23 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORThe actual core volume shall be calculated by the following formula where:weight units are in grams and volumes in cubic centimeters.
PAL where: Vo immersion volume of fuel plate core Vp volume of fuel plate AL= density of aluminum used for fuel plate cladding 2.715 gins/cc Wp = weight of plate Wc = deburred weight of fuel plate core compact PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-28 PUR- SARAppedix  
PALwhere:Voimmersion volume of fuel plate coreVp volume of fuel plateAL= density of aluminum used for fuel plate cladding2.715 gins/ccWp = weight of plateWc = deburred weight of fuel plate core compactPUR-1 SARAppendix 3-28PUR- SARAppedix  
-28Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-28Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-3 82STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-3 82 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 24 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR The theoretical core volume shall be calculated by the following formulas:_ ( WU3Si2 + ( WA/1 Vet --pA---TJ where: Vct= calculated theoretical core volume WU 3 Si 2 = weight of U 3 Si 2 powder in core Wal weight of aluminum matrix powder in core pU 3 Si 2= density of U 3 Si 2 powder as measured PAl= density of aluminum powder used for core matrix= 2.710 gms/cc The void percent in the core shall be calculated using the following formula: V&deg;%=v V-vCt(1 0 0 00)Vc where: V% = percent voids in the fuel plate core 4.3 Fuel Loading Verification of the fuel loading as specified in Section 3.4.1.2 shall be in conformance to the supplier's procedure required in Section 6.3.1.In order to determine compliance with the fuel density requirements of Section 4.4, the U-235 loading of the fuel plate, as determined in accordance with the procedures of Section 6.3.1, will be divided by the core volume (Vc) as calculated by the method described in the second paragraph of Section 4.2.4.4 Fuel Homogeneity Fuel core homogeneity requirements shall be complied with by a one-piece radiograph of all fuel plates from each fuel plate lot and evaluation of the radiograph by calibrated densitometer measurements.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 24 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORThe theoretical core volume shall be calculated by the following formulas:
Purchaser approved density standards may be used by the supplier.
_ ( WU3Si2 + ( WA/1Vet --pA---TJwhere:Vct= calculated theoretical core volumeWU3Si2 = weight of U3Si2 powder in coreWal weight of aluminum matrix powder in corepU3Si2= density of U3Si2powder as measuredPAl= density of aluminum powder used for core matrix= 2.710 gms/ccThe void percent in the core shall be calculated using the following formula:V&deg;%=v V-vCt(10000)Vcwhere:V% = percent voids in the fuel plate core4.3 Fuel LoadingVerification of the fuel loading as specified in Section 3.4.1.2 shall be inconformance to the supplier's procedure required in Section 6.3.1.In order to determine compliance with the fuel density requirements ofSection 4.4, the U-235 loading of the fuel plate, as determined in accordance withthe procedures of Section 6.3.1, will be divided by the core volume (Vc) ascalculated by the method described in the second paragraph of Section 4.2.4.4 Fuel Homogeneity Fuel core homogeneity requirements shall be complied with by a one-piece radiograph of all fuel plates from each fuel plate lot and evaluation of theradiograph by calibrated densitometer measurements.
Fuel plates and density standards shall be PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-29 FUR- SARAppedix  
Purchaser approved densitystandards may be used by the supplier.
Fuel plates and density standards shall bePUR-1 SARAppendix 3-29FUR- SARAppedix  
-29Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-29Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 25 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR exposed simultaneously.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 25 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORexposed simultaneously.
Fuel plate density variations shall be determined by comparison of fuel plate areas to corresponding areas of the standard.All fuel plates shall be inspected for homogeneity.
Fuel plate density variations shall be determined bycomparison of fuel plate areas to corresponding areas of the standard.
Homogeneity of the fuel plate core shall be determined by radiograph film density measurements with a densitometer having a 0.080 inch aperture.When determining fuel core density from plate radiographs, the brighter the image on the radiograph, the more dense is the uranium and the lower the number indicated on the densitometer.
All fuel plates shall be inspected for homogeneity.
The darker the image on the radiograph, the less dense is the uranium and the larger the number indicated on the densitometer.
Homogeneity of the fuel platecore shall be determined by radiograph film density measurements with adensitometer having a 0.080 inch aperture.
A+30% fuel core density and a +20% fuel core density is indicated by the densitometer readings in the suspect area being 30% or 20% lower than the average densitometer readings for all core locations.
When determining fuel core density from plate radiographs, the brighter theimage on the radiograph, the more dense is the uranium and the lower the numberindicated on the densitometer.
A -30% or a -20% fuel core density is indicated by the densitometer readings in the suspect area being 30% or 20% higher than the average densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.
The darker the image on the radiograph, the lessdense is the uranium and the larger the number indicated on the densitometer.
Any one-half inch diameter or greater spot in the plate fuel core area, other than the dogbone area shall not be less in fuel density than -20% of the average fuel density for all fuel core locations.
A+30% fuel core density and a +20% fuel core density is indicated by thedensitometer readings in the suspect area being 30% or 20% lower than theaverage densitometer readings for all core locations.
To determine the low density of a one-half inch diameter area, the film is maneuvered under the densitometer in the low-density area until the highest number possible is obtained on the densitometer.
A -30% or a -20% fuel coredensity is indicated by the densitometer readings in the suspect area being 30% or20% higher than the average densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.
This number is recorded.
Any one-half inch diameter or greater spot in the plate fuel core area, other thanthe dogbone area shall not be less in fuel density than -20% of the average fueldensity for all fuel core locations.
Then four readings are taken one-fourth inch from this spot and symmetrical around it. The average of these five readings is compared to the average densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.
To determine the low density of a one-half inchdiameter area, the film is maneuvered under the densitometer in the low-density area until the highest number possible is obtained on the densitometer.
If density standards are used, the average densitometer readings of all fuel core locations will be replaced by the nominal density standard and comparisons will be determined between the suspect spot on the radiograph and the -30% and-20% standards.
Thisnumber is recorded.
For the +30% and +20% homogeneity overload inspection, compare the nominal density standard to the suspect area. In this case densitometer units from nominal of the fuel plate represent the following percentages:  
Then four readings are taken one-fourth inch from this spotand symmetrical around it. The average of these five readings is compared to theaverage densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.
-0.15 = +30%; -0.10 = +20%. Fuel plates exceeding these limits are discrepant.
If density standards are used, the average densitometer readings of all fuel corelocations will be replaced by the nominal density standard and comparisons willbe determined between the suspect spot on the radiograph and the -30% and-20% standards.
For rectangular shaped, suspected discrepant areas that are evaluated to the one-half inch criteria, orient the four symmetrical readings such that worst case readings will be taken.Between the minimum and maximum permissible fuel core length boundary, fuel underload condition shall not be evaluated.
For the +30% and +20% homogeneity overload inspection, compare the nominal density standard to the suspect area. In this casedensitometer units from nominal of the fuel plate represent the following percentages:  
Any indication of un-alloyed uranium as determined by radiography shall be cause for rejection.
-0.15 = +30%; -0.10 = +20%. Fuel plates exceeding these limits arediscrepant.
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-30 PUR1 SR Apenix -30Rev2. ,July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
For rectangular shaped, suspected discrepant areas that are evaluated to the one-half inch criteria, orient the four symmetrical readings such that worst casereadings will be taken.Between the minimum and maximum permissible fuel core length boundary, fuelunderload condition shall not be evaluated.
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Any indication of un-alloyed uranium as determined by radiography shall because for rejection.
1 ELEMENTSuRU U VEST- ASSEMBLEDRE oFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 26 of 57 Any 0.080 inch diameter spot in the fuel plate dogbone area (area within one inch of each fuel core end) shall not be greater in fuel density than +30% of the average fuel density for all core locations.
PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-30PUR1 SR Apenix -30Rev2.  
Any one-half inch diameter area in the dogbone area shall not be less in fuel density than -30% of the average fuel density for all fuel core locations.
,July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTSuRU U VEST- ASSEMBLEDRE oFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 26 of 57Any 0.080 inch diameter spot in the fuel plate dogbone area (area within one inchof each fuel core end) shall not be greater in fuel density than +30% of theaverage fuel density for all core locations.
Any one-half inch diameter area in thedogbone area shall not be less in fuel density than -30% of the average fueldensity for all fuel core locations.
The actual dogbone shall not be more than one-half inch in the longitudinal direction.
The actual dogbone shall not be more than one-half inch in the longitudinal direction.
Other than the dogbone areas near ends of fuel core, any one-half inch diameterarea shall not be greater in fuel density than +20% of the average fuel density forall fuel core locations.
Other than the dogbone areas near ends of fuel core, any one-half inch diameter area shall not be greater in fuel density than +20% of the average fuel density for all fuel core locations.
To determine the high density of a one-half inch diameterarea, the film is maneuvered under the densitometer in the high-density area untilthe lowest number possible is obtained on the densitometer.
To determine the high density of a one-half inch diameter area, the film is maneuvered under the densitometer in the high-density area until the lowest number possible is obtained on the densitometer.
This number isrecorded.
This number is recorded.
Then four readings are taken one-fourth inch from this spot andsymmetrically around it. The average of these five readings is compared to theaverage densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.
Then four readings are taken one-fourth inch from this spot and symmetrically around it. The average of these five readings is compared to the average densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.
Unless otherwise specified, purchaser approval of all radiographs is required priorto assembly of fuel plates into elements.
Unless otherwise specified, purchaser approval of all radiographs is required prior to assembly of fuel plates into elements.4.5 Core Configuration Each finish-cut flat fuel plate shall be radiographed in accordance with Appendix A and evaluated for compliance with Section 3.3.1.2.Visual radiograph inspections will be performed without magnification on a light table having a light intensity of 450 to 600 ft-candles at the table surface and the area darkened to give a light range of 5 to 15 ft-candles 18 in. above the light table with radiograph film in place on the table.4.6 Bond Integrity 4.6.1 Blister Anneal: After the fuel plate has been hot rolled, it shall be heated to 900 0 F+13 0 F, held at that temperature for a period of 2 hours, -15 minutes, +30 minutes, removed from furnace, and allowed to air cool.Any blisters, in the fuel core region larger than a 0.060 in. diameter or any blister in the frame region of the fuel plate larger than 0.120 in. diameter shall result in rejection of the associated fuel plate. A maximum of two blisters less than 0.060 in. diameter is allowed in the fuel core area, provided they are more than 0.25 0 in. apart. A maximum of two blisters in any of the four sides of the picture frame (see def.)(a maximum of eight)region smaller than 0.120 in. can be tolerated providing that no blister is PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-31 PUR- SARAppedix  
4.5 Core Configuration Each finish-cut flat fuel plate shall be radiographed in accordance withAppendix A and evaluated for compliance with Section 3.3.1.2.Visual radiograph inspections will be performed without magnification on a lighttable having a light intensity of 450 to 600 ft-candles at the table surface and thearea darkened to give a light range of 5 to 15 ft-candles 18 in. above the lighttable with radiograph film in place on the table.4.6 Bond Integrity 4.6.1 Blister Anneal:After the fuel plate has been hot rolled, it shall be heated to 9000F+130F,held at that temperature for a period of 2 hours, -15 minutes,  
+30 minutes,removed from furnace, and allowed to air cool.Any blisters, in the fuel core region larger than a 0.060 in. diameter or anyblister in the frame region of the fuel plate larger than 0.120 in. diametershall result in rejection of the associated fuel plate. A maximum of twoblisters less than 0.060 in. diameter is allowed in the fuel core area,provided they are more than 0.25 0 in. apart. A maximum of two blisters inany of the four sides of the picture frame (see def.)(a maximum of eight)region smaller than 0.120 in. can be tolerated providing that no blister isPUR-1 SARAppendix 3-31PUR- SARAppedix  
-31Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-31Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 27 of 57 PURDUE UNhIVERSITY REACTOR any closer to the plate edge or end or to another blister than the major dimension of the blister and no blister is closer to the plate edge or end than 0.050 inch. When there is question as to size or location of the blisters, the acceptance or rejection of the plate shall be determined in the ultrasonic inspection of Section 4.6.2.4.6.2 Ultrasonic Scanning: The finished fuel plate area shall be ultrasonically inspected in compliance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, Article 5, Paragraphs T-ll0, T-5 10, T-520, T-521, T-522-a, b, c, e, g, i, j, k, 1, o, T-523, T-523-1, and T-534. Any indication of discontinuity in the fuel core region equivalent to that indicated by a 0.060 in. diameter standard or any indication of a discontinuity in the frame region of the fuel plate equivalent to that indicated by a 0.120 in. diameter standard shall result in rejection of the associated fuel plate. Acceptance criteria for number of blisters revealed by ultrasonic scanning are per Section 4.6.1. Any discontinuities, inside the fuel plate, other than blisters and for which acceptance criterion is not already stated, shall be described by the supplier and evaluated by the purchaser.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 27 of 57PURDUE UNhIVERSITY REACTORany closer to the plate edge or end or to another blister than the majordimension of the blister and no blister is closer to the plate edge or endthan 0.050 inch. When there is question as to size or location of theblisters, the acceptance or rejection of the plate shall be determined in theultrasonic inspection of Section 4.6.2.4.6.2 Ultrasonic Scanning:
The finished fuel plate area shall be ultrasonically inspected incompliance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V,Article 5, Paragraphs T-ll0, T-5 10, T-520, T-521, T-522-a, b, c, e, g, i,j, k, 1, o, T-523, T-523-1, and T-534. Any indication of discontinuity inthe fuel core region equivalent to that indicated by a 0.060 in. diameterstandard or any indication of a discontinuity in the frame region of thefuel plate equivalent to that indicated by a 0.120 in. diameter standardshall result in rejection of the associated fuel plate. Acceptance criteriafor number of blisters revealed by ultrasonic scanning are perSection 4.6.1. Any discontinuities, inside the fuel plate, other thanblisters and for which acceptance criterion is not already stated, shall bedescribed by the supplier and evaluated by the purchaser.
4.6.3 Metallo~raphic Examination.
4.6.3 Metallo~raphic Examination.
During qualification, one fuel plate per lot selected for qualification perSection 3.1.1 will be sectioned per Figure 1, polished and etched, andexamined at 50x or above for bond and clad-core-clad dimensions perthe requirements of Sections 3.3.1.3 and 3.3.1.4, and Drawing 635463,respectively.
During qualification, one fuel plate per lot selected for qualification per Section 3.1.1 will be sectioned per Figure 1, polished and etched, and examined at 50x or above for bond and clad-core-clad dimensions per the requirements of Sections 3.3.1.3 and 3.3.1.4, and Drawing 635463, respectively.
If the fuel plate fails the metallographic examination for grain growth,voids, laminations, core cracking or separation, or foreign particles ormaterials, then randomly selected another plate in the lot formetallographic examination.
If the fuel plate fails the metallographic examination for grain growth, voids, laminations, core cracking or separation, or foreign particles or materials, then randomly selected another plate in the lot for metallographic examination.
If this plate fails the examination, reject thelot.Fuel plates selected for destruction tests may be rejected fuel plates,providing the attribute to be tested for is not affected by the cause forrejection.
If this plate fails the examination, reject the lot.Fuel plates selected for destruction tests may be rejected fuel plates, providing the attribute to be tested for is not affected by the cause for rejection.
Reject fuel plates so used must have purchaser approval beforedestruct tests are performed.
Reject fuel plates so used must have purchaser approval before destruct tests are performed.
4.7 Internal DefectsAny internal defect in excess of the requirement of Section 3.3.1.3 in the fuelcore, including voids, laminations, U3Si2segregation,  
4.7 Internal Defects Any internal defect in excess of the requirement of Section 3.3.1.3 in the fuel core, including voids, laminations, U 3 Si 2 segregation, clumping, core cracking or PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-32 PUR- SARAppedix  
: clumping, core cracking orPUR-1 SARAppendix 3-32PUR- SARAppedix  
-32Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-32Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 5STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 28 of 5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR separation, or foreign particles or materials, which is identified by any measurement technique, including radiography per Section 4.4, ultrasonic scanning per Section 4.6.2, or metallography per Section 4.6.3, shall be cause for rejection of the fuel plate.4.8 Surface Finish and Defects Compliance with requirements of Section 3.5 shall be established by visual inspection of all fuel plates and fuel elements.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 28 of 5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORseparation, or foreign particles or materials, which is identified by anymeasurement technique, including radiography per Section 4.4, ultrasonic scanning per Section 4.6.2, or metallography per Section 4.6.3, shall be cause forrejection of the fuel plate.4.8 Surface Finish and DefectsCompliance with requirements of Section 3.5 shall be established by visualinspection of all fuel plates and fuel elements.
Out-of-specification defects shall be measured for size and depth and reported to the purchaser.
Out-of-specification defects shallbe measured for size and depth and reported to the purchaser.
4.9 Clad-Core-Clad Dimensions Fuel Plate Qualification requirements of section 3.1.1 shall be established by ultrasonic techniques using the purchaser-supplied, min-clad inspection gage. All fuel plates will be subjected to ultrasonic mmn-clad inspection with the fuel core region scanned for each plate. Ultrasonic mmn-clad inspection shall be accomplished by calibration of the mmn-clad gage, using the Advanced Test Reactor (ATR) Standard (8E0777) scanned at the normal mode of 0.008 inches.The mmn-clad gage will then be adjusted and the fuel plates will be scanned at a depth of 0.010 inches. Ultrasonic Test (UT) traces showing fuel at the 0.010 inch depth will be compared to the 0.008 inch standard to determine plate acceptability.
4.9 Clad-Core-Clad Dimensions Fuel Plate Qualification requirements of section 3.1.1 shall be established byultrasonic techniques using the purchaser-supplied, min-clad inspection gage. Allfuel plates will be subjected to ultrasonic mmn-clad inspection with the fuel coreregion scanned for each plate. Ultrasonic mmn-clad inspection shall beaccomplished by calibration of the mmn-clad gage, using the Advanced TestReactor (ATR) Standard (8E0777) scanned at the normal mode of 0.008 inches.The mmn-clad gage will then be adjusted and the fuel plates will be scanned at adepth of 0.010 inches. Ultrasonic Test (UT) traces showing fuel at the 0.010 inchdepth will be compared to the 0.008 inch standard to determine plateacceptability.
If the density of indications from fuel plate exceeds the ATR standard density of indications, the plate is rejectable.
If the density of indications from fuel plate exceeds the ATRstandard density of indications, the plate is rejectable.
NOTE: The ATR standard is a small piece of an A TR fuel plate that has fuel particles near the surface. It is used on the UT mmn-clad machine to indicate mmi-clad indications and compare the density of these indications to any indications noted from a fuel plate being inspected by UT.During the fuel plate qualification process, compliance with the requirements of Section 3.3.1.4 shall be established by destructive analysis of one fuel plate per lot in accordance with Figure 1.After fuel plate qualification, all production plates shall be mmi-clad ultrasonic inspected at a depth of 0.010 inches. Those plates discrepant at 0.010 inches shall be rescanned at 0.008 inches. Plates which are acceptable when re-scanned at 0.008 inches shall be submitted on Information/Change Request (Form 540.33) to the purchaser.
NOTE: The ATR standard is a small piece of an A TR fuel plate that has fuelparticles near the surface.
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-33 PUR1 SR Apenix -33Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laborator SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
It is used on the UT mmn-clad machine toindicate mmi-clad indications and compare the density of theseindications to any indications noted from a fuel plate being inspected by UT.During the fuel plate qualification  
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
: process, compliance with the requirements ofSection 3.3.1.4 shall be established by destructive analysis of one fuel plate per lotin accordance with Figure 1.After fuel plate qualification, all production plates shall be mmi-clad ultrasonic inspected at a depth of 0.010 inches. Those plates discrepant at 0.010 inches shallbe rescanned at 0.008 inches. Plates which are acceptable when re-scanned at0.008 inches shall be submitted on Information/Change Request (Form 540.33) tothe purchaser.
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Page: 29 of 57 4.10 Cleanliness Fuel plate, fuel assembly, and fuel element container cleanliness requirements of Section 3.5.2 shall be established by visual inspection without magnification of all fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers.
PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-33PUR1 SR Apenix -33Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laborator SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
4.11 Contamination The surfaces of each fuel plate and fuel assembly shall be counted or smeared and counted for alpha-beta-ganmma contamination and meet the requirements of Section 3.5.3.4.12 Dimensional It shall be the supplier's responsibility to assure that fabrication is performed in accordance with all dimensions delineated in the Drawings referenced in Section 2.1.2. Noncomplying design dimensions on fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers (actual measurements) shall be submitted to the purchaser for review and approval.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Any discrepant component shall not be used in a fuel element assembly unless approved.The supplier is to certify to compliance with the design dimensional requirements delineated in the Drawings referenced in Section 2.1.2.All dimensions of finished fuel plates, fuel assemblies and fuel element containers apply at 75&deg;F+5&deg;F.4.12.1 Final Dimensional Inspection.
1ELEMENTS
Dimensions required by this specification and drawings of Section 2.1.2 shall be inspected using a purchaser approved sample plan and recorded on an inspection sheet with "in specification" dimensions recorded by check mark, "O, or actual measurements and ''out of specification''
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORPage: 29 of 574.10 Cleanliness Fuel plate, fuel assembly, and fuel element container cleanliness requirements ofSection 3.5.2 shall be established by visual inspection without magnification of allfuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers.
4.11 Contamination The surfaces of each fuel plate and fuel assembly shall be counted or smeared andcounted for alpha-beta-ganmma contamination and meet the requirements ofSection 3.5.3.4.12 Dimensional It shall be the supplier's responsibility to assure that fabrication is performed inaccordance with all dimensions delineated in the Drawings referenced in Section2.1.2. Noncomplying design dimensions on fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuelelement containers (actual measurements) shall be submitted to the purchaser forreview and approval.
Any discrepant component shall not be used in a fuelelement assembly unless approved.
The supplier is to certify to compliance with the design dimensional requirements delineated in the Drawings referenced in Section 2.1.2.All dimensions of finished fuel plates, fuel assemblies and fuel element containers apply at 75&deg;F+5&deg;F.
4.12.1 Final Dimensional Inspection.
Dimensions required by this specification and drawings of Section 2.1.2shall be inspected using a purchaser approved sample plan and recordedon an inspection sheet with "in specification" dimensions recorded bycheck mark, "O, or actual measurements and ''out of specification''
dimensions recorded as actual measurements.
dimensions recorded as actual measurements.
4.13 Reactor Components and Spare Fuel Element PartsReactor components and spare fuel element parts not assembled into fuel elementassemblies are required to be certified.
4.13 Reactor Components and Spare Fuel Element Parts Reactor components and spare fuel element parts not assembled into fuel element assemblies are required to be certified.
The certification shall consist of materialcertification, fabrication verification, and supplier certificate of compliance to thespecification and drawing requirements.
The certification shall consist of material certification, fabrication verification, and supplier certificate of compliance to the specification and drawing requirements.
The certification documents shall besubmitted to the purchaser and user.PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-34PUR- SARAppedix  
The certification documents shall be submitted to the purchaser and user.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-34 PUR- SARAppedix  
-34Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-34Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 30 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 5. PACKAGING AND SHIPPING Packaging and shipping of the fuel elements shall be performed using a Purchaser approved procedure in compliance with this section.*The purchaser shall provide shipping containers to protect the fuel elements from damage during shipment and which conform to the applicable requirements of the Departments of Energy and Transportation, and other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction of the shipment of radioactive materials.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 30 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR5. PACKAGING AND SHIPPINGPackaging and shipping of the fuel elements shall be performed using a Purchaser approved procedure in compliance with this section.*The purchaser shall provide shipping containers to protect the fuel elements from damage duringshipment and which conform to the applicable requirements of the Departments of Energy andTransportation, and other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction of the shipment of radioactive materials.
Re-useable shipping containers will be returned to the Supplier by the User at the Purchaser's expense.*The Supplier is responsible for loading the fuel elements into shipping containers in a sealed polyethylene sleeve in a cleaned dry condition and free of extraneous materials.
Re-useable shipping containers will be returned to the Supplier by the User at thePurchaser's expense.*The Supplier is responsible for loading the fuel elements into shipping containers in a sealedpolyethylene sleeve in a cleaned dry condition and free of extraneous materials.
*The Supplier shall take necessary precautions during pack~aging to prevent damage to the fuel elements during shipment.
*The Supplier shall take necessary precautions during pack~aging to prevent damage to the fuelelements during shipment.
Each container shall be provided with a tamper-proof seal. Loading and shipping documents for the container shall be prepared in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements.
Each container shall be provided with a tamper-proof seal. Loadingand shipping documents for the container shall be prepared in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements.
*The Supplier shall make arrangements for shipment to the User.6. NOTES 6.1 Definitions For the purpose of this specification, the following terms are identified:
*The Supplier shall make arrangements for shipment to the User.6. NOTES6.1 Definitions For the purpose of this specification, the following terms are identified:
Batch. The amount of sulicide powder mixture which is handled as a unit or traceable to a common step.Blended. To mix or mingle constituents of a batch.Certification.
Batch. The amount of sulicide powder mixture which is handled as a unit ortraceable to a common step.Blended.
The action of determining, verifying and attesting in writing (signed by a qualified party) to the qualifications of personnel and material.Cladding.
To mix or mingle constituents of a batch.Certification.
The action of determining, verifying and attesting in writing (signedby a qualified party) to the qualifications of personnel and material.
Cladding.
The aluminum covers bonded to the fuel core and the picture frame.Control Fuel Element Assembly.
The aluminum covers bonded to the fuel core and the picture frame.Control Fuel Element Assembly.
An assembly consisting of the control fuelelement container with eight fuel plates.Controlled Work Area. A work area to which access of personnel, tools, andmaterials is limited and physically controlled.
An assembly consisting of the control fuel element container with eight fuel plates.Controlled Work Area. A work area to which access of personnel, tools, and materials is limited and physically controlled.
Temporary enclosures may be usedwhere adjacent activities produce contamination which is detrimental to the job.PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-35PUR1 SR Apenix -35Rev2.
Temporary enclosures may be used where adjacent activities produce contamination which is detrimental to the job.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-35 PUR1 SR Apenix -35Rev2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 31 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Development.
1ELEMENTS
A determination of processes, equipment, and parameters required to produce a product in compliance with this specification.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 31 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORDevelopment.
Dogbone Area. Thickening of the fuel core usually in the last 1/2 in. of the core, which may result in clad thinning in those areas.Dummy Fuel Element Assembly.
A determination of processes, equipment, and parameters requiredto produce a product in compliance with this specification.
An assembly consisting of a fuel element container with unfueled simulated dummy fuel plates.Dummy Fuel Plate. A non-fueled plate made entirely from the aluminum material specified in this document.Edge Clad. The distance between the edge of the fuel core and the edge of the finished fuel plate, before any stray particles are removed, in the width direction as determined by radiography of a flat fuel plate.Failure. A condition where the fabrication process appears to be out of control or a breakdown or damage to equipment creates excessive costs and/or schedule delays.Fuel Compact. A quantity of uranium silicide powder and aluminum powder, cold compacted by pressing into a solid block for assembly into packs for hot roll and cold roll into fuel plates. The compacts are encased in frames and cover plates to form the pack.Fuel Assembly.
Dogbone Area. Thickening of the fuel core usually in the last 1/2 in. of the core,which may result in clad thinning in those areas.Dummy Fuel Element Assembly.
An assembly consisting of a fuel elementcontainer with unfueled simulated dummy fuel plates.Dummy Fuel Plate. A non-fueled plate made entirely from the aluminum materialspecified in this document.
Edge Clad. The distance between the edge of the fuel core and the edge of thefinished fuel plate, before any stray particles are removed, in the width direction as determined by radiography of a flat fuel plate.Failure.
A condition where the fabrication process appears to be out of control ora breakdown or damage to equipment creates excessive costs and/or scheduledelays.Fuel Compact.
A quantity of uranium silicide powder and aluminum powder, coldcompacted by pressing into a solid block for assembly into packs for hot roll andcold roll into fuel plates. The compacts are encased in frames and cover plates toform the pack.Fuel Assembly.
An assembly of fuel plates and hardware components.
An assembly of fuel plates and hardware components.
Thisincludes both the standard and control fuel elements.
This includes both the standard and control fuel elements.Fuel Core. The uranium-bearing region of each Fuel Plate.Fuel Plate. The Fuel Core complete with aluminum frame and cladding.Graphite Reflector Assemblies.
Fuel Core. The uranium-bearing region of each Fuel Plate.Fuel Plate. The Fuel Core complete with aluminum frame and cladding.
Graphite Reflector Assemblies.
A component consisting of a graphite container assembly with a graphite blockc inside.In-Process Controls.
A component consisting of a graphite container assembly with a graphite blockc inside.In-Process Controls.
Inspections and tests made during production to ensure thatthe manufacturing processes, equipment, and personnel are producing a productmeeting specified requirements.
Inspections and tests made during production to ensure that the manufacturing processes, equipment, and personnel are producing a product meeting specified requirements.
Irradiation Facility Assemblies.
Irradiation Facility Assemblies.
A component consisting of a round tube attachedinside a graphite container assembly with graphite blocks filling the annulusbetween the tube and container.
A component consisting of a round tube attached inside a graphite container assembly with graphite blocks filling the annulus between the tube and container.
Inserted within the tube is the isotope capsuleassemblies.
Inserted within the tube is the isotope capsule assemblies.
PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-36PUR- SARAppedix  
PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-36 PUR- SARAppedix  
-36Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-36Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 32 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Lot. A group of pieces handled as a unit or material traceable to a common processing step.Manufacture(ing).
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 32 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORLot. A group of pieces handled as a unit or material traceable to a commonprocessing step.Manufacture(ing).
All fabrication, assembly, test, inspection and quality control processes.
All fabrication,  
: assembly, test, inspection and quality controlprocesses.
Fabrication is a synonym for Manufacture.
Fabrication is a synonym for Manufacture.
Pack. The fuel compact, picture frame, and cover plates, assembled together forhot rolling.Picture Frame. The window shaped aluminum frame, which holds the fuelcompact.Plates. See Fuel Plates.Procedure.
Pack. The fuel compact, picture frame, and cover plates, assembled together for hot rolling.Picture Frame. The window shaped aluminum frame, which holds the fuel compact.Plates. See Fuel Plates.Procedure.
The detailed description of the series of processes during manufacture and inspection, which follow a regular definite order (not to be construed as anoutline).
The detailed description of the series of processes during manufacture and inspection, which follow a regular definite order (not to be construed as an outline).Production.
Production.
That phase of the program, following Qualification, during which the product is in Manufacture.
That phase of the program, following Qualification, during which theproduct is in Manufacture.
Purchaser.
Purchaser.
Idaho National Laboratory (INL).Qualification.
Idaho National Laboratory (INL).Qualification.
A demonstration that the Manufacturing  
A demonstration that the Manufacturing process, equipment and personnel can produce a Product in compliance with this Specification.
: process, equipment andpersonnel can produce a Product in compliance with this Specification.
Quality Control. The sampling plans, inspections, tests and records required and used during Production to assure that the Product is in compliance with this Specification.
Quality Control.
The sampling plans, inspections, tests and records required andused during Production to assure that the Product is in compliance with thisSpecification.
Rejection.
Rejection.
Materials, parts, components, or assembly  
Materials, parts, components, or assembly products, which will not be accepted as fulfilling the contract requirements because of noncompliance with this Specification.
: products, which will not beaccepted as fulfilling the contract requirements because of noncompliance withthis Specification.
Requalification.
Requalification.
A demonstration that a single or group of manufacturing processes, equipment and personnel can produce a product in compliance withthis specification after the original qualification has been completed and becomesinvalid.Silicide.
A demonstration that a single or group of manufacturing processes, equipment and personnel can produce a product in compliance with this specification after the original qualification has been completed and becomes invalid.Silicide.
Uranium metal alloyed with silicon and fabricated per the requirements of Specification TRTR-14.
Uranium metal alloyed with silicon and fabricated per the requirements of Specification TRTR-14. The word "fuel" is a synonym for Silicide.Specification.
The word "fuel" is a synonym for Silicide.
All parts and appendixes to this document, its references, drawings, and standards, as may be modified from time to time by contractual document.Standard Fuel Element Assembly.
Specification.
An assembly consisting of the fuel element container with fourteen (14) fuel plates.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-37 PUR- SARAppedix  
All parts and appendixes to this document, its references,  
: drawings, and standards, as may be modified from time to time by contractual document.
Standard Fuel Element Assembly.
An assembly consisting of the fuel elementcontainer with fourteen (14) fuel plates.PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-37PUR- SARAppedix  
-37Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-37Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 33 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Stray Fuel Particles.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 33 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORStray Fuel Particles.
Isolated fuel particles lying outside the maximum fuel core outline defined on Drawing 635463.Supplier.
Isolated fuel particles lying outside the maximum fuel coreoutline defined on Drawing 635463.Supplier.
The primary vendor selected by INL to manufacture the product.User. Purdue University, at West Lafayette, Indiana.6.2 Purchaser Tests None 6.3 Submittals The following data and records shall be supplied to the purchaser in the quantities stated. The purchaser's approval, prior to implementation, is required on those marked with an asterisk.
The primary vendor selected by INL to manufacture the product.User. Purdue University, at West Lafayette, Indiana.6.2 Purchaser TestsNone6.3 Submittals The following data and records shall be supplied to the purchaser in the quantities stated. The purchaser's  
All records and data shall be maintained by the supplier for the duration of the Purdue University fuel element contract.The granting of approval by the purchaser of design, working drawings, specifications, requests, and other technical data submitted by the supplier under the provisions of the subcontract or specification shall not affect or relieve the supplier from such responsibility as the supplier has with respect to adequacy or correctness of the design, working drawings specifications, reports, and other technical data.6.3.1 Preproduction:
: approval, prior to implementation, is required on thosemarked with an asterisk.
Documents requiring approval must be submitted prior to production use. The number of copies shall be as specified by the Vendor Data Schedule.
All records and data shall be maintained by the supplierfor the duration of the Purdue University fuel element contract.
These documents include:-*A detailed description as to the weighing procedure by which the supplier proposes to assign Plate U-235 content as required in Section 4.3.-Included in the description must be sampling, analytical, and quality control procedures; a statement as to the established accuracy and precision of the assigned fuel plate and fuel element U-23 5 content;developmental and production data in support of the accuracy and precision estimate; and data which at the 95% confidence level, shows that the method used to assign U-235 values has a bias which is less than 0.2% relative-*A detailed description as to the manner the supplier will use to verify'the fuel Plate U-235 value as required by Section 4.3 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-38 FUR- SARAppedix  
The granting of approval by the purchaser of design, working drawings, specifications,  
: requests, and other technical data submitted by the supplier underthe provisions of the subcontract or specification shall not affect or relieve thesupplier from such responsibility as the supplier has with respect to adequacy orcorrectness of the design, working drawings specifications,  
: reports, and othertechnical data.6.3.1 Preproduction:
Documents requiring approval must be submitted prior to production use. The number of copies shall be as specified by the Vendor DataSchedule.
These documents include:-*A detailed description as to the weighing procedure by which thesupplier proposes to assign Plate U-235 content as required inSection 4.3.-Included in the description must be sampling, analytical, and qualitycontrol procedures; a statement as to the established accuracy andprecision of the assigned fuel plate and fuel element U-23 5 content;developmental and production data in support of the accuracy andprecision estimate; and data which at the 95% confidence level, showsthat the method used to assign U-235 values has a bias which is lessthan 0.2% relative-*A detailed description as to the manner the supplier will use to verify'the fuel Plate U-235 value as required by Section 4.3PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-38FUR- SARAppedix  
-38Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-38Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 34 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR-*AlI fabrication, assembly, cleaning, surface treating, handling, and decontamination procedures (not to be construed as an outline)*AlI production test, inspection, and quality control procedures, including all nondestructive and destructive tests and all standards and sampling section drawings.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 34 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR-*AlI fabrication,  
All data from these tests, including but not limited to: radiographs, metallographic samples, ultrasonic testing traces, and qualification yield rates-*All packaging, storage and shipping procedures 6.3.2 Pre-repair:
: assembly, cleaning, surface treating,  
*All repair programs and procedures prior to use.6.3.3 Manufacturinu Schedule:*A schedule using a purchaser approved technique.
: handling, anddecontamination procedures (not to be construed as an outline)*AlI production test, inspection, and quality control procedures, including all nondestructive and destructive tests and all standards andsampling section drawings.
6.3.3.1 Reports.1. Biweekly qualifications phase summary status report. The first such report shall be initiated 1 month after date of contract award.2. Three (3) copies of a monthly report detailing program~progress against a previously submitted schedule shall be supplied by the supplier to the purchaser.
All data from these tests, including but notlimited to: radiographs, metallographic  
Report type, format and submittal schedule shall be as agreed upon between the purchaser and supplier.6.3.4 Delivery Submittals:
: samples, ultrasonic testingtraces, and qualification yield rates-*All packaging, storage and shipping procedures 6.3.2 Pre-repair:
Three copies (except as noted) of the following data and records shall be sent prior to or accompany the shipments.
*All repair programs and procedures prior to use.6.3.3 Manufacturinu Schedule:
The supplier shall maintain copies of these records for at least 10 years and until the supplier has received written approval from the purchaser for disposition or disposal:-Certification of product compliance to the requirements of this specification to include any test data pertaining thereto-Supplier's core compact data sheets, with individual fuel plate uranium composition data including:
*A schedule using a purchaser approved technique.
-Serial number with batch (see def.) identification PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-39 PUR- SARAppedix  
6.3.3.1Reports.1. Biweekly qualifications phase summary status report. Thefirst such report shall be initiated 1 month after date ofcontract award.2. Three (3) copies of a monthly report detailing program~progress against a previously submitted schedule shall besupplied by the supplier to the purchaser.
Report type,format and submittal schedule shall be as agreed uponbetween the purchaser and supplier.
6.3.4 Delivery Submittals:
Three copies (except as noted) of the following data and records shall besent prior to or accompany the shipments.
The supplier shall maintaincopies of these records for at least 10 years and until the supplier hasreceived written approval from the purchaser for disposition or disposal:
-Certification of product compliance to the requirements of thisspecification to include any test data pertaining thereto-Supplier's core compact data sheets, with individual fuel plate uraniumcomposition data including:
-Serial number with batch (see def.) identification PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-39PUR- SARAppedix  
-39Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-39Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTSpRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 35 of 57Uranium contentFuel plate core weightU-23 5 enrichment Total quantity U-235 contentCore void density data-Individual fuel element composition data, including:
1 ELEMENTSpRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 35 of 57 Uranium content Fuel plate core weight U-23 5 enrichment Total quantity U-235 content Core void density data-Individual fuel element composition data, including:
Uranium contentU-235 contentSerial number of each plate in the element-Radiation count from fuel plate and fuel element exterior as required bySection 3.5.3 and 4.11. The counting period, counter, background, efficiency, and type of counter used shall be reported-List of all applicable waivers and deviations and related fuel plates orfuel elements-If performed, documented evidence of the performance and test resultsof the boehimite formation from the fuel element surface treatment perSection 3.8.6.3.5 Fuel Plate Radiographs:
Uranium content U-235 content Serial number of each plate in the element-Radiation count from fuel plate and fuel element exterior as required by Section 3.5.3 and 4.11. The counting period, counter, background, efficiency, and type of counter used shall be reported-List of all applicable waivers and deviations and related fuel plates or fuel elements-If performed, documented evidence of the performance and test results of the boehimite formation from the fuel element surface treatment per Section 3.8.6.3.5 Fuel Plate Radiographs:
Fuel plate radiographs of all accepted fuel plates required by Sections 4.4and 4.5 and Appendix A shall be sent to the user.6.3.6 Core Compact Data Sheets:Supplier's fuel core compact data sheets shall be supplied to the INLQuality Assurance Representative as they are generated.
Fuel plate radiographs of all accepted fuel plates required by Sections 4.4 and 4.5 and Appendix A shall be sent to the user.6.3.6 Core Compact Data Sheets: Supplier's fuel core compact data sheets shall be supplied to the INL Quality Assurance Representative as they are generated.
6.3.7 Report of Production by Unapproved Process:Whenever the supplier's previously submitted and approved processcontrol limits are exceeded, or any material or fuel element components are fabricated using equipment, personnel, or processes which are notpurchaser
6.3.7 Report of Production by Unapproved Process: Whenever the supplier's previously submitted and approved process control limits are exceeded, or any material or fuel element components are fabricated using equipment, personnel, or processes which are not purchaser approved, the time, nature, description, corrective action to be taken, and proposed further corrective action shall be reported immediately by the supplier, with a written report to the purchaser to follow within 10 working days.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-40 PUR- SARAppedix  
: approved, the time, nature, description, corrective action to betaken, and proposed further corrective action shall be reportedimmediately by the supplier, with a written report to the purchaser tofollow within 10 working days.PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-40PUR- SARAppedix  
-40Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-40Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 36 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1. T Samples. Transverse to be taken equally space along Fuel Core length.2. L Samples. Longitudinal to be taken at centerline and to include the Dogbone Area.Til T3 4 I J LiT[- I I I+/- +I I L11LL 1 I I-I-I I Figure 1. Purdue University Fuel Plate Sampling Procedures For Destructive Tests.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-41 PUR- SARAppedix  
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 36 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR1. T Samples.
Transverse to be taken equally space along Fuel Core length.2. L Samples.
Longitudinal to be taken at centerline and to include the Dogbone Area.TilT34I JLiT[- II I+/- +I IL11LL 1I I-I-I IFigure 1. Purdue University Fuel Plate Sampling Procedures For Destructive Tests.PUR-1 SARAppendix 3-41PUR- SARAppedix  
-41Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-41Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTSpR E UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 37 of 57APPENDIX ARequirements for Radiography of Purdue University Fuel Plates1. ScopeThis specification provides requirements for radiography of Purdue University reactorfuel plates, acceptable film quality and film identification.
1 ELEMENTSpR E UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 37 of 57 APPENDIX A Requirements for Radiography of Purdue University Fuel Plates 1. Scope This specification provides requirements for radiography of Purdue University reactor fuel plates, acceptable film quality and film identification.
: 2. Requirements A procedure must be writt en to specify the details for achieving acceptable fuel plateradiographs.
: 2. Requirements A procedure must be writt en to specify the details for achieving acceptable fuel plate radiographs.
The procedure must include the requirements given in this specification.
The procedure must include the requirements given in this specification.
2.1 Equipment SetupThe voltage shall be 100 k.v.p. with a focal spot size of 5 mm maximum.
2.1 Equipment Setup The voltage shall be 100 k.v.p. with a focal spot size of 5 mm maximum. The distance between the focal point and the plate shall be at least twice the length of the plate. The focal point shall be centered laterally and longitudinally over the plate or group of plates.2.2 Film 2.2.1 The image outline shall be clear and sharp; the film shall be free of runs, streaks, scratches, blurs, and cassette defect that will affect the area covered by the fuel plates.2.2.2 The film density of all points of the radiograph that correspond to the fuel plate border locations outside the plate core shall provide densitometer readings between 1.5 and 2.7. Film density as read over the nominal density standards shall provide densitometer readings between 0.9 and 1.5.2.2.3 The film shall be extreme sensitivity, extra fine grain, high contrast, double emulsion, industrial x-ray type, (Kodak type M or equal) which is acceptable to the purchaser.
Thedistance between the focal point and the plate shall be at least twice the length ofthe plate. The focal point shall be centered laterally and longitudinally over theplate or group of plates.2.2 Film2.2.1 The image outline shall be clear and sharp; the film shall be free of runs,streaks, scratches, blurs, and cassette defect that will affect the areacovered by the fuel plates.2.2.2 The film density of all points of the radiograph that correspond to thefuel plate border locations outside the plate core shall providedensitometer readings between 1.5 and 2.7. Film density as read over thenominal density standards shall provide densitometer readings between0.9 and 1.5.2.2.3 The film shall be extreme sensitivity, extra fine grain, high contrast, double emulsion, industrial x-ray type, (Kodak type M or equal) which isacceptable to the purchaser.
Development of the film shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
Development of the film shall be inaccordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
2.2.4 Film Identification Appendix A PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-42 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
2.2.4 Film Identification Appendix APUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-42 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 38 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2.2.5 A system of identification of the film shall be provided by the supplier, which shall show as a minimum: A. Plate lot number B. Plate type and serial number C. Orientation of density standard D. Density standard identification E. Date of radiography.
1ELEMENTS
Appendix A PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAN Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 38 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR2.2.5 A system of identification of the film shall be provided by the supplier, which shall show as a minimum:A. Plate lot numberB. Plate type and serial numberC. Orientation of density standardD. Density standard identification E. Date of radiography.
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Appendix APUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SANRev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 39 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR APPENDIX B Welding Requirements and Qualification for Purdue University Fuel Elements 1. Scope The requirements for welding and for the evaluation of welds applicable to the Purdue University Fuel Element Container and components are established by this Appendix.1.1 Application.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 39 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORAPPENDIX BWelding Requirements and Qualification for Purdue University FuelElements1. ScopeThe requirements for welding and for the evaluation of welds applicable to the PurdueUniversity Fuel Element Container and components are established by this Appendix.
1.1 Application.
This document defines requirements for the following:
This document defines requirements for the following:
1.1.1 Welding procedure qualification.
1.1.1 Welding procedure qualification.
1.1.2 Performance qualification of welders, welding equipment, and specialfixturing.
1.1.2 Performance qualification of welders, welding equipment, and special fixturing.
1.1.3 Information to be included in welding procedure specifications.
1.1.3 Information to be included in welding procedure specifications.
1.1.4 Application of qualified procedures to production welding.1.1.5 Destructive testing and nondestructive examination for qualification andfor production welding.1.2 Special Limitations for Applicability.
1.1.4 Application of qualified procedures to production welding.1.1.5 Destructive testing and nondestructive examination for qualification and for production welding.1.2 Special Limitations for Applicability.
The requirements contained in thisappendix are to some degree based on RDT F6-2T. Those requirements applicable to Manual, GTAW, single pass, welding of Plug Joint welds, CornerJoint welds, and Partial Penetration Butt Joint welds have been included in thisappendix.
The requirements contained in this appendix are to some degree based on RDT F6-2T. Those requirements applicable to Manual, GTAW, single pass, welding of Plug Joint welds, Corner Joint welds, and Partial Penetration Butt Joint welds have been included in this appendix.
The introduction of a new weld design or weld process requiring achange in these limited parameters would require an appropriate review of RDTF6-2T for requirements applicable to the new parameters.
The introduction of a new weld design or weld process requiring a change in these limited parameters would require an appropriate review of RDT F6-2T for requirements applicable to the new parameters.
1.3 Definitions.
1.3 Definitions.
Arc Strike. Any localized  
Arc Strike. Any localized melting, heat affected zones, or change in the contour of the surface of the finished weld or adjacent base metal resulting from an arc or heat generated by the passage of electrical energy between the weld or base metal and a current source; such as welding electrodes, electron beams, ground clamps, high frequency arc, etc.Automatic Welding. Welding with equipment which performs the entire welding operation without constant observation and adjustment of controls by an operator.The equipment may or may not perform the loading and unloading of the work.Appendix B PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-44 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: melting, heat affected zones, or change in the contour ofthe surface of the finished weld or adjacent base metal resulting from an arc orheat generated by the passage of electrical energy between the weld or base metaland a current source; such as welding electrodes, electron beams, ground clamps,high frequency arc, etc.Automatic Welding.
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Welding with equipment which performs the entire weldingoperation without constant observation and adjustment of controls by an operator.
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 40 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Face of Weld. The exposed surface of a weld on the side from which welding was done.Face Reinforcement.
The equipment may or may not perform the loading and unloading of the work.Appendix BPUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-44 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Reinforcement of weld at the side of the joint from which welding was done.Heat. A single homogeneous melt of metal or alloy.Joint Penetration.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
The minimum depth a groove or flange weld extends from its face into a joint, exclusive of reinforcement.
1ELEMENTS
Machine Welding. Welding with equipment which performs the welding operations under the constant observation and control of an operator.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 40 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORFace of Weld. The exposed surface of a weld on the side from which welding wasdone.Face Reinforcement.
The equipment may or may not perform the loading and unloading of the work.Position of Welding. The terms related to positions of welding for joint types and welding processes and the position limits are defined in Section IX, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.Repair. The process of restoring a nonconforming item characteristic to an acceptable condition, although it does not conform to a specified requirement.
Reinforcement of weld at the side of the joint from whichwelding was done.Heat. A single homogeneous melt of metal or alloy.Joint Penetration.
Rework. The process by which a nonconforming item is made to conform to specified requirements.
The minimum depth a groove or flange weld extends from itsface into a joint, exclusive of reinforcement.
Root of a Joint. That portion of a joint to be welded where the members approach closest to each other. In cross section the root of the joint may be a point, a line or an area.Root of a Weld. The points, as shown in cross section, at which the back of the weld intersects the base metal surfaces.Root Penetration.
Machine Welding.
The depth a groove weld extends into the root of a joint measured on the centerline of the root cross section.Root Reinforcement.
Welding with equipment which performs the weldingoperations under the constant observation and control of an operator.
Reinforcement of weld at the side opposite that from which welding was done.Root Surface. The exposed surface of a weld on the side opposite that from which welding was done.Size of a Groove Weld. The joint penetration (depth of chamfering plus root penetration when specified).
Theequipment may or may not perform the loading and unloading of the work.Position of Welding.
Appendix B Appendix 3-45 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
The terms related to positions of welding for joint types andwelding processes and the position limits are defined in Section IX, ASME Boilerand Pressure Vessel Code.Repair. The process of restoring a nonconforming item characteristic to anacceptable condition, although it does not conform to a specified requirement.
Rework. The process by which a nonconforming item is made to conform tospecified requirements.
Root of a Joint. That portion of a joint to be welded where the members approachclosest to each other. In cross section the root of the joint may be a point, a lineor an area.Root of a Weld. The points, as shown in cross section, at which the back of theweld intersects the base metal surfaces.
Root Penetration.
The depth a groove weld extends into the root of a jointmeasured on the centerline of the root cross section.Root Reinforcement.
Reinforcement of weld at the side opposite that from whichwelding was done.Root Surface.
The exposed surface of a weld on the side opposite that from whichwelding was done.Size of a Groove Weld. The joint penetration (depth of chamfering plus rootpenetration when specified).
Appendix BAppendix 3-45 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 41of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Undercut.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 41of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORUndercut.
A groove melted into the base metal adjacent to the toe or root of a weld and left unfilled by weld metal.Underfill.
A groove melted into the base metal adjacent to the toe or root of aweld and left unfilled by weld metal.Underfill.
A depression on the face of the weld or root surface extending below the surface of the adjacent base metal.Welder and Welding Operator Performance Qualification.
A depression on the face of the weld or root surface extending belowthe surface of the adjacent base metal.Welder and Welding Operator Performance Qualification.
The tests to demonstrate a welder's or welding operator's ability to produce welds meeting prescribed standards.
The tests todemonstrate a welder's or welding operator's ability to produce welds meetingprescribed standards.
Welder. One who is capable of performing a manual or semiautomatic welding operation (sometimes erroneously used to denote a welding machine).Welding Operator.
Welder. One who is capable of performing a manual or semiautomatic weldingoperation (sometimes erroneously used to denote a welding machine).
Welding Operator.
One who operates machine or automatic welding equipment.
One who operates machine or automatic welding equipment.
Welding Procedure Qualification.
Welding Procedure Qualification.
The test to demonstrate that welds made by aspecified procedure can meet prescribed standards.
The test to demonstrate that welds made by a specified procedure can meet prescribed standards.
Welding Procedure Specifcation.
Welding Procedure Specifcation.
A written welding procedure which specifies the detailed methods and practices to be used in the production of a weldment andhow they shall be carried out. A specification includes all elements of aprocedure necessary to produce a satisfactory weldment.
A written welding procedure which specifies the detailed methods and practices to be used in the production of a weldment and how they shall be carried out. A specification includes all elements of a procedure necessary to produce a satisfactory weldment.
Examples of some ofthe elements included in a specification are: material used, preparation of basematerials, preheat and postheat  
Examples of some of the elements included in a specification are: material used, preparation of base materials, preheat and postheat cleaning, assembly method and sequence, fixturing, heat treatments, joint welding procedures, preweld and postweld nondestructive examinations, repair, rework, etc.Welding Procedure.
: cleaning, assembly method and sequence, fixturing, heat treatments, joint welding procedures, preweld and postweldnondestructive examinations, repair, rework, etc.Welding Procedure.
The detailed methods and practices including all joint welding procedures.
The detailed methods and practices including all jointwelding procedures.
: 2. Reference Document The following documents are a part of this appendix to the extent specified herein. The issue of a document in effect on the date of the invitation to bid, including any amendments also in effect on that date, shall apply unless otherwise specified.
: 2. Reference DocumentThe following documents are a part of this appendix to the extent specified herein. Theissue of a document in effect on the date of the invitation to bid, including anyamendments also in effect on that date, shall apply unless otherwise specified.
Where this appendix appears to conflict with the requirements of a reference document, such conflict shall be brought to the attention of the purchaser for resolution.
Wherethis appendix appears to conflict with the requirements of a reference  
Appendix B PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-46 Rev 2. July 23, 2015.
: document, suchconflict shall be brought to the attention of the purchaser for resolution.
Appendix BPUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-46 Rev 2. July 23, 2015.
Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR TILE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 42 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2.1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards 2.1.1 ASTM E2, Preparation of Micrograplis of Metals and Alloys 2.1.2 ASTM E3, Preparation of Metallographic Specimen 2.2 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Codes 2.2.1 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding Qualifications 2.3 American Welding Society (AWS) Standards 2.3.1 AWS A2.2, Nondestructive Testing Symbols 2.3.2 AWS A3.0, Terms and Definitions
-ASSEMBLED FOR TILE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 42 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR2.1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards 2.1.1 ASTM E2, Preparation of Micrograplis of Metals and Alloys2.1.2 ASTM E3, Preparation of Metallographic Specimen2.2 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Codes2.2.1 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, WeldingQualifications 2.3 American Welding Society (AWS) Standards 2.3.1 AWS A2.2, Nondestructive Testing Symbols2.3.2 AWS A3.0, Terms and Definitions
: 3. Weld Qualification Requirements 3.1 General Reqiuirements Appendix B PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAR Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 3. Weld Qualification Requirements 3.1 General Reqiuirements Appendix BPUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SARRev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 43 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.1.1 All welding procedures, welders, or welding machine operators shall be qualified in accordance with the provisions identified in this Appendix.3.1.2 Weld Procedure and Performance Qualification Testing previously qualified to these requirements under other contracts may be used.Existing records to support previously qualified procedures and personnel are subject to review by the purchaser.
1ELEMENTS
3.1.3 Base materials and filler material shall comply with the requirements of the drawings.3.1.4 Welding processes which satisfy the specified requirements and produce the quality required by this Appendix are permissible.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 43 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR3.1.1 All welding procedures,  
Welding procedures which utilize fluxes and coatings shall not be used.3.1.5 Fixtures:
: welders, or welding machine operators shall bequalified in accordance with the provisions identified in this Appendix.
The capability of fixtures for aligning parts shall be demonstrated before welding of production parts is initiated.
3.1.2 Weld Procedure and Performance Qualification Testing previously qualified to these requirements under other contracts may be used.Existing records to support previously qualified procedures andpersonnel are subject to review by the purchaser.
If chill bars or blocks are used, the type of material and their location with respect to the joint shall be included in the procedure specification.
3.1.3 Base materials and filler material shall comply with the requirements ofthe drawings.
3.1.6 Position of Qualification Welds. All procedure and performance qualification test welds shall be made in the same positions as for production welds.3.1.7 Special Conditions for Qualification Welds: All procedure and performance qualification test welds shall be made under conditions which simulate the actual production welding conditions.
3.1.4 Welding processes which satisfy the specified requirements and producethe quality required by this Appendix are permissible.
These conditions shall include space limitations, joint accessibility, degree of comfort due to heat, position and other handicaps or environmental factors which the welder or welding operator will endure during actual production welding.3.1.8 Heat Treatment.
Weldingprocedures which utilize fluxes and coatings shall not be used.3.1.5 Fixtures:
Weld preheat and postheat treatments shall not be used without prior approval by the purchaser.
The capability of fixtures for aligning parts shall bedemonstrated before welding of production parts is initiated.
If chill barsor blocks are used, the type of material and their location with respect tothe joint shall be included in the procedure specification.
3.1.6 Position of Qualification Welds. All procedure and performance qualification test welds shall be made in the same positions as forproduction welds.3.1.7 Special Conditions for Qualification Welds: All procedure andperformance qualification test welds shall be made under conditions which simulate the actual production welding conditions.
Theseconditions shall include space limitations, joint accessibility, degree ofcomfort due to heat, position and other handicaps or environmental factors which the welder or welding operator will endure during actualproduction welding.3.1.8 Heat Treatment.
Weld preheat and postheat treatments shall not be usedwithout prior approval by the purchaser.
3.1.9 Interpass Temperature.
3.1.9 Interpass Temperature.
For multi-pass weld, the weld interpass temperature shall not be less than 60&deg; F or greater than 3500 F withoutprior approval by the purchaser.
For multi-pass weld, the weld interpass temperature shall not be less than 60&deg; F or greater than 3500 F without prior approval by the purchaser.
3.1.10 Records.
3.1.10 Records. Records of welding, associated processing, and inspection shall be maintained for all welds. Complete records may consist of inspection forms, routings, or reference to Operating Procedures or other documents.
Records of welding, associated processing, and inspection shall be maintained for all welds. Complete records may consist ofinspection forms, routings, or reference to Operating Procedures or otherdocuments.
These records shall include at least the following:
These records shall include at least the following:
Appendix BAppendix 3-48 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Appendix B Appendix 3-48 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 44 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1. Base Material (Type, material specification, heat or lot number).2. Filler Material (Type, material specification, heat or lot number).3. Cleaning procedures.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 44 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR1. Base Material (Type, material specification, heat or lot number).2. Filler Material (Type, material specification, heat or lot number).3. Cleaning procedures.
: 4. Joint identification and weld maps when applicable.
: 4. Joint identification and weld maps when applicable.
: 5. Welding machine type and identification.
: 5. Welding machine type and identification.
Line 777: Line 576:
: 12. Nondestructive examination procedure.
: 12. Nondestructive examination procedure.
: 13. Nondestructive examination personnel identification.
: 13. Nondestructive examination personnel identification.
: 14. Examinations and tests (nondestructive and destructive) and theresults.15. Photomacro graphs and photomicrographs.
: 14. Examinations and tests (nondestructive and destructive) and the results.15. Photomacro graphs and photomicrographs.
: 16. Metallographic specimens.
: 16. Metallographic specimens.
: 17. If applicable, rework and repair of welds.18. Disposition of welds.3.2 Welding Procedure Specification 3.2.1 The welding procedure specification shall meet the requirements of thisAppendix, and shall be submitted to the purchaser for information.
: 17. If applicable, rework and repair of welds.18. Disposition of welds.3.2 Welding Procedure Specification 3.2.1 The welding procedure specification shall meet the requirements of this Appendix, and shall be submitted to the purchaser for information.
3.2.2 The welding procedure specification shall include all essential elementsand details, as required by this section, to cover each joint to be weldedby the supplier.
3.2.2 The welding procedure specification shall include all essential elements and details, as required by this section, to cover each joint to be welded by the supplier.
Each joint shall be identified in the welding procedure specification.
Each joint shall be identified in the welding procedure specification.
The specification shall include a joint design sketch forAppendix BPUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SARRev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UN~IVERSITY Identifier:
The specification shall include a joint design sketch for Appendix B PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAR Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UN~IVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 45of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR each joint welding procedure even if the specification references drawing numbers.3.2.3 The following basic information and essential variables shall be included in sufficient detail to assure that compliance with the requirements of the specification can be verified: 1. Basic Information
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 45of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOReach joint welding procedure even if the specification references drawingnumbers.3.2.3 The following basic information and essential variables shall be includedin sufficient detail to assure that compliance with the requirements of thespecification can be verified:
: a. Joint Design: (the joint geometry, fit-up, and other required dimensions of the welded j oint) tolerances and material thickness.
: 1. Basic Information
: a. Joint Design: (the joint geometry, fit-up, and other requireddimensions of the welded j oint) tolerances and materialthickness.
: b. Method of arc initiation
: b. Method of arc initiation
: c. Electrode size (for gas tungsten arc welding)d. Gas type and flow rate (shielding and backing gas)e. Welding current range for manual weldingf. Whether tack welds or fixtures are used for assembly of thejoint for weldingg. Method and frequency of cleaningh. Number of weld layers and passesi. Whether stringer beads or weave beads are used2. Essential Variables
: c. Electrode size (for gas tungsten arc welding)d. Gas type and flow rate (shielding and backing gas)e. Welding current range for manual welding f. Whether tack welds or fixtures are used for assembly of the joint for welding g. Method and frequency of cleaning h. Number of weld layers and passes i. Whether stringer beads or weave beads are used 2. Essential Variables a. General, All Welding Processes.
: a. General, All Welding Processes.
i.A change from a base material type or grade (materials of the same nominal chemical analysis and mechanical property range, even though a different product form) to any other base material type or grade. When joints are made between two different types or grades of base material, a procedure qualification shall be made for the applicable combinations of materials, even though procedure qualification tests have been made for each of the two base materials welded to itself.Appendix B Appendix 3-50 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
i.A change from a base material type or grade(materials of the same nominal chemical analysisand mechanical property range, even though adifferent product form) to any other base materialtype or grade. When joints are made between twodifferent types or grades of base material, aprocedure qualification shall be made for theapplicable combinations of materials, even thoughprocedure qualification tests have been made foreach of the two base materials welded to itself.Appendix BAppendix 3-50 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1 ELEMENTSpRU U VEST- ASSEMBLEDRE oFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 46 of 57 ii. A change of filler metal type or classification to any other type of classification iii. A change in welding position.iv. A change in vertical welding direction, i.e., from upward to downward or vice versa.v. The addition or omission of integral backing (e.g.,"butt-lap" type joint).vi. The addition or omission of nonfusing metal retainers.
1ELEMENTSpRU U VEST- ASSEMBLEDRE oFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 46 of 57ii. A change of filler metal type or classification to anyother type of classification iii. A change in welding position.
vii. The addition or omission of filler metal to the joint.viii. Any change in the method by which filler is added, such as preplaced shims, preplaced wire, preplaced consumable inserts, wire feed, or prior weld metal surfacing
iv. A change in vertical welding direction, i.e., fromupward to downward or vice versa.v. The addition or omission of integral backing (e.g.,"butt-lap" type joint).vi. The addition or omission of nonfusing metalretainers.
vii. The addition or omission of filler metal to the joint.viii. Any change in the method by which filler is added,such as preplaced shims, preplaced wire, preplaced consumable  
: inserts, wire feed, or prior weld metalsurfacing
("buttering")
("buttering")
of one or both joint faces.ix. The addition or omission or any type of preplaced consumable inserts or joint surfacing.
of one or both joint faces.ix. The addition or omission or any type of preplaced consumable inserts or joint surfacing.
: x. A change in the shape or size of preplaced consumable inserts or joint surfacing.
: x. A change in the shape or size of preplaced consumable inserts or joint surfacing.
xi. A change from multiple pass welds to single passwelds.xii. The omission of inert gas backing during welding,except that requalification is not required where aqualified welding procedure is changed to omit theinert gas backing and then is used only for a singlewelded butt joint with a backing strip, or a filletweld. For multiple pass welding, the omission ofinert gas backing during welding until three layersor 3/16 of weld metal thickness has been deposited, whichever is greatest.
xi. A change from multiple pass welds to single pass welds.xii. The omission of inert gas backing during welding, except that requalification is not required where a qualified welding procedure is changed to omit the inert gas backing and then is used only for a single welded butt joint with a backing strip, or a fillet weld. For multiple pass welding, the omission of inert gas backing during welding until three layers or 3/16 of weld metal thickness has been deposited, whichever is greatest.xiii. A change from one welding process to any other process or combination of welding processes.
xiii. A change from one welding process to any otherprocess or combination of welding processes.
: b. Manual Welding, All Welding Processes.
: b. Manual Welding, All Welding Processes.
Appendix BAppendix 3-51 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Appendix B Appendix 3-51 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 47 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1. An increase in the standard size of filler metal from that stated and qualified in the procedure specification.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 47 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR1. An increase in the standard size of filler metal fromthat stated and qualified in the procedure specification.
ii. A change in joint geometry which violates the tolerances given for the joint geometry elements listed below: Bevel Angle: State in procedure specification.
ii. A change in joint geometry which violates thetolerances given for the joint geometry elementslisted below:Bevel Angle: State in procedure specification.
Tolerance:-
Tolerance:-
Minus 5%.Groove Angle: State in procedure specification.
Minus 5%.Groove Angle: State in procedure specification.
Tolerance:
Tolerance:
Minus 5%Alignment Tolerance:
Minus 5%Alignment Tolerance:
Assign value inprocedure specification.
Assign value in procedure specification.
Qualify procedure forsingle welded joints using maximumpermissible misalignment in a portion of thejoint.c. Gas Tungsten Arc Process.1. A change of electrode material type.ii. A change in arc starting methods.iii. A change from a single shielding gas to any othershielding gas or to a mixture of shielding gases or achange in specified composition of gas mixture.iv. A decrease in shielded gas flow rate of more thanten percent.Appendix BAppendix 3-52 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Qualify procedure for single welded joints using maximum permissible misalignment in a portion of the joint.c. Gas Tungsten Arc Process.1. A change of electrode material type.ii. A change in arc starting methods.iii. A change from a single shielding gas to any other shielding gas or to a mixture of shielding gases or a change in specified composition of gas mixture.iv. A decrease in shielded gas flow rate of more than ten percent.Appendix B Appendix 3-52 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.3 Welding Procedure Qualification Page: 48 of 57 3.3.1 The welding procedure shall be qualified to the requirements of this section.3.3.2 All welding used in qualifying a welding procedure shall be performed in accordance with a welding procedure specification.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR3.3 Welding Procedure Qualification Page: 48 of 573.3.1 The welding procedure shall be qualified to the requirements of thissection.3.3.2 All welding used in qualifying a welding procedure shall be performed in accordance with a welding procedure specification.
3.3.3 Before any welding is performed on production components, the supplier shall qualify each proposed welding procedure by: 1. Recording all essential elements of the welding procedure in a welding procedure specification (see Section 3.2)2. Verifying the welding procedure specification by welding test specimens representing each joint to be welded in production and performing nondestructive examination and destructive tests in accordance with the requirements of this Appendix.3. Submitting to the purchaser, for information, the welding procedure specification and a certified copy of the detailed results obtained from the tests performed on the test welds. The metallographic sections required by this Appendix shall also be submitted to the purchaser.
3.3.3 Before any welding is performed on production components, the suppliershall qualify each proposed welding procedure by:1. Recording all essential elements of the welding procedure in awelding procedure specification (see Section 3.2)2. Verifying the welding procedure specification by welding testspecimens representing each joint to be welded in production andperforming nondestructive examination and destructive tests inaccordance with the requirements of this Appendix.
Appendix B Appendix 3-53 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 3. Submitting to the purchaser, for information, the weldingprocedure specification and a certified copy of the detailed resultsobtained from the tests performed on the test welds. Themetallographic sections required by this Appendix shall also besubmitted to the purchaser.
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Appendix BAppendix 3-53 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 49 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.3.4 Essential Variables.
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
The welding procedure shall be set us as a new welding procedure specification and shall be completely re-qualified when any of the changes listed in Section 3.2.3.2 are made in the procedure.
1ELEMENTS
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 49 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR3.3.4 Essential Variables.
The welding procedure shall be set us as a newwelding procedure specification and shall be completely re-qualified when any of the changes listed in Section 3.2.3.2 are made in theprocedure.
3.3.5 Chart Recordings.
3.3.5 Chart Recordings.
Current-voltage-time charts shall be used for eachprocedure qualification weld for automatic or machine welding.Calibrated current and voltage indicating meters may be substituted fortrace chart type equipment for manual welding.
Current-voltage-time charts shall be used for each procedure qualification weld for automatic or machine welding.Calibrated current and voltage indicating meters may be substituted for trace chart type equipment for manual welding. The current and voltage ranges shall be recorded for manual welding.3.4 Welder Performance Qualification 3.4.1 Performance qualification weld tests shall meet the requirements of this section, except that any welder used to qualify the welding procedure shall also be considered qualified and additional performance weld tests are not required.3.4.2 General.1. The performance qualification tests are intended to determine the ability of welders to make sound welds.2. The performance test may be terminated at any stage of the testing procedure whenever it becomes apparent to the supervisor conducting the tests that the welder does not have skill required to produce satisfactory results. In this event, the welder may be re-tested at the discretion of the supplier in accordance with 3.4.3.3. Each supplier shall maintain a record of the procedures, including the essential variables, under which welders are examined and the results of the examinations.
The current and voltageranges shall be recorded for manual welding.3.4 Welder Performance Qualification 3.4.1 Performance qualification weld tests shall meet the requirements of thissection, except that any welder used to qualify the welding procedure shall also be considered qualified and additional performance weld testsare not required.
3.4.2 General.1. The performance qualification tests are intended to determine theability of welders to make sound welds.2. The performance test may be terminated at any stage of the testingprocedure whenever it becomes apparent to the supervisor conducting the tests that the welder does not have skill required toproduce satisfactory results.
In this event, the welder may be re-tested at the discretion of the supplier in accordance with 3.4.3.3. Each supplier shall maintain a record of the procedures, including the essential variables, under which welders are examined and theresults of the examinations.
3.4.3 Qualification of Welders.1. Each welder shall pass the tests prescribed for procedure qualification except that tensile tests are not required.
3.4.3 Qualification of Welders.1. Each welder shall pass the tests prescribed for procedure qualification except that tensile tests are not required.
Theessential variables and the test results obtained by each weldershall be recorded in a Performance Qualification Test Report. Anywelder who performs acceptable welding procedure qualification tests shall be considered qualified.
The essential variables and the test results obtained by each welder shall be recorded in a Performance Qualification Test Report. Any welder who performs acceptable welding procedure qualification tests shall be considered qualified.
: 2. Renewal of Qualification.
: 2. Renewal of Qualification.
Requalification of a welder is requiredwhen:Appendix BAppendix 3-54 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Requalification of a welder is required when: Appendix B Appendix 3-54 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-3 82STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-3 82 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 50 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR a. 90 or more days have elapsed since he last produced acceptable welds using the specific welding process, or b. He has not performed acceptable welds using the production welding procedure.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 50 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORa. 90 or more days have elapsed since he last producedacceptable welds using the specific welding process, orb. He has not performed acceptable welds using theproduction welding procedure.
: c. Any time there is a specific reason to question a welder's ability to make welds meeting the requirements of this Appendix, requalification shall be required.
: c. Any time there is a specific reason to question a welder'sability to make welds meeting the requirements of thisAppendix, requalification shall be required.
Only one test weld shall be required for renewal of qualification.
Only one testweld shall be required for renewal of qualification.
If this test weld fails to meet all of the original requirements, then a complete performance requalification shall be required.3.4.4 Chart Recordings.
If thistest weld fails to meet all of the original requirements, thena complete performance requalification shall be required.
Current-voltage-time charts shall be used for each procedure and performance qualification weld for automatic or machine welding. Calibrated current and voltage indicating meters may be substituted for trace chart type equipment for manual welding. The current and voltage ranges shall be recorded for manual welding.3.5 Welding Machine Qualification 3.5.1 Performance qualification weld tests shall meet the requirements of this section, except that any welding machine used to qualify the welding procedure shall also be considered qualified and additional performance weld tests are not required.1. The performance qualification tests are intended to determine the ability of welding machines to make sound welds.2. Any time there is a specific reason to question a welding machine's ability to make welds meeting the requirements of this Appendix, requalification shall be required.
3.4.4 Chart Recordings.
Only one test weld shall be required for renewal of qualification.
Current-voltage-time charts shall be used for eachprocedure and performance qualification weld for automatic or machinewelding.
If this test weld fails to meet all of the original requirements, then a complete performance requalification shall be required.
Calibrated current and voltage indicating meters may besubstituted for trace chart type equipment for manual welding.
Welding machines used for the manual welding of any successful procedure or welder qualification tests shall be considered qualified for manual welding of all core components covered in this Appendix.Appendix B AR Appendix 3-55 Rev 2. July 2 PUR-1 SI 3, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Thecurrent and voltage ranges shall be recorded for manual welding.3.5 Welding Machine Qualification 3.5.1 Performance qualification weld tests shall meet the requirements of thissection, except that any welding machine used to qualify the weldingprocedure shall also be considered qualified and additional performance weld tests are not required.
SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
: 1. The performance qualification tests are intended to determine theability of welding machines to make sound welds.2. Any time there is a specific reason to question a weldingmachine's ability to make welds meeting the requirements of thisAppendix, requalification shall be required.
1 ELEMENTSpRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 51 of 5 3.5.2 Welding machines used for the manual welding of any successful welder performance qualification tests shall be considered qualified for manual welding of all components covered in this session.3.6 Examination  
Only one test weldshall be required for renewal of qualification.
& Tests 3.6.1 Type of Test Required.
If this test weld failsto meet all of the original requirements, then a completeperformance requalification shall be required.
The following tests shall be used for the qualification of welding procedures and / or welders as applicable:
Welding machinesused for the manual welding of any successful procedure or welderqualification tests shall be considered qualified for manual weldingof all core components covered in this Appendix.
: 1. Nondestructive examination by a liquid penetrant method.2. Nondestructive examination by Visual to test for soundness and surface characteristics of the weld.3. Destructive examination by sectioning for metallo graphic examination of weld joints and adjacent areas to test for fusion, weld geometry, weld reinforcement, and soundness of the weld.4. When the purchaser has reason to believe that the quality of any weldment is doubtful, he may require additional inspection.
Appendix BAR Appendix 3-55 Rev 2. July 2PUR-1 SI3, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 5. Nondestructive Examination and Tests a. Visual. The test weld shall be examined visually prior to welding and after welding in accordance with Section 5.1 b. Liquid Penetrant.
SPC-382 5STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
The test weld shall be examined after the.final layer in accordance with Section 3.6.2.2 using a color contrast method.c. Unless otherwise specified, inspection of procedure and performance qualification welds shall be performed in the final surface condition.
1ELEMENTSpRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 51 of 53.5.2 Welding machines used for the manual welding of any successful welderperformance qualification tests shall be considered qualified for manualwelding of all components covered in this session.3.6 Examination  
& Tests3.6.1 Type of Test Required.
The following tests shall be used for thequalification of welding procedures and / or welders as applicable:
: 1. Nondestructive examination by a liquid penetrant method.2. Nondestructive examination by Visual to test for soundness andsurface characteristics of the weld.3. Destructive examination by sectioning for metallo graphicexamination of weld joints and adjacent areas to test for fusion,weld geometry, weld reinforcement, and soundness of the weld.4. When the purchaser has reason to believe that the quality of anyweldment is doubtful, he may require additional inspection.
: 5. Nondestructive Examination and Testsa. Visual. The test weld shall be examined visually prior towelding and after welding in accordance with Section 5.1b. Liquid Penetrant.
The test weld shall be examined after the.final layer in accordance with Section 3.6.2.2 using a colorcontrast method.c. Unless otherwise specified, inspection of procedure andperformance qualification welds shall be performed in thefinal surface condition.
: 6. Destructive Examination.
: 6. Destructive Examination.
Each test weld shall be sectioned transversely to metallographically examine a minimum of:a. Three section faces for welds on cylindrical components less than 1 'A inch in diameter or for welds that are one tofour inches long on non-cylindrical components.
Each test weld shall be sectioned transversely to metallographically examine a minimum of: a. Three section faces for welds on cylindrical components less than 1 'A inch in diameter or for welds that are one to four inches long on non-cylindrical components.
: b. Four sections faces for welds in cylindrical components that are greater than 11/4'/ inch in diameter or for welds thatare greater than four inches long on non-cylindrical components.
: b. Four sections faces for welds in cylindrical components that are greater than 11/4'/ inch in diameter or for welds that are greater than four inches long on non-cylindrical components.
Appendix BARAppendix 3-56 Rev 2. July2PUR-1 St.33, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
Appendix B ARAppendix 3-56 Rev 2. July2 PUR-1 St.33, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -. ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 52 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR c. One section face for plug welds, arc spot welds, and welds that are less than one inch long on non-cylindrical components.
-. ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 52 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORc. One section face for plug welds, arc spot welds, and weldsthat are less than one inch long on non-cylindrical components.
: d. The cross section shall be polished and etched to provide clear definition of the structure in the fusion zone and the heat-affected zones.e. For welds in (a) and (b) of this paragraph, one cross section shall be made through a weld start and a weld stop area and the remaining sections shall be made at random. For weld described in (c) of this paragraph, the cross section shall be made at the approximate centerline of the weld.Examination of the welds shall be in accordance with Section 3.6.2.3.3.6.2 Acceptance Criteria for Qualification Test Welds 1. Visual Examination.
: d. The cross section shall be polished and etched to provideclear definition of the structure in the fusion zone and theheat-affected zones.e. For welds in (a) and (b) of this paragraph, one cross sectionshall be made through a weld start and a weld stop area andthe remaining sections shall be made at random. For welddescribed in (c) of this paragraph, the cross section shall bemade at the approximate centerline of the weld.Examination of the welds shall be in accordance withSection 3.6.2.3.3.6.2 Acceptance Criteria for Qualification Test Welds1. Visual Examination.
Visual examination shall be in accordance with Section 5.1.2. Liquid Penetrant Examination.
Visual examination shall be in accordance with Section 5.1.2. Liquid Penetrant Examination.
Unless otherwise specified, finalweld surfaces shall be examined using a color contrast method.a. For welded joints in materials less than 1/8 inch thick thefollowing relevant indications are unacceptable.
Unless otherwise specified, final weld surfaces shall be examined using a color contrast method.a. For welded joints in materials less than 1/8 inch thick the following relevant indications are unacceptable.
: 1. Any cracks.ii. Linear indications.
: 1. Any cracks.ii. Linear indications.
iii. Indications with dimensions exceeding 1/64 inch.iv. Rounded indication separated by 1/44 inch or lessedge-to-edge.
iii. Indications with dimensions exceeding 1/64 inch.iv. Rounded indication separated by 1/44 inch or less edge-to-edge.
: v. Five or more rounded indications in any six squareinches of weld surface with the maj or dimension ofthis area not to exceed six inches with the areabeing taken in the most unfavorable locationrelative to the indication being evaluated.
: v. Five or more rounded indications in any six square inches of weld surface with the maj or dimension of this area not to exceed six inches with the area being taken in the most unfavorable location relative to the indication being evaluated.
: b. For all welds in materials 1/8 inch thick or greater, thefollowing relevant indications are unacceptable.  
: b. For all welds in materials 1/8 inch thick or greater, the following relevant indications are unacceptable. (Only Appendix B Appendix 3-57 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
(OnlyAppendix BAppendix 3-57 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THlE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 53of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR those indications with maj or dimensions greater than 1/64 inch are considered relevant for item (iii).)1. Any cracks.ii. Any linear indications.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THlE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 53of5PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORthose indications with maj or dimensions greater than 1/64inch are considered relevant for item (iii).)1. Any cracks.ii. Any linear indications.
iii. Rounded indications with dimensions exceeding 10 percent of the nominal weld thickness or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller. Rounded indications separated by 1/16 or less edge-to-edge shall be evaluated as a single indication.
iii. Rounded indications with dimensions exceeding 10percent of the nominal weld thickness or 1/8 inch,whichever is smaller.
Rounded indications separated by 1/16 or less edge-to-edge shall beevaluated as a single indication.
iv. Four or more rounded indications in a line separated by 1/16 inch or less edge-to-edge.
iv. Four or more rounded indications in a line separated by 1/16 inch or less edge-to-edge.
: v. Six or more indications in any six square inches ofweld surface with the major dimension of this areanot to exceed six inches with the area taken in themost unfavorable location relative to the indications being evaluated.
: v. Six or more indications in any six square inches of weld surface with the major dimension of this area not to exceed six inches with the area taken in the most unfavorable location relative to the indications being evaluated.
vi. Aligned indications in which the average of thecenter-to-center distance between any oneindication and the two adjacent indications in astraight line is less than 3/16 inch.3. Metallo graphic Examination Metallographic examinations shall beperformed on qualification test welds at not less than 50X on testwelds as required in this Section in accordance with ASTM E.2.Any cross section which is shown by metallographic examination to contain any of the following relevant defects shall be cause forrejection of the test welds.a. Any cracks.b. Incomplete fusion, or insufficient joint or root penetration.
vi. Aligned indications in which the average of the center-to-center distance between any one indication and the two adjacent indications in a straight line is less than 3/16 inch.3. Metallo graphic Examination Metallographic examinations shall be performed on qualification test welds at not less than 50X on test welds as required in this Section in accordance with ASTM E.2.Any cross section which is shown by metallographic examination to contain any of the following relevant defects shall be cause for rejection of the test welds.a. Any cracks.b. Incomplete fusion, or insufficient joint or root penetration.
: c. Any tungsten inclusions, slag inclusions, or porosity havinga maximum dimension greater than 20 percent of the weldthickness or 1/32 inch, whichever is smaller.d. More than four tungsten inclusions or pores which have a~maximum dimension less than in (c) above.Appendix BAppendix 3-58 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: c. Any tungsten inclusions, slag inclusions, or porosity having a maximum dimension greater than 20 percent of the weld thickness or 1/32 inch, whichever is smaller.d. More than four tungsten inclusions or pores which have a~maximum dimension less than in (c) above.Appendix B Appendix 3-58 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 54 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR e. Any deviation from specified weld geometry or weld reinforcement.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 54 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORe. Any deviation from specified weld geometry or weldreinforcement.
3.6.3 Test Welds.1. Procedure and / or welder performance qualification shall be made on test welds which duplicate the production weld joint type and which simulate the conditions to be used in production with respect to orientation, the essential variables listed in Section 3.2.3.2, and the dimensions of the parts to be joined to the extent that they affect heat requirements, relative motions, and distortions.
3.6.3 Test Welds.1. Procedure and / or welder performance qualification shall be madeon test welds which duplicate the production weld joint type andwhich simulate the conditions to be used in production with respectto orientation, the essential variables listed in Section 3.2.3.2, andthe dimensions of the parts to be joined to the extent that theyaffect heat requirements, relative  
All welding used in qualifying a welding procedure and / or welder performance shall be performed in accordance with the procedure specification.
: motions, and distortions.
: 2. For manual welding, two consecutive test welds shall be made when the weld joint is less than six inches in length. Only one test weld shall be required when the weld joint is 6 inches or greater in length.3. All test welds shall be tested using the required tests listed in Section 3.6.1. To qualify the procedure specification used in making the test welds, each Weld shall pass the required tests.4. Repair of procedure or performance qualification test weld(s) is prohibited.
Allwelding used in qualifying a welding procedure and / or welderperformance shall be performed in accordance with the procedure specification.
: 4. Production Welding All production welding shall be accomplished using approved welding procedure specifications and qualified welders and/or welding operators.
: 2. For manual welding, two consecutive test welds shall be madewhen the weld joint is less than six inches in length. Only one testweld shall be required when the weld joint is 6 inches or greater inlength.3. All test welds shall be tested using the required tests listed inSection 3.6.1. To qualify the procedure specification used inmaking the test welds, each Weld shall pass the required tests.4. Repair of procedure or performance qualification test weld(s) isprohibited.
: 5. Quality Acceptance of Production Welds 5.1 All completed production welds shall be visually examined in accordance with the following requirements:
: 4. Production WeldingAll production welding shall be accomplished using approved welding procedure specifications and qualified welders and/or welding operators.
: 5. Quality Acceptance of Production Welds5.1 All completed production welds shall be visually examined in accordance withthe following requirements:
5.1.1 General Visual Inspection Requirements.
5.1.1 General Visual Inspection Requirements.
All visual examinations shallcomply with the following:
All visual examinations shall comply with the following:
: 1. Visual examination shall be made under direct daylight-type fluorescent lighting of at least 100 foot-candles at the workexamination area.Appendix BPUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-59 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 1. Visual examination shall be made under direct daylight-type fluorescent lighting of at least 100 foot-candles at the work examination area.Appendix B PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-59 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 55 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2. Visual examination shall be performed with the aid of a 5x (minimum) magnifying glass.3. The inspection required by this standard shall not be performed by the welder who made the welds. However, if the welder is qualified in accordance with this standard, he may visually inspect his own welds prior to the inspections required by this standard.4. Personnel performing visual inspection shall have 20-20 vision, natural or corrected, stereo acuity, and shall not be color-blind.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 55 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR2. Visual examination shall be performed with the aid of a 5x(minimum) magnifying glass.3. The inspection required by this standard shall not be performed bythe welder who made the welds. However, if the welder isqualified in accordance with this standard, he may visually inspecthis own welds prior to the inspections required by this standard.
: 4. Personnel performing visual inspection shall have 20-20 vision,natural or corrected, stereo acuity, and shall not be color-blind.
5.1.2 Visual Acceptance Criteria (except for porosity).
5.1.2 Visual Acceptance Criteria (except for porosity).
Visual examination ofweld joint preparations and welds shall be performed in accordance withthe following requirements to verify conformance to the written weldingprocedure, the design requirements, and the requirements of thisstandard:
Visual examination of weld joint preparations and welds shall be performed in accordance with the following requirements to verify conformance to the written welding procedure, the design requirements, and the requirements of this standard: 1. Prior to welding, the weld joint edges and adjacent surfaces shall be examined for: a. Proper edge preparation, dimensions, and finish.b. Alignment and fitup of the pieces being welded.c. Verification of correct material by check of records.d. Verification of the cleanliness requirements.
: 1. Prior to welding, the weld joint edges and adjacent surfaces shallbe examined for:a. Proper edge preparation, dimensions, and finish.b. Alignment and fitup of the pieces being welded.c. Verification of correct material by check of records.d. Verification of the cleanliness requirements.
: 2. After welding, the joint shall be examined in the final surface condition for: a. Contour, reinforcement and surface finish of welds.b. Degree of underfill, undercut, and overlap.c. Arc strikes, weld spatter and impression marking.d. Burn-through and fuse-through
: 2. After welding, the joint shall be examined in the final surfacecondition for:a. Contour, reinforcement and surface finish of welds.b. Degree of underfill,  
: 3. Weld joints and surfaces which are shown by visual examination to have any of the following defects or areas of nonconformance are unacceptable:
: undercut, and overlap.c. Arc strikes, weld spatter and impression marking.d. Burn-through and fuse-through
: a. Any nonconformance revealed by 5.1.2.1.Appendix B Appendix 3-60 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 3. Weld joints and surfaces which are shown by visual examination tohave any of the following defects or areas of nonconformance areunacceptable:
SPC-382 STAN7DARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
: a. Any nonconformance revealed by 5.1.2.1.Appendix BAppendix 3-60 Rev 2. July 23, 2015PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THlE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 56 of 57 PURDUE UNTIVERSITY REACTOR b. Any zone of incomplete fusion.c. Insufficient joint or root penetration.
SPC-382STAN7DARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
: d. Any undercutting, underfill, or burn through.e. Any concavity on the face side of groove welds.f. Any arc strikes, weld spatter, and impression marking.g. Any visible inclusions, porosity, cracks, and unfilled craters.4. Machined welds shall meet the drawing requirements.
1ELEMENTS
: 5. All welds shall be free from surface markings resulting from mishandling, punching, scratching, etc., which exceed the specified surface requirements.
-ASSEMBLED FOR THlE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 56 of 57PURDUE UNTIVERSITY REACTORb. Any zone of incomplete fusion.c. Insufficient joint or root penetration.
: 6. All welds shall be fiee of dross, or slag.7. All welds shall be free of oxidation due to improper shfielding and overheating which produce black or gray spalling or loose particles.
: d. Any undercutting, underfill, or burn through.e. Any concavity on the face side of groove welds.f. Any arc strikes, weld spatter, and impression marking.g. Any visible inclusions,  
Iridescent temper films and the dark metallic vapor deposits which may occur adjacent to the welds are acceptable.
: porosity, cracks, and unfilledcraters.4. Machined welds shall meet the drawing requirements.
These films and deposits shall be removed by approved cleaning procedures when accessible.
: 5. All welds shall be free from surface markings resulting frommishandling,  
5.1.3 Visible unacceptable porosity is as follows: 1. Four or more pores with a major dimension of 0.048 inches or more randomly positioned.
: punching, scratching, etc., which exceed the specified surface requirements.
: 2. A single pore with a major dimension of 0.064 inches or more.3. Six or more pores with a major dimension of 0.016 inches or greater in one weld.4. Four or more porosity with a major dimension of 0.016 inches or greater, in line separated by less than 0.063 inches from edge to edge.5.2 Repair of a defective weld by welding shall be limited to two attempts.Unacceptable defects shall be removed and re-examination made using liquid penetrant color contrast method to assure complete removal of the defect. If the Appendix B ANAppendix 3-61 Rev 2. July2 PUR-1 Sa 3,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
: 6. All welds shall be fiee of dross, or slag.7. All welds shall be free of oxidation due to improper shfielding andoverheating which produce black or gray spalling or looseparticles.
SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
Iridescent temper films and the dark metallic vapordeposits which may occur adjacent to the welds are acceptable.
1 ELEMENTS -. ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 57 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR removal of the defects results in reducing the thickness of the weld metal below the thickness of the base metal, the area shall be rewelded using a welding repair procedure which has been approved by the Purchaser.
These films and deposits shall be removed by approved cleaningprocedures when accessible.
Whenever a defect is removed and subsequent repair by welding is not required, the excavated area shall be blended into the surrounding surface to remove any sharp notches, crevices or corners. Completed repairs shall be visually re-examined per Section 5.1. Records shall be maintained on all repairs and shall include the following:
5.1.3 Visible unacceptable porosity is as follows:1. Four or more pores with a major dimension of 0.048 inches ormore randomly positioned.
: 2. A single pore with a major dimension of 0.064 inches or more.3. Six or more pores with a major dimension of 0.016 inches orgreater in one weld.4. Four or more porosity with a major dimension of 0.016 inches orgreater, in line separated by less than 0.063 inches from edge toedge.5.2 Repair of a defective weld by welding shall be limited to two attempts.
Unacceptable defects shall be removed and re-examination made using liquidpenetrant color contrast method to assure complete removal of the defect. If theAppendix BANAppendix 3-61 Rev 2. July2PUR-1 Sa3,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:
SPC-382STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:
1ELEMENTS
-. ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 57 of 57PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTORremoval of the defects results in reducing the thickness of the weld metal belowthe thickness of the base metal, the area shall be rewelded using a welding repairprocedure which has been approved by the Purchaser.
Whenever a defect isremoved and subsequent repair by welding is not required, the excavated areashall be blended into the surrounding surface to remove any sharp notches,crevices or corners.
Completed repairs shall be visually re-examined per Section5.1. Records shall be maintained on all repairs and shall include the following:
5.2.1 Location ofj oint.5.2.2 Location of defect.5.2.3 Description of defect, including type and size.5.2.4 Reference to approved repair procedure.
5.2.1 Location ofj oint.5.2.2 Location of defect.5.2.3 Description of defect, including type and size.5.2.4 Reference to approved repair procedure.
5.2.5 Inspections before and after repair and the results thereof.5.2.6 Identification of repair welders or welding operators.
5.2.5 Inspections before and after repair and the results thereof.5.2.6 Identification of repair welders or welding operators.
Appendix BPUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SARRev2. July 23, 2015 1RA.J4I 2 I 1SNOTES:1. PROCURE.
Appendix B PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAR Rev2. July 23, 2015 1 R A.J 4 I 2 I 1 SNOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.L 2MARK ASSEMBLY ISENTFItC.BT82 PER SPECIFICATION SPO-SA2.3. REMOVE AUL BURRS HAS SHARP ESGES.2 1 SHEET REV STATUS PTA 0 PHYSIS 2 E LESHEETS REVISED DESCRIPTION OF ITEM 3 ASSES SHEET 2;I SEEOSAR-RADE ESS2 ,&8 NY1C M ~t I 1/2SA/ST 2 ASSES ITEM S. CHANGES MATEREAL ITEM?CHANGES ITEMS. SEE SAA-RTA7VT A/ASS D C 4 CU PAILLPS, 100" 3I6 SST OR 304SST 9 1 635457.5 SOURCE DRIVE TOP B .A S CU PHILUPS, T00O 315 SST 7 B-SB SAC-2A S I/S LU 1 635482-3 SOURCE DRIVE CONTAINERA 1 5 35465-1 GRAPHITE BLOCK 1 R 35462-1 GRAPHITE CONTAINER3 ASSEMBLY SC .5 SOURCE ERRSE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY2 sc 1 GRAPHITE REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY1 B r-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE-2 FINAL-t FINAL sncsoa= REOURNTR:
FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.L2MARK ASSEMBLY ISENTFItC.BT82 PER SPECIFICATION SPO-SA2.3. REMOVE AUL BURRS HAS SHARP ESGES.2 1 SHEET REV STATUS PTA 0 PHYSIS2 E LESHEETS REVISED DESCRIPTION OF ITEM 3ASSES SHEET 2;I SEEOSAR-RADE ESS2 ,&8NY1C M ~t I1/2SA/ST2 ASSES ITEM S. CHANGES MATEREAL ITEM?CHANGES ITEMS. SEE SAA-RTA7VT A/ASSDC4 CU PAILLPS, 100" 3I6 SST OR 304SST 91 635457.5 SOURCE DRIVE TOP B .A S CU PHILUPS, T00O 315 SST 7B-SB SAC-2A S I/S LU1 635482-3 SOURCE DRIVE CONTAINERA 1 5 35465-1 GRAPHITE BLOCK1 R 35462-1 GRAPHITE CONTAINER3 ASSEMBLYSC .5 SOURCE ERRSE SUPPORTASSEMBLY2 sc 1 GRAPHITE REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY1 Br-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLYSCALE: NONE-2 FINAL-t FINALsncsoa= REOURNTR:
T, VINNOU.N HARRIK 3SIG S. MORRELL PURSUE UNIVERSITYN OUDRAM TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR TA/SM-T S.,t PROJECT SEO. IGRAPHITE REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY AND SPA.'USS SOURCE DRIVE ASSEMBL.Y PROR I PHIRSCAAPPARH ARTUI/ES 5 A FFECTAR IVTE: A/1iO NOTES ISHEET 1 OF 2 I 21 SORE0V A PURS- 1 OAR Arniendix 3-63 Rev' 2, Iulv 23, 2015[ APPLE~ATUN U/b b 4 7 517 ''2"1 Y I ' I V I "." W
T, VINNOU.NHARRIK 3SIG S. MORRELL PURSUE UNIVERSITYN OUDRAM TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTORTA/SM-T S.,t PROJECT SEO. IGRAPHITE REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY ANDSPA.'USS SOURCE DRIVE ASSEMBL.Y PROR I PHIRSCAAPPARH ARTUI/ES 5 A FFECTAR IVTE: A/1iO NOTES ISHEET 1 OF 2I 21 SORE0VAPURS- 1 OAR Arniendix 3-63 Rev' 2, Iulv 23, 2015[ APPLE~ATUN U/bb4 7517 ''2"1Y I ' I V I "." W
* I V I I I ID I B (2953)AX 7 I2.95(3 AX C-2 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 111 B V A-2 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC SCALE: NONE PUR-1 SAR Appendls*
* I V I I IIDIB (2953)AX 7I2.95(3 AXC-2 ASSEMBLYSCALE: 111BVA-2 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC SCALE: NONEPUR-1 SAR Appendls*
3-64 Rev 2, July 23, 2013 D OIMF3 DWG-635454 2 0 I i., I I CA E AII A I/I&D 4:j 1 8 7 6 5~J7 4 I I T I NOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE.
3-64 Rev 2, July 23, 2013D OIMF3 DWG-635454 20 I i., I I CA E AII A I/I&D4:j1 8765~J74I I T INOTES:1. PROCURE.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3R2./MARKE ASSEMBLY IDENT1FICATION PER SPECIFICATION SPC-TBZ/.OUANTn~f OF ITEM 5 (FUEL PlATES) ANAD ITEM N (DUMMY FUE L PLATES) USED IN -U ASSE MULY (PARTIAL FUEL ASSEMBLY)
FABRICATE.
TO RE DETERMINED BY THE USER.A\CHANNE L SPACING BY SIDE PLATE GROOVE LOCATIONS AND WIDTHS. AND FUEL PLATE THICKNESS.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3R2./MARKE ASSEMBLY IDENT1FICATION PER SPECIFICATION SPC-TBZ/.OUANTn~f OF ITEM 5 (FUEL PlATES) ANAD ITEM N (DUMMY FUE L PLATES) USED IN -U ASSE MULY(PARTIAL FUEL ASSEMBLY)
DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.S. REMOVE AU. BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.i T
TO RE DETERMINED BY THE USER.A\CHANNE L SPACING BY SIDE PLATE GROOVE LOCATIONS AND WIDTHS. ANDFUEL PLATE THICKNESS.
* c I{ LIADDED NOTE 3 A -3 ASSY; REVISED TITLES 1CHANGED TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESIGN; 140 SEDADD UGUUUED ITEM B. CHARGED MATERIAL ITEM A, HHD L1UICHNGE ITEM.. ,NOTEA,,SEEO  
DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.
S. REMOVE AU. BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.i T
* c I{ LIADDED NOTE 3 A -3 ASSY; REVISED TITLES1CHANGED TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESIGN; 140SEDADD UGUUUED ITEM B. CHARGED MATERIAL ITEM A, HHDL1UICHNGE ITEM.. ,NOTEA,,SEEO  
..A.... I ....___________  
..A.... I ....___________  
-(-ID%KItVAC~-1 -2 45 B-3MAMACHINE SCREW, FLAT HD.PHIWPS, 1W0'3B TO ST8-3UUNC-UA X lI2LG --3! 6 SST BMAHN HD,A 4 4 EG PHIWPU.I1DO" 31 SST OR DR4 UST H14 AH A 6.35A3-3 DUMMY FUEL PLATE BAR 14 A 35463-1 FUELPLATEASSEMBLY 51 1 1 635454-1 STANDARD FUEL CONTAINER4 SC -D DUMMY FUEL ELEMENT3SC -2 PARTIAL FUEL ELEMENTSC -I STIANDARD FUEL ELEMEN'T-ASSEMMESBAT RIOLY T 1IAEATTCETK SCAT DRUESCBPT0H AG-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLYSCALE: NONE..IFNAVWIRFSRRT RESSEUSTER:
-(-I D%K It VA C~-1 -2 45 B-3MA MACHINE SCREW, FLAT HD.PHIWPS, 1W0'3B TO ST 8-3UUNC-UA X lI2LG --3! 6 SST B MAHN HD, A 4 4 EG PHIWPU.I1DO" 31 SST OR DR4 UST H 14 AH A 6.35A3-3 DUMMY FUEL PLATE B AR 14 A 35463-1 FUELPLATEASSEMBLY 5 1 1 1 635454-1 STANDARD FUEL CONTAINER4 SC -D DUMMY FUEL ELEMENT3 SC -2 PARTIAL FUEL ELEMENT SC -I STIANDARD FUEL ELEMEN'T-ASSEMMESBAT RIOLY T 1IAEATTCETK S CAT DRUESCBPT0H AG-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE..IFNA VWIRFSRRT RESSEUSTER:
T. VINNOLAam~o PURDUE UNIVERSITY TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTORSTANDARD FUEL. PARTIALU DUMMY ELEMENT ASSEMBUES FUR-I SAR AppendixE 3-65 Rev 2, July 23, 2015in~i R I7 I I PLIAWT I ,TSORP -EE. OIUT21 8765431I .........
T. VINNOLA am~o PURDUE UNIVERSITY TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR STANDARD FUEL. PARTIAL U DUMMY ELEMENT ASSEMBUES FUR-I SAR AppendixE 3-65 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 in~i R I7 I I PLIAWT I ,TSORP -EE. O I U T 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 I .........NOTES: 1. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-.382.L 2 XA ASEMLY DNIFCTO PE DRSECFID;CAINSC-B  
NOTES:1. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-.382.
L2XA ASEMLY DNIFCTO PE DRSECFID;CAINSC-B  
.....T ...FUEL PLATE THICKNESS.
.....T ...FUEL PLATE THICKNESS.
DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REOUIRED.
DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REOUIRED.4. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGED.RAY EFRFIN DATA.CHANGED TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESION: I ADDED -2 ASSEMBLY.
: 4. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGED.RAY EFRFIN DATA.CHANGED TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESION:I ADDED -2 ASSEMBLY.
SECTION A-A. B ITEM 6; 1524/07 SEE SAR-N3094D0 CHANGED MEATERIAL ITEM?7 CHANGED MOTE 3.IC A-1 ASSEMBLY-2 ASSEMBLY B A--SE CHANNELSUPACNG  
SECTION A-A. B ITEM 6; 1524/07SEE SAR-N3094D0 CHANGED MEATERIAL ITEM?7 CHANGED MOTE 3.ICA-1 ASSEMBLY-2 ASSEMBLYBA--SE CHANNELSUPACNG  
.156 MACAWNE SCREW. FLAT AS. O~S B CG PHILWPS, SB0 316 SET ON34SST 7 S-3D UNO-DA A 5/11 LU 8 5 35AA3.3 DUMMY FUEL PLATE 6 1 1 S 3SH6A=11I CONTROL TOP 5 B 635463- I FUEL PLATE ASSEMBLY A 1 I 34B CONTROL FUEL CONTAINER ASSEMBSLY SC *D DUMMY CONTROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY2 SC CONTROL FUEL ELEMENT S -T ASSEMBLY1 CAT. BERTPYPTIOG CA 0S TESPTE0M OS EBANBAB AU-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC BEFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONE SECTION A-A SCALE. 1/1 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-66 Rev 2, July 23, 2015-2 FINAL-1 FINAL mua= e..7 RAOLESISR:
.156MACAWNE SCREW. FLAT AS. O~S B CG PHILWPS, SB0 316 SET ON34SST 7S-3D UNO-DA A 5/11 LU8 5 35AA3.3 DUMMY FUEL PLATE 61 1 S 3SH6A=11I CONTROL TOP 5B 635463- I FUEL PLATE ASSEMBLY A1 I 34B CONTROL FUEL CONTAINER ASSEMBSLY SC *D DUMMY CONTROL FUEL ELEMENTASSEMBLY2 SC CONTROL FUEL ELEMENTS -T ASSEMBLY1 CAT. BERTPYPTIOG CA 0S TESPTE0M OS EBANBAB AU-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC BEFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONESECTION A-ASCALE. 1/1PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-66 Rev 2, July 23, 2015-2 FINAL-1 FINALmua= e..7 RAOLESISR:
T. VINMOLA PURDUE UNIVERSrITY TEST RESEACRH AND TRAINING REACTOR CONTROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY AND DUMMY CONATROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY DI01MF3 DwO-635456 2~A C I 7 I I L T A, I U TO Z 1 R 7 5 4 3 2 1 NOTES: 1. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.L~MARK ASSEMBLY IDENTIFICATION PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382, 4 3CHANNEL SPACING IS CNROLDBY SIDE PLATE GROOVE LOCATIONS AND WIDTHS, AND FUEL PLATE THICTINESS.
T. VINMOLAPURDUE UNIVERSrITY TEST RESEACRH AND TRAINING REACTORCONTROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY ANDDUMMY CONATROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLYDI01MF3 DwO-635456 2~AC I 7 I I LT A,IUTOZ1 R754321NOTES:1. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.L~MARK ASSEMBLY IDENTIFICATION PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382,43CHANNEL SPACING IS CNROLDBY SIDE PLATE GROOVE LOCATIONS AND WIDTHS, ANDFUEL PLATE THICTINESS.
DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.4a REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2 SEE DA-514751 HEIVISiNS  
DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.
/40 REVISE TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESGN;1 REMOVED iTEMS 2,4A &7REVIESEDTITLE; 1/2407 BEE DAR-SURAUR REVISED NOTE SB& MATERIAL ON ITEM B 0 A-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 11'B SECTION A-A SCALE. 1/MACHINE SCREW. FLAT RD.CDPHILLIPS.
4a REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2 SEE DA-514751 HEIVISiNS  
ITS' 316SST OR[504SST B B-32 UNC.DA X 5/16LG B* 35468-? FISSION CHAMBER TOP A 635463-1 PUEL PLATE ASSEMBLY S 515458-1 STANDARD FUEL CONTAINER ASS EMRBLV-U REMOVED S DC -1 EEMNTFISSION CRAMBER FUEL ASML A (DX CHANNEL SPACING .120)-ISNNEL SPACING .130(-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC SCALE: HONE REFERENCE ONLY PUTSUSI i FINALTR RAT D*IS RHAURSTER:
/40REVISE TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESGN;1 REMOVED iTEMS 2,4A &7REVIESEDTITLE; 1/2407BEE DAR-SURAUR REVISED NOTE SB& MATERIAL ON ITEM B0A-1 ASSEMBLYSCALE: 11'BSECTION A-ASCALE. 1/MACHINE SCREW. FLAT RD.CDPHILLIPS.
T. VINNOLA ottaRR AESRGN a MORRELL , ,= ,WN N.OLOHAMLIST PURDUE UNISERSITY TEAT RESEARCH AND TRAINIMO REACTON FISSION CRAMBER FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY A StUR- l SAR AppendixE 367 Rev 2, July 23. 2015I.!I. I APLICATMB 1 -AlA 8 7 b 4 1 SORRY I ElF 1 8 7 6 4 I I .... .1 NOTES: 1. PROCURE, FABRICATE.
ITS' 316SST OR[504SST BB-32 UNC.DA X 5/16LGB* 35468-? FISSION CHAMBER TOP A635463-1 PUEL PLATE ASSEMBLY S515458-1 STANDARD FUEL CONTAINER ASS EMRBLV-U REMOVED SDC -1 EEMNTFISSION CRAMBER FUEL ASMLA(DX CHANNEL SPACING .120)-ISNNEL SPACING .130(-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC SCALE: HONEREFERENCE ONLYPUTSUSIi FINALTRRAT D*IS RHAURSTER:
ANT INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-352.2r REMOVED 3. REMOVED 4. REMOVE ALL RIURRS AND SHARP EDGES.5. WELD PER SPECIRCEATION SPC-352 APPENODD B. USING ITEM 7 (WELD FILLER METAL).S. AUL CORNER AND FILLET RADII ,U30 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.SCRUTICAL INTERFACE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE ADHERED TO.ANVERIFY RECTANGULAR CAVITY AND SLOT SIZE WITH GO-NO-GO GAUGE. DFE PROVIDED GO-NO-GO GAUGE SHALL SLIDE FREELY THROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FOR ALL ULOTS HANG-UP, STICEING.
T. VINNOLAottaRR AESRGN a MORRELL, ,= ,WN N.OLOHAMLISTPURDUE UNISERSITY TEAT RESEARCH AND TRAINIMO REACTONFISSION CRAMBER FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLYAStUR- l SAR AppendixE 367 Rev 2, July 23. 2015I.!I. I APLICATMB 1 -AlA8 7 b 41 SORRY I ElF 18764I I .... .1 NOTES:1. PROCURE, FABRICATE.
OR DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT.-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 1/1-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE VIEW B DEALE: 4:1 VIEW C AU SCALE. 4/1 VIEW A SCALE: 2/1 PUR-I1 SAR Appendix 3-68 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 NOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE.
ANT INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-352.2r REMOVED3. REMOVED4. REMOVE ALL RIURRS AND SHARP EDGES.5. WELD PER SPECIRCEATION SPC-352 APPENODD B. USING ITEM 7 (WELDFILLER METAL).S. AUL CORNER AND FILLET RADII ,U30 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.SCRUTICAL INTERFACE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE ADHERED TO.ANVERIFY RECTANGULAR CAVITY AND SLOT SIZE WITH GO-NO-GOGAUGE. DFE PROVIDED GO-NO-GO GAUGE SHALL SLIDE FREELYTHROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FORALL ULOTS HANG-UP, STICEING.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.2. REMOVED 3. REMOVED B. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.U. WlELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC.382 APPENDIX B. USING ITEM 7 (WELD FILLER METAL).THROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FOR ALL SLOTS WITHOUT HANG-UP, STICKING, ON DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT,-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 1/1-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLY SCALA: NONE jz~~VIEW C 4x ,SCALE: 4/l VIEW B SCALE: 4/1 VIEW A SCALE: E1 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-69 Rev 2, July 23,2015 NOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE.
OR DISENGAGEMENT FROMSLOT.-1 ASSEMBLYSCALE: 1/1-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLYSCALE: NONEVIEW BDEALE: 4:1VIEW C AUSCALE. 4/1VIEW ASCALE: 2/1PUR-I1 SAR Appendix 3-68 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 NOTES:1. PROCURE.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPO-,3A2.2. REMOVED 3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AWD SRARP EDGES.A. WELD pER SPECIFICATION SEC-UB2 APPENODIX B, USING ITEM 7 (WELD FILLER METAL). _5. REMOVED.GAUGE. OFF PROVIDED GO-MO-GO GAUGE SHALL S LIIDE FREELY ENTIRE DESIGNATES CAVITY (OR SLOT) tLENGTH FON ALL SLOTS PATAGUT HANG-UP. STICKING.
FABRICATE.
OR DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT.,167/-1 ASSEMBLY SEALE III-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE i" WIEW A UCALE: Dli VIEW C AU SCALE: A/l R 7 S 47 4 3 NOTES: 1. PROCURE. TABRRCATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.2. REMOVED3. REMOVEDB. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.U. WlELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC.382 APPENDIX B. USING ITEM 7 (WELDFILLER METAL).THROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FORALL SLOTS WITHOUT HANG-UP,  
ASSEMRLY IDENTFIfCATION PER SPECIFICATION SPO-3E2.3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2 I 1 SEE DAR-514751 REVINIONS 440 REVl04100 I EFECTNEATE REVISED THE DESCRIPTION SF RTEM 3 /47 1SEE DAR-5UH425  
: STICKING, ON DISENGAGEMENT FROMSLOT,-1 ASSEMBLYSCALE: 1/1-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLYSCALA: NONEjz~~VIEW C 4x,SCALE: 4/lVIEW BSCALE: 4/1VIEW ASCALE: E1PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-69 Rev 2, July 23,2015 NOTES:1. PROCURE.
/40 2CHANGED MATERIAL ITEM 7 4AU D.4 1 F-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 1,1 B MACHINE SCREW, FLAT HD, A CAPHILUIPS, TOO 316 SST OR3U4 SOT 7UNC-2A 0172 LU __1 8 35461.2 CAPSULE INSERT ASSEMBLY 1 635451.1 CAPSULE HOLDERHASSEMBLVY 1 63S462-I GRAPHITE CONTAINER3 ASSEMBLY DC -1 IRRADIATION FACILITY ASSEMELY I-1 SAFETI PART OB IIOAIELtISERE UHIE RIE,/PECFECATEH ITEIT. EIEqNTEMTI ECAET.,'P' URAE,.SRMA o..510011 (1SFTI-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONEFINALNEXT 05TN400 B EASlN U. MORRELL PURDUE UNt~fERSITY ETORiroOR TNAN OLOHAM TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR TOOT , NTA U 0 004C so IRRADIATION FACILITY ASSEMBLY.. ...... ..... 1M owG.635460 N EBOTI 505051 1F A PI16.1 C AD Ann,.HSiY 3-71 A.RT I/O/Rh 101IS~TI F STBACUB/OE 7 6 4 2 1 S2EU32 8 7 6'P 4 2, 1 SD8032  
FABRICATE.
-7 12 4 3 2 I 1 I P 4, I.I.,ll I REASONS REV STATES NOTES: 1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGSES.2. pROCURE. FABRICATE.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPO-,3A2.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SP0-322 APPENDIX R. USING ITEM 17 {WE LD FILLER METAL).4.ALL CORNER AND FILLET OTIIERISSE NOTED.ITITI1IREV IDESl.ETSj REVISED TOLERANCES ONl ITEM 1%o?I I ..............
: 2. REMOVED3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AWD SRARP EDGES.A. WELD pER SPECIFICATION SEC-UB2 APPENODIX B, USING ITEM 7(WELD FILLER METAL). _5. REMOVED.GAUGE. OFF PROVIDED GO-MO-GO GAUGE SHALL S LIIDE FREELY ENTIRE DESIGNATES CAVITY (OR SLOT) tLENGTH FONALL SLOTS PATAGUT HANG-UP.
I D I-_(2.755)...........................
STICKING.
J-O SEE DETAIL 3 SEE ASS C-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE Ill AR AR AR AR SC ELILRMTL ER4043 AWDA5AD 17 AR SC BAR. 01/)2 ASTM B211 IN AL SON61.TNST AR SC 0114 ASTM B2TT IS AL 6021-T05 1 AR SC 002101t18 ASTM B211 14 ALBAAI. TB51 AR SC TUBING, 1 TI8OD X D05 WALL 12 AL. DEI-TE ASTM B21D AR SC WALL Il ALBAA61.TB ASTM 8212 1 C 10 PLGpLATE, 1127115 ASTM BUS ID AL 661 T-5 I SC -B CAPSULE UPPER TUBE BAR, 01 31 ASTM 8211 9 t S -8 CAPSUIE HOLDER TOP PLATE. I THE ASTI, BUSS 8 tSC -7 CAPSULE BOTTOM PLATE. 54114TK P.574 8209 7 1 5 35405-2 GRAPHT CAPSULE HOLDER S SC *4 CAPSULE HOLDER TOP PLATE4 1 SC .3 CAPSULE HOLDER WELDMENT3 ASSEMBLY SC -2 CAPSULE RNSERT ASSEMBLY 2 SC .1 CAPSULE HIOLDER ASSEMBLY P0279 IBEREIELFATIO TO 45 .D535A5\* "4-1 7F 5 THR..275 3XH RU-LK 5 WOE/BOOtlN SSAEIOUHRNB AT-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENEONLY SCALE: NONE oDETAIL SCALE: U11 P4415SIL$-2 635460-I 635460-B.B,m 5y T.RINOLADEBA MORREL IBRBB IB*4,92 O IDA I 0 c 9911 550 95115*1 8R PURDUE USIVERSITY TEST RESEARCH 4245 TRAINING REACTOR CAPSULE HOLDER AND CAPSULE INSERT ASSAMBUES AND DETAILA 1 I*'*PUJR- I SAR Appendix 3-72 ReP 2. July 23, 2015:_=='OF 3* -,^ b 31 '8 1 8 7 0 1 a 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D"4"4"1-3 ASSEMBLY SCALE: lt-02.6.0065 X45" 8 ESDETA (255)SECTION A-A SCALE LI SECTION B-B SCALE III B 20 14-4-000~1'4- ABC BVVB~I[0]-4 ASSEMBLY-8 ISOMETRIC ONL SCALE: NONE ADETAIL SCALE: il1 PUR-i SAR AppendLx 3-73 Roy 2, July 23. 201.5 D O1MF3 ow3.635461 1[0 I b 4 1 008032 U/t5 4 2 1 J, ,l Q"7 R 1 a -7 A 0-u-i C'1-2 ASSEMBLY SCALE: Oit 0110 IR 2.750 f-0 -01.040 -H01(.1O)C) DETAIL B C) DETAIL SCALE. 211 A-2 ISOMETRIC FIEFNENCE OLY PUR-1 SAR AppendLx 3-74 Re'," 2. July 23.2015 0 IO1MF3' ow-356 SCALE NONE PUR-i SAR Appendix 3-74 Rev 2. July 23. 2015 B / 'P 4 :3 2 8 7 4 3 2 1 4,.7 IV A 9 1 NOTES: 1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2. PROCURE. FABRICATE.
OR DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT.,167/-1 ASSEMBLYSEALE III-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLYSCALE: NONEi" WIEW AUCALE: DliVIEW C AUSCALE: A/l R7S4743NOTES:1. PROCURE.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SP-32.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC-SJA2 APPENDSX B. USING ITEM B WEhLD F'iLLER METAL).A. ALL CORNER AND FILLET RADII .232 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4CRITICAL INTERFACE DRMENSIONS SHALL RE ADHERED TO,/~VERIFY ULAR CAVITY AND SLOT SIZE WITH GO-NO-GO DAUGE. DIV PROVIDED GO-NO-GO GAUGE SHALL SLIDE FREE LY THIROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FOR ALL SLOTS WITHOUTY HANG-UP. STICKING.
TABRRCATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.
OR DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT.REMOVED PRIOR REV HISTORY IO 4SEE ECR-55V8)R72/0 REVIVED DIMENSIONS BSl D.---.---.J, m-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE-1, ASSEMBLY IsHOw-3 ASSEMBLY (SIMILR)AR AR SC WELDFILLERMETAL ER4043 AWEANS) BS 1 -T* SOUIRCE DRIVE NOZZLE MK RMASU-ASSEMBLY MK RM656-I "' -H NOZZLE MANE FROGM B3SAHT-3 B IINCONTAINER MN RMBNS-1 N1 -TUNE ASSEMBLY MK RM656*SCS3.OURCE DRIVE CONTAINER3 S -3 ASSEMBLY3-2 REMOVED2 S -, GRAPHITE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY14--HASN AG)5ANN-IA5NI NEAGA* S!"EN T. VINNOLA PUDUE UNIVERSAITY HAHN) S, NORRELL TEST RESEARCH ANAD TRAINING REACTOR5)3.1 N. GIGISAM GRAPHITE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY ISSAA E N AWJAN A. AND SOURCE DRIVE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY rnAO 3 OENNWA)P)NANLSNAV)NS t'NCE'P SAD6354621M3ISW VIEW A SCALE: FUR-I1 SAR Appendix 3-75 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 VIEW B.1.I b 9 4/b 4:J 8 I 7 I I4 I I 2 I NOTES: I I I I..1. REMOVE ALL. BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.SE c.583720 2. PROCURE. FABRICATE.
ASSEMRLY IDENTFIfCATION PER SPECIFICATION SPO-3E2.3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2 I 1SEE DAR-514751 REVINIONS 440REVl04100 I EFECTNEATE REVISED THE DESCRIPTION SF RTEM 3 /471SEE DAR-5UH425  
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATTON SPC-382, SEE ECR.652525 811507 I/3ALL GROOVE LOCATIONING DIMENSIONS ARE *8802 AND TOLERANCE SHALL NOT SE ACCUMULATIHE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIES.
/402CHANGED MATERIAL ITEM 7 4AUD.4 1 F-1 ASSEMBLYSCALE: 1,1BMACHINE SCREW, FLAT HD,A CAPHILUIPS, TOO 316 SST OR3U4 SOT 7UNC-2A 0172 LU __1 8 35461.2 CAPSULE INSERT ASSEMBLY1 635451.1 CAPSULE HOLDERHASSEMBLVY 1 63S462-I GRAPHITE CONTAINER3 ASSEMBLYDC -1 IRRADIATION FACILITY ASSEMELY I-1 SAFETI PART OB IIOAIELtISERE UHIE RIE,/PECFECATEH ITEIT. EIEqNTEMTI ECAET.,'P' URAE,.SRMA o..510011(1SFTI-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONEFINALNEXT 05TN400 B EASlN U. MORRELL PURDUE UNt~fERSITY ETORiroOR TNAN OLOHAM TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTORTOOT , NTA U 0 004C so IRRADIATION FACILITY ASSEMBLY.. ...... ..... 1M owG.635460 N EBOTI 505051 1FAPI16.1 C AD Ann,.HSiY 3-71 A.RT I/O/Rh 101IS~TI F STBACUB/OE 7 6 4 2 1 S2EU32876'P42,1 SD8032  
8SEER53R L+/-WELD PREP AS NECESSARY.
-712432I1I P 4, I.I.,ll I REASONSREV STATESNOTES:1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGSES.2. pROCURE.
FABRICATE.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SP0-322 APPENDIX R. USING ITEM 17 {WE LD FILLER METAL).4.ALL CORNER AND FILLET OTIIERISSE NOTED.ITITI1IREV IDESl.ETSj REVISED TOLERANCES ONl ITEM1%o?I I ..............
IDI-_(2.755)...........................
J-O SEE DETAIL3 SEE ASSC-1 ASSEMBLYSCALE IllAR AR AR AR SC ELILRMTL ER4043 AWDA5AD 17AR SC BAR. 01/)2 ASTM B211 INAL SON61.TNST AR SC 0114 ASTM B2TT ISAL 6021-T05 1AR SC 002101t18 ASTM B211 14ALBAAI. TB51AR SC TUBING, 1 TI8OD X D05 WALL 12AL. DEI-TE ASTM B21DAR SC WALL IlALBAA61.TB ASTM 82121 C 10 PLGpLATE, 1127115 ASTM BUS IDAL 661 T-5I SC -B CAPSULE UPPER TUBE BAR, 01 31 ASTM 8211 9t S -8 CAPSUIE HOLDER TOP PLATE. I THE ASTI, BUSS 8tSC -7 CAPSULE BOTTOM PLATE. 54114TK P.574 8209 71 5 35405-2 GRAPHT CAPSULE HOLDER SSC *4 CAPSULE HOLDER TOP PLATE41 SC .3 CAPSULE HOLDER WELDMENT3 ASSEMBLYSC -2 CAPSULE RNSERT ASSEMBLY 2SC .1 CAPSULE HIOLDER ASSEMBLYP0279 IBEREIELFATIO TO45 .D535A5\* "4-1 7F 5 THR..2753XH RU-LK5WOE/BOOtlN SSAEIOUHRNB AT-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENEONLY SCALE: NONEoDETAILSCALE: U11P4415SIL$
-2 635460-I 635460-B.B,m 5y T.RINOLADEBA MORRELIBRBB IB*4,92 O IDA I0 c 9911 55095115*1 8RPURDUE USIVERSITY TEST RESEARCH 4245 TRAINING REACTORCAPSULE HOLDER AND CAPSULE INSERTASSAMBUES AND DETAILA1 I*'*PUJR- I SAR Appendix 3-72 ReP 2. July 23, 2015:_=='OF 3* -,^ b 31 '8 18701 a7654321D"4"4"1-3 ASSEMBLYSCALE: lt-02.6.0065 X45"8 ESDETA(255)SECTION A-ASCALE LISECTION B-BSCALE IIIB20 14-4-000~1'4- ABCBVVB~I[0]-4 ASSEMBLY-8 ISOMETRIC ONLSCALE: NONEADETAILSCALE: il1PUR-i SAR AppendLx 3-73 Roy 2, July 23. 201.5D O1MF3 ow3.635461 1[0 I b 4 1 008032U/t5421 J, ,lQ"7R1a -7 A0-u-iC'1-2 ASSEMBLYSCALE: Oit0110 IR2.750f-0 -01.040 -H01(.1O)
C) DETAILBC) DETAILSCALE. 211A-2 ISOMETRIC FIEFNENCE OLYPUR-1 SAR AppendLx 3-74 Re'," 2. July 23.20150 IO1MF3' ow-356SCALE NONE PUR-i SAR Appendix 3-74 Rev 2. July 23. 2015B / 'P 4 :3 2874321 4,.7IVA91NOTES:1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2. PROCURE.
FABRICATE.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SP-32.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC-SJA2 APPENDSX B. USING ITEM B WEhLD F'iLLER METAL).A. ALL CORNER AND FILLET RADII .232 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4CRITICAL INTERFACE DRMENSIONS SHALL RE ADHERED TO,/~VERIFY ULAR CAVITY AND SLOT SIZE WITH GO-NO-GO DAUGE. DIV PROVIDEDGO-NO-GO GAUGE SHALL SLIDE FREE LY THIROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (ORSLOT) LENGTH FOR ALL SLOTS WITHOUTY HANG-UP.
STICKING.
OR DISENGAGEMENT FROMSLOT.REMOVED PRIOR REV HISTORY IO4SEE ECR-55V8)R72/0 REVIVED DIMENSIONS BSlD.---.---.
J, m-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLYSCALE: NONE-1, ASSEMBLY IsHOw-3 ASSEMBLY (SIMILR)AR AR SC WELDFILLERMETAL ER4043 AWEANS) BS1 -T* SOUIRCE DRIVE NOZZLE MK RMASU-ASSEMBLY MK RM656-I "' -H NOZZLE MANE FROGM B3SAHT-3 BIINCONTAINER MN RMBNS-1 N1 -TUNE ASSEMBLY MK RM656*SCS3.OURCE DRIVE CONTAINER3 S -3 ASSEMBLY3
-2 REMOVED2S -, GRAPHITE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY14--HASN AG)5ANN-IA5NINEAGA* S!"EN T. VINNOLA PUDUE UNIVERSAITY HAHN) S, NORRELL TEST RESEARCH ANAD TRAINING REACTOR5)3.1 N. GIGISAM GRAPHITE CONTAINER ASSEMBLYISSAA E N AWJAN A. AND SOURCE DRIVE CONTAINER ASSEMBLYrnAO 3 OENNWA)P)NANLSNAV)NS t'NCE'PSAD6354621M3ISW VIEW ASCALE: FUR-I1 SAR Appendix 3-75 Rev 2, July 23, 2015VIEW B.1.I b 9 4/b4:J 8 I 7 I I4 I I 2 INOTES: I I I I..1. REMOVE ALL. BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.SE c.5837202. PROCURE.
FABRICATE.
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATTON SPC-382, SEE ECR.652525 811507I/3ALL GROOVE LOCATIONING DIMENSIONS ARE *8802 AND TOLERANCE SHALLNOT SE ACCUMULATIHE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIES.
8SEER53RL+/-WELD PREP AS NECESSARY.
5.REMOVEDD
5.REMOVEDD
/Z\TOLERANCE XXX 1.041-2RV8X.005 MAD 255722 .28_D -.1883 CZ-:2.AA cm.]oE0 .-.8 (Cm TNDR IEPLT HE O LTjBT 211C ETILL8THND8HW  
/Z\TOLERANCE XXX 1.041-2RV8X.005 MAD 2557 22 .28_D -.1883 CZ-:2.AA cm.]oE0 .-.8 (Cm TNDR IEPLT HE O LTjBT 211 C ETILL8THND8HW  
-0 EMVE 1-2284 __ __H__ET-1DEAI 098 N________-__PARPT__L,-E AT ~ -.84 __ ____ ___.21 ,, *622STANDARD SIDE PLATE SHEET OR PLATE ATMB2SC -1 ERGT SAND ALNIT 85361221T6 G DEALETADSHSRI-IT REMOVES ID-3 GTOrRLSDETAIL RIGHTE ANS06 OPOSTE) SCMB21 -5 SPCRPLATED 82417(I) UT ASTIM 8209 5uSLEFT HND5Al.8881-T 1-C 635STANDARD SIDE PDLN E.MEETEOR PLATE ANSVER 8221*6 3548 R/ LEFTDU HANDT RESEARC1.DTP8 GRfC-.3 REMOVED548 o~&#xa2;CONTROLSII 5 PLT SETDPAE STI 2213 21IREMOVED 7 4 9D6-C) DETAIL LEFT HANI SO VsowlDETAIL rnGHTIIANO(oPPosITE PUR- I SAR Appendix 3-77 Rev' 2, July 23, 2015I : &L. I 2i ZI- 2 1 Seib/00Z I.0fl.010J/-> 040045I/ .00420 4( 2260.9451242xx20 .,77.1701 2 1.3155.DETAILI //I nlnl l00.T 3400270F OX .255fo20 .25045 -'2~I. _______ I40, 2.0100)DETAILPUR-i SAR Appendix 1-70 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 1a"7R'I,2tI f I V I v * ! V I I iD-.355AL(TOP) (BOTTOM}A-AE PARALLEL WITHIN .005-11 ISOMETRIC ONLSCALE: NONECBA) DETAIL/ASCALE: 111OUR-I OAR Appendix 3-79 Rev 2, July 23, 2015D OJMF3 00S~ 63 46 6EA3EE ROTED OE0f l 0I .'"PR I ' i2. .../I::).Z,Z O"7'S55',,A5-111111 7NOTES:1. REMOVE Alt BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND WNSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3BZ.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3B2 APPENDIX B USING ITEM 8 (WELD FILLER METALI.A ALL CORNER AND FILLET RADII .230 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.S. REMOVEDATOLERANCE:
-0 EMVE 1-2284 __ __H__ET-1DEAI 098 N________-__PARPT__L,-E AT ~ -.84 __ ____ ___.21 ,, *622STANDARD SIDE PLATE SHEET OR PLATE ATMB2 SC -1 ERGT SAND ALNIT 85361221T6 G DEALETADSHSRI-IT REMOVES ID-3 GTOrRLSDETAIL RIGHTE ANS06 OPOSTE) SCMB21 -5 SPCRPLATED 82417 (I) UT ASTIM 8209 5uS LEFT HND5Al.8881-T 1-C 635STANDARD SIDE PDLN E.MEETEOR PLATE ANSVER 8221*6 3548 R/ LEFTDU HANDT RESEARC1.DTP8 GRfC-.3 REMOVED548 o~&#xa2;CONTROLSII 5 PLT SETDPAE STI 2213 21IREMOVED 7 4 9 D 6-C) DETAIL LEFT HANI SO VsowlDETAIL rnGHTIIANO(oPPosITE PUR- I SAR Appendix 3-77 Rev' 2, July 23, 2015 I : &L. I 2 i ZI- 2 1 Seib/0 0 Z I.0fl.010 J/-> 040045 I/ .004 20 4( 2 260.945 124 2xx 20 .,77.1 701 2 1.315 5.DETAIL I //I nlnl l 00.T 34 00270 F OX .255 fo 20 .25045 -'2~I. _______ I 40, 2.010 0)DETAIL PUR-i SAR Appendix 1-70 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 1 a"7 R'I, 2 tI f I V I v * ! V I I i D-.355 AL (TOP) (BOTTOM}A-A E PARALLEL WITHIN .005-11 ISOMETRIC ONL SCALE: NONE C B A) DETAIL/A SCALE: 111 OUR-I OAR Appendix 3-79 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 D OJMF3 00S~ 63 46 6 EA3EE ROTED OE 0f l 0I .'"PR I ' i2. .../I::).Z, Z O"7'S 55',, A 5-1 11111 7 NOTES: 1. REMOVE Alt BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND WNSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3BZ.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3B2 APPENDIX B USING ITEM 8 (WELD FILLER METALI.A ALL CORNER AND FILLET RADII .230 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.S. REMOVED ATOLERANCE:
A. IIAXCERNE I IR H NID FCNTIE0UE SY53.A-LL1LLLIZLIJREVXTATU 12~ ~ FSREVISED TITLE; REVISED ITEM 3; ADDED NOTE A;ADDED SHEET 2 & 3; ADDED ITEM 2:SEE DAR-SSBA4VX 1/TAX?7TOTALLY REVISED SHEET 2C REMOVE D CHAMFER 440FROM DETAIL U. ADDED RADIUJS DIMENSION TO AlSITEM 3, REMOVED MOTE S. SEE DAR-D14751 3SEE ECX-551R72 T/2/07ADDED NOTE 7.ID-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NOSESE .... SEE DETAIL(SSSTU = II2.i.IS .13..B1313 SEE DETAIL E1I~CI (2.5531-1 ASSEMBLYSALE: /1SR SC WELS FILLER METAL ER 4543 AWS A5.10 8_WOVEN WIRE CLOTH.SLUSC -V MESH TN16 B6MESH PER NACH, BAL ASTM E 2UISSC -3 NOZZLE PITEUMINA1Y MACHINED ALRXST. T6 ORAL 60A1-TN511 OR 3AL NXNI-TS5l SC -2 SOURCE DRIVE TOP AP L RUST-TENTf ASTM B20XASC -I SOURCE DRIVE NOZZLEASSEMBLY-T I/ST PAETISH NA'TURI.PXGCEEAIB(
A. IIAXCERNE I IR H NID FCNTIE0UE SY53.A-LL1LLLIZLIJREVXTATU 12~ ~ F SREVISED TITLE; REVISED ITEM 3; ADDED NOTE A;ADDED SHEET 2 & 3; ADDED ITEM 2: SEE DAR-SSBA4VX 1/TAX?7 TOTALLY REVISED SHEET 2C REMOVE D CHAMFER 440 FROM DETAIL U. ADDED RADIUJS DIMENSION TO AlS ITEM 3, REMOVED MOTE S. SEE DAR-D14751 3SEE ECX-551R72 T/2/07 ADDED NOTE 7.ID-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NOSE SE .... SEE DETAIL (SSSTU = I I2.i.IS .13..B 131 3 SEE DETAIL E1I~C I (2.5531-1 ASSEMBLY SALE: /1 SR SC WELS FILLER METAL ER 4543 AWS A5.10 8_WOVEN WIRE CLOTH.SLUSC -V MESH TN16 B6MESH PER NACH, B AL ASTM E 2UI SSC -3 NOZZLE PITEUMINA1Y MACHINED ALRXST. T6 ORAL 60A1-TN511 OR 3 AL NXNI-TS5l SC -2 SOURCE DRIVE TOP AP L RUST-TENTf ASTM B20XA SC -I SOURCE DRIVE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY-T I/ST PAETISH NA'TURI.PXGCEEAIB( I7512 CVI. REBFIPITIC UHSSCXVER XEHRANNE I 2mi.7 PM IS UST-XN1 635TART EBBIa y 5 REOUENTRH.
I7512CVI. REBFIPITIC UHSSCXVER XEHRANNE I2mi.7PM IS UST-XN1 635TARTEBBIa y 5 REOUENTRH.
T. AINMOLAAXSIVIN D. MORRELL gqITIR DRAWN AS.LHAt IcL oEAV I PURDUE UNIVERISITY TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR SOURCE DRIVE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY AND SOURCE DRT/E TOP n
T. AINMOLAAXSIVIN D. MORRELLgqITIR DRAWN AS.LHAt IcL oEAV IPURDUE UNIVERISITY TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTORSOURCE DRIVE NOZZLE ASSEMBLYAND SOURCE DRT/E TOPn
] 4 IA O) DETAIL SCALE: 1It 0DETAIL SCALE; lit ruE- I TAIlS A[T~ERUIX 55V WET 1. IXJ~ 1.1, ~AIT APREARRA I I~EC~X~EIDIART j 1 c 1 1 8 NOTES SUET 1 OF 3 B / B A'S 4 1 SURESA 8 7 (5 ,1=4 7 R "7 4 D X11/4-28 UNF *.381, .375 (FOP){8OTTOMA)C t 2.52*, 01 _" [ '-2 ISOMETRIC REFERENC.'E 084,V SCALE: NONE T 2 2 ~.... :_/t (.25).-2X .219.284 B OX ROE'C) ETAIL L/\A PUJR- I 04AR Appendix 3-81 Rev 2. July 23. 2015 SSF41. NOTED 2 d 3 2+ '5/0 0 q.Z 7 4 1 7 N17I II D-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONE B 0 DETAIL/A A PUR- 1 SAR Appendix 3-82 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 D OJMF3 owci-635467 4 nolAn a ti / b 9 4 1 ..... I 0-- 9/b b 4 1 NOTES: 1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SI-ARP EDGES.2. PROCURE, FABRICATE.
] 4IAO) DETAILSCALE: 1It0DETAILSCALE; litruE- I TAIlS A[T~ERUIX 55V WET 1. IXJ~ 1.1, ~AIT APREARRA I I~EC~X~EIDIART j1c118 NOTES SUET 1 OF 3B / B A'S 4 1 SURESA87(5,1=4 7 R "7 4DX11/4-28 UNF *.381, .375(FOP){8OTTOMA)
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.A AILLCORNER AND FILLET RADII D030 UN LESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4. REMOVED ,/ TOLERANCE:
Ct 2.52*, 01 _" [ '-2 ISOMETRIC REFERENC.'E 084,VSCALE: NONET22 ~.... :_/t (.25).-2X .219.284BOX ROE'C) ETAIL L/\APUJR- I 04AR Appendix 3-81 Rev 2. July 23. 2015SSF41. NOTED 2d 3 2+ '5/00q.Z 7417 N17I IID-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONEB0 DETAIL/AAPUR- 1 SAR Appendix 3-82 Rev 2, July 23, 2015D OJMF3 owci-635467 4nolAn ati / b 9 4 1 ..... I 0-- 9/bb41 NOTES:1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SI-ARP EDGES.2. PROCURE, FABRICATE.
.0031 ABA5-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE NONE o DETAILA PUR-l SAR Appendix 3-83 Rev 2, Jully 23, 2015 7 ,1, A, 0 O"t 0 D X1)4-28 UNF.- 3B 7.375 (TOP) (BOTTOM)-2 ISOMETRIC SCALE: NONE-- 2X .07 B C) DETAIL A\SCALE: 11 PUR- I SAP. Appendix 3-84 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 O OJMF3 owe.635468 4 8A~EE NOTED EEl 2 I 1 S08183 A-a T -, "r 'I 0 2}}
AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.A AILLCORNER AND FILLET RADII D030 UN LESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4. REMOVED,/ TOLERANCE:
.0031 ABA5-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLYSCALE NONEo DETAILAPUR-l SAR Appendix 3-83 Rev 2, Jully 23, 2015 7,1,A,0O"t0DX1)4-28 UNF.- 3B 7.375(TOP) (BOTTOM)-2 ISOMETRIC SCALE: NONE-- 2X .07BC) DETAIL A\SCALE: 11PUR- I SAP. Appendix 3-84 Rev 2, July 23, 2015O OJMF3 owe.635468 48A~EE NOTED EEl 2I 1 S08183A-a T -, "r 'I02}}

Revision as of 01:12, 9 July 2018

Purdue University - Request for Additional Information Regarding the Purdue University Reactor License Renewal Application (TAC No. ME1594), Responses to Letter Dated August 29, 2014 (ML14115A221). Part 5 of 5
ML15210A288
Person / Time
Site: Purdue University
Issue date: 07/24/2015
From: Bean R S
Purdue University
To: Montgomery C K
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML15210A279 List:
References
TAC ME1594
Download: ML15210A288 (101)


Text

APPENDIX 2: NATCON INFORMATION Hot Channel Factors in the NATCON Code Version 1.0 The NATOON code version 1.0 [Ref. ANL/RERTR/TM-12]

uses three hot channel factors (FQ, FW, FH). Using the source code and documentation, the factor FH used in NATCON is found to be the same as the factor FNUSLT used by E. E. Feldman. Table 1 shows the tolerances and uncertainties included in each of the six hot channel factors used by E. E. Feldman. The correspondence between the NATCON hot channel factors and E. E. Feldman's six hot channel factors is as follows.Feldman's Hot Channel FactorNC CNInu Variable System-wide Factors: FFLOW a factor to account for the uncertainty in total reactor flow FPOWER a factor to account for the uncertainty in total reactor power FNUSLT a factor to account for the uncertainty in Nu number correlation FW (approximately)

FQ FH Local Factors: FBULK a hot channel factor for local bulk coolant temperature rise FFILM a hot channel factor for local temperature rise across the coolant film FFLUX a hot channel factor for local heat flux from cladding surface FBULK (new input)FFILM (new input)FFLUX (new input)Hot Channel Factors in the NATCON Code Version 2.0 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-1 PUR- SARAppndix2-1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Sections 2.1 and 2.2 develop, for laminar natural convection, two thermal-hydraulic relationships that are used in section 2.3 to obtain formulas for the hot channel factors from user-supplied manufacturing tolerances and measurement uncertainties.

The results of section 2.3 are summarized here for convenience.

The first three are local/random hot channel factors, and the last three are system-wide.

An example of the use of these hot channel factors is given in section 4, with NATCON running instructions in section 3, and the new input description in section 5.FBULK- 1 +j{(1 + u)2a+ (1+ u 2)2+-r-:U1 +u62 FBULK is higher (conservative) if the temperature dependence of water viscosity is ignored.FFILM = 11u 1 2+/-+u 2 2+/-+u 3 2 +u 4 2+/-+u 5 2 FFLUX -- 1 2 +u 2 2+/-+u 3 2 +u4 FQ = 1 +u-FW = 1 + u 8 FH = 1 +- u 9 where ul= Fractional uncertainty in neiitronics calculation of power in a plate u2= Fractional uncertainty in U-235 mass per plate =Am/_M u3 Fractional uncertainty in local (at an axial position) fuel meat thickness u4= Fractional uncertainty in U-235 local (at an axial position) homogeneity u 5 = Fractional uncertainty in coolant channel thickness

= (tnc -thc) / tn u 6 = Fractional uncertainty in flow distribution among channels u7= Fractional uncertainty in reactor power measurement u8= Fractional uncertainty in flow due to uncertainty in friction factor Ug = Fractional uncertainty in convective heat transfer coefficient, or in the Nu number correlation M = Nominal mass of U-235 per plate, gram Am = Tolerance allowed in U-235 mass per plate, gram PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-2 PUR- SARAppndix2-2Rev 2, July 23, 2015 The code obtains, for an input nominal reactor power CPWR, a thermal-hydraulic solution using the three systematic hot channel factors FW, EQ and FH. If the user-input reactor power is zero, then the code itself chooses the nominal power from a series of power levels (10 kW, 100 kW, 200 kW, and so on increasing in steps of 100 kW). This thermal-hydraulic calculation is done for a hot plate power of CPWR*FQ*(Radial power peaking factor RPEAK)/(Total number of fuel plates in standard and control assemblies).

Also, the frictional resistance to flow is multiplied by FW 2 , and the convective heat transfer coefficient found for laminar flow in a rectangular channel is divided by FH. The random hot channel factors FBULK, FFILM and FFLUX are not used in this solution.Having obtained the above solution, the random hot channel factors FBULK, FFILM and FFLUX are applied to the temperatures obtained, using the following equations.

The temperatures calculated with all six hot channel factors are printed after the above solution.

The onset of nucleate boiling ratio, ONBR, is computed using the temperatures with all six hot channel factors applied (using the equation below). If the user-input nominal power is zero, then the last nominal power for which the code prints a solution is that at which the ONBR is 1.0.Ti,6hcf = To + (Ti- To)*FBULK Twalj,i,6hcf

= Ti,6hcf + (TwaiiUi-Ti)*FFILM Tmax,j,6hcf

= TwaII,i,6hcf

+ (Tmax~i -TwaIlU)*FFLUX where To = Bulk water temperature at the coolant channel inlet, i.e., the pool temperature,= Bulk water temperature in node i of the channel with only systematic hot channel factors applied, 00 Twai,i Cladding surface temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factors applied, °C Tmax,i =Fuel meat centerline temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factors applied, °C TI,6hof = Bulk water temperature in node i of the channel with all six hot channel factors,°C TwaII,i,6hcf

= Cladding surface temperature in node i with all six hot channel factors, 0C Tmax,i,6hcf

= Fuel meat centerline temperature in node i with all six hot channel factors, C T~o, = Incipient boiling temperature in node i with only systematic hot channel factors applied, C PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-3 PuR- SARAppndix2-3Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Flow Rate in a Coolant Channel versus Power of a Fuel Plate NATCON is a laminar natural circulation code. The flow rate is calculated in the code by balancing the buoyancy pressure force to the laminar friction pressure drop. Following this concept, an analytical relationship is developed here (with some approximation) for the coolant flow rate in a single coolant channel in terms of the power generated in a fuel plate and the channel geometrical dimensions.

The analytical relationship is needed for obtaining hot channel factors.The hot channel factor FW used in the code to account for the uncertainty in coolant flow rate is actually applied to the laminar friction factor in the code, that is, the laminar friction factor is multiplied by FW 2.It is not applied directly to the flow rate. The relationship developed here explains how this technique works.p 1 , T 1 at channel outlet IL = Channel height containing hot coolant (hotter than pool), m IP = Power in a single fuel plate or the two half plates, W IW=Upward flow rate in a single channel, kg/s po, To at channel inlet Schematic of what the code analyses, that is, a single rectangular coolant channel heated by a half of a fuel plate on each side (right and left sides).The above schematic shows what the code analyses, that is, a single rectangular coolant channel heated by a half of a fuel plate on each side (right and left sides). See Fig. 1 for details.The buoyancy pressure force is caused by the decrease in water density due to heating in the channel. The temperature dependence of water density can be written as ,p(T) =po -,p 0 ,8 (T -To )(I)where T1= Bulk water temperature at channel outlet, C AT = T 1-To = Temperature rise in channel from inlet to outlet, C PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-4 PUR- SARAppndix2-4Rev 2, July 23, 2015 p 0 = Water density at channel inlet, i.e., the water density in the pool, kg/rn 3 I? = Volumetric expansion coefficient of water, per C ,p = Average coolant density in the channel, kg/rn 3 L= Channel height that contains hotter coolant (hotter than pool), m. It is the sum of heat generating length of fuel plate, non-heat generating fuel plate length at top, and the assembly duct length above the top of fuel plate g = Acceleration due to gravity, 9.8 m/s 2 The buoyancy pressure force is given by BuoyancyAp

=(po -p)gL (2)The average coolant density p is given by p =O0.5 (po+p,) = p 0 -0.5,po /J(T 1 -To )= p 0 -0.5,O p 0 fAT (3)Buoyancy Ap = 0.5 p 0 ,/1 AT g L (4)The coolant temperature rise AT can be written in terms of the input power P generated in a fuel plate, as shown by Eq. (5) below, and then the buoyancy A p of Eq. (4) can be written in terms of the input power P, as shown by Eq. (6).AT = P/ (W Cp) (5)_ o 0/gLP BuoyancyAp

-WC(6)Ignoring the minor losses at channel inlet and outlet, the laminar frictional pressure drop in the channel is written below as Eq. (9) after using the laminar friction factor given by Eq. (7), and after replacing the coolant velOcity by mass flow rate using Eq. (8). The parameter C in Eq. (7)is a constant for a given channel cross section, but it depends upon the channel cross section aspect ratio width/thickness, and varies from 57 for aspect ratio 1.0 (square channel) to 96 for an infinite aspect ratio (infinitely wide channel).f =C /Re (7)W= pAV (8)PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-5 PUR- SARAppndix2-5Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Fritioal _ p 2 = C 4 ULcW(9 Fritioal P 2D 2 p AD 2 9 where f -Moody friction factor for laminar flow in the channel Re -Reynolds number in the channel = ,oVD/,u A = Flow area of the channel cross section, m 2 D = Equivalent hydraulic diameter of the channel cross section, m Lc = Total coolant channel length causing frictional pressure drop, m.V = Coolant velocity averaged over the channel cross section, m/s W = Coolant mass flow rate in the channel, kg/s 11 = Average coolant dynamic viscosity in the channel, N-s/rn 2/u (T) = Temperature-dependent dynamic viscosity of water, N-s/rn 2/-Uo =1 , (To) = Coolant dynamic viscosity at the channel inlet temperature To For the PUR-1 reactor, the temperature dependence of the dynamic viscosity of water over the temperature range 27 00 < T < 50 °0 can be approximated as follows.pz(T)= ,p(To) (1+T-T)0)- (10)where a = 0.12, To = 2700C, , ( To) = 0.875x10 -3 N-s/in 2 The average coolant dynamic viscosity ,p used in Eq. (9) can be set equal to the viscosity at the average coolant temperature (To + 0.5AT) in the channel. Putting this temperature in Eq.(10), the average viscosity ,u is found to be= ,p(To) (1 +0.5AT)0-. (11 )Equation (11) indicates that the average viscosity 41 can be set equal to ,p ( To) if AT is just a few 00 (this is the case for the PUR-1 reactor at the operating power of 1 kW). If AT is greater than a few 00, i.e., 1 <<0.5AT (this is the case for the PUR-1 reactor at an ONB power of about 100 kW), then Eq. (11) simplifies to the following.

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-6 PUR- SARAppndix2-6Rev 2, July 23, 20i5

,u= ,u ( To) (0.5AT)-0 i T 2 0 1a if AT >> 2 °C (12a)/1 u /u(To) if AT<<2 °C (12b)Substituting Eq. (12a) into Eq. (9), the frictional Ap becomes Frictional Ap =

C'U°LcW (-'W-p' (13)21-a p AD 2 21-° 7 AD 2\ /-, P Equating the frictional A p of Eq. (13) to the buoyancy A p of Eq. (6) to find the steady-state coolant flow rate W in the channel, one obtains Eq. (14) below. Equation (14) can be rewritten as Eq. (15).P 0 flgLP-_ C 'u-----°L-W--

(-W " (14)2WCp 21-a p AD 2 )W -+ p 0 poAD 2 /3 gLPl+a 15 2' CltoLc 15 Equation (15) relates the fuel plate power to the channel flow rate in natural circulation.

It is used to find the dependence of the flow rate on the parameter C in the laminar friction factor (at constant power). All parameters in this equation are constant is also practically constant)except the parameter C in the laminar friction factor. Based on Eq.(15), the relationship between the flow rate W and the parameter C is given by Eq. (16) below.Wcc I (16)Equation (16) shows that the friction factor parameter C is multiplied by a factor (FW)2 , the 2 coolant flow rate W will be reduced by the factor (FW)2+a,. This has been verified by actually running the NATCON code for the PUR-1 reactor. Since a is small (a = 0.12 for the PUR-1 reactor), 21(2+a) is nearly 1.0, and the flow rate W is reduced approximately by the factor FW.Bulk Coolant Temperature Rise versus Power of a Fuel Plate Equation (5) expresses, for laminar natural circulation, the bulk coolant temperature rise in terms of fuel plate power, coolant flow rate and specific heat. Putting the value of flow rate obtained in Eq. (15) into Eq. (5), the bulk coolant temperature rise is given by Eq. (17) below, purely in terms of power and the geometrical dimensions of the channel. The right hand side of Eq. (17) is rearranged into two factors in Eq. (18), such that the second factor is sensitive to power and channel geometrical dimensions that usually have manufacturing tolerances and PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-7 PUR- SARAppndix2-7Rev 2, July 23, 2015 measurement uncertainties, and the first factor is insensitive to power and channel geometrical dimensions.

AT =::" 2;Q ---j2÷ (17)'AT[C~p~po/gL .A (18)The nominal flow area and hydraulic diameter of a rectangular coolant channel are given by A = tnc Wn (1 9)P w= 2 (tnc + W ~c) (20)D = 4 A/ P~, = 2 tnc Who / (tnc + Wnc) (21)where to = Channel thickness (spacing between fuel plates), m to = Nominal channel thickness (spacing between fuel plates), m thc = Minimum channel thickness in hot channel (spacing between fuel plates), m Wc =Channel width, assumed not to change from its nominal value, m Pw = Wetted perimeter of the nominal channel, m Pc = Power generated in a fuel plate, without applying manufacturing tolerances, W Phc = Power generated in a fuel plate, after applying manufacturing tolerances, W Because the channel thickness to, is much smaller than the channel width Wc in most experimental reactors, Eq. (21) reduces to o 2 tc, (22)Using the channel area and hydraulic diameter given by Eqs. (19) and (22) into Eq. (18), the bulk coolant temperature rise can be written in terms of power, channel thickness, and channel width. This is the desired relationship for use in finding hot channel factors.PUR-1 SAP, Appendix 2-8 PUR- SARAppndix2-8Rev 2, July 23, 2015

-- --CfOL -7_- 1 (23)C 4w~t 3 Formulas for Hot Channel Factors For use in the NATCON version 2.0, six hot channel factors (three global/systemic and three local/random) are obtained from 9 manufacturing tolerances and measurement uncertainties u 1 , u=,..., u 9 that are defined below. These are fractional uncertainties rather than percent. Of these nine uncertainties, those affecting a particular hot channel factor are indicated in Table 1. The systemic hot channel factors are given by Eqs. (24) through (26), and the random hot channel factors are given by Eqs. (27) through (29). A utility Fortran computer program NATCON_HCF and a Microsoft spreadsheet NATCON.HotChanFactors.xls have also been developed to compute the hot channel factors using these formulas.EQ = 1 + u 7 (24)FW =1 + u 8 (25)FH = 1 + u 9 (26)The ratio of the power generated in hot plate to its nominal power, caused by the uncertainties in neutronics-computed power and in U-235 mass per plate, can be written as Ph...._c (1 +u 1)(1+/-+u 2) (27)nPo The ratio of bulk coolant temperature rise in hot channel to the temperature rise in the nominal Channel, caused by the uncertainties in neutronics-computed power, U-235 mass per plate, and channel thickness, is obtained from Eq. (23). Only the quantity in the second parentheses is important here because the quantity in the first parentheses is insensitive to these uncertainties.

~h 1 (28)The uncertainty in flow distribution is assumed to reduce the channel flow to (1- U 6) times the flow without this uncertainty, and therefore the bulk coolant temperature rise is increased by the factor (1+ u 6). This uncertainty in bulk coolant temperature rise is statistically combined with that given by Eq. (28) to obtain the following formula for the hot channel factor FBULK for input to the NATOON version 2.0.FBULK= 1 +,

1. -1+u2 (29)PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-9 PuR- SARAppndix2-9Rev 2, July 23, 2015 The temperature drop across coolant film on the cladding surface at an axial location is given by Eq. (30). Here the heat flux q" (W/m 2) on the cladding surface is replaced by tf q'"/2 in terms of the volumetric power density q"'" (W/m 3) in the fuel meat.Aflh 2h (0 The convective heat transfer coefficient h (W/m 2-C) is given by Eq. (31). Here the laminar Nusselt number Nu is independent of flow rate, and varies only slowly with the aspect ratio (width/thickness) of coolant channel. The main variation of the heat transfer coefficient with channel thickness is due to the denominator of Eq. (31). The numerator of Eq. (31) is considered to be constant.h -NKc°° -N"IKC°°! (31)D 2tc Using Eq. (31) for the heat transfer coefficient, the temperature drop across coolant film can be written as Eq. (32).fil~m -Nco (32)Equation (32) states that ATift,~ is directly proportional to the fuel meat thickness (having uncertainty u 3), the channel thickness (having uncertainty u 5), and the power density in meat.The uncertainty in power density is caused by three uncertainties, that is, u 1 , u 2 and u 4.Statistically combining these five uncertainties gives the following formula for the hot channel factor FFILM for input to the NATCON version 2.0.FFILM =1+4Ul2+/-+u 2 2+/-+u 3 2+/-u-/4 5 2 (33)The uncertainty in the heat flux at the cladding surface is included in the hot channel factor FFILM given by Eq. (33). A hot channel factor FFLUX for the heat flux alone can be found from Eq. (34) for heat flux in terms of the power density q"'" in the fuel meat and the thickness of the meat. The fractional uncertainty in heat flux is the sum of fractional uncertainties in power density and meat thickness, as given by Eq. (35).q" t- (34)2 Sq"_ Sq '" Ste__ +/- fe (35)q,, q,, tfuel In Eq. (35), the uncertainty in power density is caused by three uncertainties, that is, u 1 , u 2 and u 4.The uncertainty in the meat thickness is given by u 3.Statistically combining these four uncertainties gives the following formula for the hot channel factor FFLUX for input to the NATCON version 2.0.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-10 PUR- SARAppedix

-10Rev 2, July 23, 2015 FFLUX= 1+ u 12+//2 -+/-u 3 2+u 4 2 (6 (36)The uncertainty in the temperature drop ATmetal from fuel meat centerline to cladding surface is not important in the case of the PUR-1 reactor because ATmetai is very small compared to ATritm.For example, ATmetai is 0.05 00 and ATfilm is 34.5 00 at 100 kW without any hot channel factors.Table A2-1. Uncertainties Included in the Six Hot Channel Factors Used in NATCON Version 2.0 (X implies that an uncertainty affects a hot channel factor)Uncertainty Fraction FQ FW {FH FBULK FFILM FFLUX Local or random uncertainties I Neutronics calculation ofXXX power in a plate, u 1 2 U-235 mass per plate, u 2 X X X 3 Local fuel meat thickness,XX u 3 4 U-235 axial homogeneity,XX 5 Coolant channel thickness,XX u 5 6 Flow distribution amongXX channels, u 6 System-wide uncertainties 7 Reactor power measurement uncertainty, X 8 Flow uncertainty due to X___uncertainty in friction_____

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-11 PUR- SARAppedix

-1 1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 factor, u 8 9 Heat transfer coefficient uncertainty due to uncertainty in Nu number correlation, u 9 The following information was presented as answers to Requests for Additional Information (RAIs) during the conversion process. This information is not presented in the SAR chapters on thermal hydraulics.

Question 28 28. Appendix 1. From the information in Appendix 1 it is not clear how insignificant are the channel inlet and outlet losses when compared to the wall shear. Please clarify.Response: The information in Appendix 1 was used only to obtain hot channel factors for input to a more detailed thermal-hydraulic calculation using the NATCON code [Ref. 8 of the conversion proposal].

Therefore, Appendix 1 is a simplified modeling of what is calculated in detail in NATCON, and it is used only for the purpose of obtaining closed-form equations from which hot channel factors could be found. Appendix 1 does not include the minor losses. The minor losses calculated by NATCON are reported below, and found to be about 16% of the total frictional pressure drop in the HEU core, and 14% of the total frictional pressure drop in the LEU core (see Table 027-1 ).The pressure drop due to inlet and outlet losses were calculated (by the NATCON code) using loss coefficients of 0.5 and 1.0 respectively.

The pressure drop due to wall shear along the channel length is found by summing the pressure drop for each axial mesh which is calculated using temperature-dependent coolant viscosity and density for the axial mesh (14 mesh intervals were used over the channel length in all calculations).

The pressure drops are calculated by NATCON assuming fully developed laminar flow in a rectangular cross-section channel, and then multiplied by a factor FW 2 (FW squared) where FW is an input which may be used to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminar flow. In the calculations presented in the conversion proposal, FW was always set to 1.0, and thus the increased pressure drop due to developing laminar flow was not included.

It is included in the calculations presented here (Table 027-1). The method used is described below.For the most limiting fuel plate in Table 4-27 of the conversion proposal for each core (HEU and LEU), a comparison of the pressure drops due to inlet plus outlet loss and wall shear, with and without the effect of developing laminar flow, are tabulated in Table 027-1.NATCON calculates the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor f = C/Re for laminar flow, using a built-in table of the parameter C for different aspect ratios of the rectangular channel cross section PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-12 PUR- SARAppedix

-12Rev 2, July 23, 2015 (values of parameter C are given in the response to Question number 29). An apparent value of the parameter C averaged over the channel length, called Capp, was calculated using Eq. (576)of Shah and London [Ref. 2 listed at the end of all responses]

to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel. The ratio Capp/C was found to be 1.1105 for the 207 mil HEU channel, 1.0985 for the 197 mil LEU channel. Since the NATOON code multiplies the fully developed friction factor by FW 2 as mentioned above, the input FW equals 1.054 and 1.048 for the HEU and LEU channels respectively.

NATCON calculations were done using these values of FW, and the pressure drops due to inlet plus outlet loss and wall shear are compared in Table Q27-1 (column B for the HEU channel, and column F for the LEU channel).Table Q27-1 shows that the pressure drops due to wall shear and minor losses are 84% and 16%, respectively, of the total pressure drop in the HEU channel at its ONB power; and the pressure drops due to wall shear and inlet plus outlet loss are 86% and 14%, respectively, of the total pressure drop in the LEU channel at its ONB power.Question 29 29. Appendix 1. From the information in Appendix 1 it is not clear what is the functional dependency of the laminar friction parameter C to the channel cross-section dimensions.

Provide a reference for the evaluation of C.Response: The following values (rows 1 and 2 of Table Q29-1) of the parameter C for fully developed laminar flow in a channel of rectangular cross section versus the width-to-thickness aspect ratio (Wc/tc) of the channel are used in the NATCON code that was used in the thermal-hydraulics calculations.

The table starts from the square cross section (aspect ratio = 1.0) and goes to the infinite value of the aspect ratio (parallel plates). In order to find the parameter C for the aspect ratio of the PUR-1 reactor, the NATCON code simply interpolates between the tabulated values.The original author of the code obtained these values from an old Reference

[E. R. G. Eckert and T. F. Irvine, Heat Transfer Laboratory, University of Minnesota (1957)] but these values are also given in a textbook by Frank Incropera

[Ref. 3]. These values are obtained from the closed-form analytical solution for the fully developed laminar velocity distribution in a rectangular channel summarized by R. K. Shah and A. L. London [Ref. 2]. Equation (341) in [Ref. 2] is a fitted equation to easily find the parameter C. It should be noted that the aspect ratio used in[Ref. 2] is channel thickness-to-width ratio (the reciprocal of that used in NATOON and shown below in Table A2-2), and the friction factor in [Ref. 2] should be multiplied by 4 to get the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor that is used in NATCON and tabulated below.Table A2-2. Friction Parameter C Used in the NATCON Code wtc 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 11.0 15.0 18.0 100.0 C in 58.0 63.0 69.0 72.5 77.0 80.0 83.0 85.0 88.0 89.0 96.0 NATCON PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-13 PUR- SARAppedix

-13Rev 2, July 23, 2015 C in 57.0 62.0 69.0 73.0 82.0 96.0 Ref. 3 C in 56.9 62.2 68.4 72.9 76.3 79.5 82.4 85.6 88.1 89.3 94.7 Ref. 2 Question 30 30. Appendix 1. From the information in Appendix 1 in both the calculation of the channel flow and the calculation of the bulk coolant temperature rise the ratio of the coolant kinematic viscosity to density (pip) was assumed to be insensitive to temperature.

Please demonstrate the validity of this assumption.

Response: The information in Appendix 1 was used only to obtain hot channel factors for input to a more detailed thermal-hydraulic calculation using the NATCON code [Ref. 8 of the conversion proposal].

NATCON does account for the temperature dependence of coolant viscosity and density in the calculation of the channel flow and the calculation of the bulk coolant temperature rise. Therefore, Appendix 1 is a simplified modeling of what is calculated in detail in NATCON, for the purpose of obtaining closed-form equations from which hot channel factors could be found.As suggested in the question, water viscosity is temperature-dependent, i.e., it decreases with rising temperature.

Appendix 1 was revised to account for the effect of temperature dependence of viscosity on hot channel factors, and the revised Appendix 1 is enclosed herewith.

The temperature dependence of the dynamic viscosity of water over the temperature range 27 00 <T < 50 00 (adequate for the PUR-1 reactor) can be written as follows./()= /z(T 0) (1+T-T 0)-0 (Al)where a=0.12 To= 27 00 = Pool temperature of PUR-1 ,u ( To) = 0.875x10 -3 N-s/rn 2 ,p (T) = Temperature-dependent dynamic viscosity of water, N-s/in 2 As shown in the revised Appendix 1, the revised relationship between the flow rate W in a channel and the friction parameter C is given by Eq. (A2). The revised formula for hot channel factor FBULK for bulk coolant temperature rise is given by Eq. (A3).(A2 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-14 PuR- SARAppedix

-14Rev 2, July 23, 2015 FRUlLu )=+, (l+u 9)2+- lJ l -1} u (A3)The exponent on the right hand side of Eq. (A2) changed from 0.5 (in the conversion proposal ignoring temperature dependence of p) to the revised value 1/2.12 = 0.4717. There exponents in Eq. (A3) for EBULK also changed, e.g., from 3/2 to 3/2.12 =1.415. As a result of this revision, the hot channel factor FBULK decreased from 1.312 (in the conversion proposal) to 1.301 for the most limiting fuel plate 262 in the HEU core. Similarly, FBULK decreased from 1.321 (in the conversion proposal) to 1.308 for the most limiting fuel plate 1348 in the LEU core. The effect of ignoring the temperature dependence of viscosity is conservative.

NATCON calculations were done with these revised values of EBULK along with a value of FW> 1.0 to account for the increased friction due to developing laminar flow (in response to Question number 33). The results are shown in Table Q27-1 (column C for the HEU core, and column G for the LEU core).As a consequence of the two effects (i.e., increased friction due to developing laminar flow and the temperature dependence of viscosity) on hot channel factors FW and EBULK, the ONB power of the HEU core changes from 76.3 kW (reported in the conversion proposal) to 75.9 kW, and the ONB power of the LEU core changes from 96.1 kW (reported in the conversion proposal) to 95.8 kW. The effect is small for the PUR-1 reactor.Question 32 32. Appendix 1. Equation (30) has two terms and the conversion proposal states that the expression within the parenthesis on the right hand side of the equation varies slowly compared to the heat flux tfuel q'"/2. Demonstrate the validity of the statement with reference to the PUR-1 fuel plate.Response: Equation (30) of Appendix 1 is for finding a hot channel factor for the temperature drop from the meat mid-plane to cladding surface (ATmetai).

This temperature drop is very small compared to the temperature drop from the cladding surface to bulk coolant (ATflrn).

For example, in the PUR-1 HEU fuel plate 262 without hot channel factors, Ammetai iS 0.07 °C and ATfi~m is 46.98 °C (at meat mid-height) at a high power of 100 kW. Similarly, in the PUR-1 LEU fuel plate 1348 without hot channel factors, Ammetai is 0.05 °C and ATfi m is 34.5 °C at a power of 100 kW.Therefore, the hot channel factor for Ammetai iS not important for PUR-1. The important hot channel factor is the factor FFILM for ATf, m. In the case of PUR-1, ATtim is the bigger component (bigger than the bulk coolant temperature rise) in the total temperature rise from the inlet temperature to the cladding surface temperature at the axial level experiencing the onset of nucleate boiling. The hot channel factor FFILM found by Eq. (29) of Appendix 1 in the conversion proposal remains unchanged.

It depends on the uncertainties in q'"tfuel and channel thickness (as shown in Eq. 28), but not on the uncertainty in [tfuel/(4 KfueI) + tcdad/Kclad].

In short, PUR-1 is not limited by the fuel peak temperature, but by the onset of nucleate boiling, and the uncertainty in [tfuel/(4 KfueI) + tclad/Kclad]

is not important for PUR-1. We believe that the hot channel factor FFILM has been determined accurately.

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-15 PUR- SARAppedix

-15Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Question 33 33. Section 4.7.2. According to Appendix 1 the systematic uncertainty in flow rate is accounted for by applying the hot channel factor Fw to the laminar friction factor C. Explain the reason for the value of the flow friction factor Fw being unity in Tables 4-25 and 4-26.Response: As suggested in the question, a value of FW (hot channel factor for flow) greater than 1.0 should be used to account for the increased frictional pressure drop due to the hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the entrance region of the coolant channel, otherwise the code (NATCON) accounts only for the fully developed frictional pressure drop. This has been done now and the results are presented in Table Q27-1. Since each coolant channel creates its own buoyancy to drive its own coolant flow, there is no uncertainty due to redistribution of a total reactor flow rate. The loss coefficients of 0.5 and 1.0 at channel inlet and outlet are used in the calculations.

To account for the reduction in flow rate due to the hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel, the values of FW were calculated for the most limiting channels in the HEU and LEU cores as follows.NATOON calculates the Darcy-Weisbach friction factor f = C/Re using a built-in table of the parameter C for different aspect ratios of the rectangular channel cross section (values of parameter C are given in the answer to Question number 29). These values of parameter C are for the fully developed laminar flow in a rectangular cross-section channel. An apparent value of the parameter C averaged over the channel length, called Capp, was calculated using Eq. (576)of Shah and London [Ref. 2] to account for the increased pressure drop due to hydrodynamically developing laminar flow in the channel. The ratio Capp/C was found to be 1.1105 for the 207 rail HEU channel, and 1.0985 for the 197 mil LEU channel. Since the NATCON code multiplies the fully developed frictional factor by FW 2 , the input FW equals 1.054 and 1.048 for the HEU and LEU channels respectively.

The flow reduction factor is input factor FW or more accurately FW 2/(2+a) FW°'9 4 3 4 (noting that a = 0.12 for the PUR-1 reactor as mentioned in the revised Appendix 1 enclosed herewith).

The results of using these values of FW in NATCON calculations (excluding the effect of temperature dependence of p on hot channel factors) are shown in Table Q27-1. The ONB power of the HEU core changes to 75.8 kW from 76.3 kW reported in the conversion proposal.The ONB power of the LEU core changes to 95.7 kW from 96.1 kW reported in the conversion proposal.The channel flow indeed gets reduced by the factor FW 0" 9 4 3 4 as expected.

For the HEU plate 262, the flow reduces from 0.02083 kg/s to 0.01 989 kg/s (see Table Q27-1) when the input hot channel factor FW is changed from 1.0 to 1.054. The expected reduced flow should be 0.02083/(1.054)0"9434

= 0.01982 kg/s which is close to the NATCON-calculated value of 0.01 989 kg/s. For the LEU plate 1348, the flow reduces from 0.01 912 kg/s to 0.01834 kg/s (see Table Q27-1) when the input FW is changed from 1.0 to 1.048. The expected reduced flow should be 0.01 912/(1 .048)0.9434

= 0.01 829 kg/s which is close to the NATCON-calculated value of 0.01834 kg/s.Question 36 36. Table 4-28. Define the parameter "margin to incipient boiling." PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-16 PuR- SARAppedix

-16Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Response: The margin to incipient boiling shown in Table 4-28 was calculated at the nominal operating power of PUR-1 (i.e., 1 kW), and it is the smallest value of the temperature difference (ToNg -Tw) over the coolant channel length in the hottest channel where Tw is cladding surface temperature with all hot channel factors applied, and TONB is the local onset-of-nucleate-boiling temperature.

This basically gives an idea of how far below the onset of nucleate boiling condition the reactor is operating.

This definition can be written as an equation as follows: where T(z) = Bulk coolant temperature at axial position z in the channel heated by the plate power of PopFr EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors for flow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fh Twani(Z) = Cladding surface temperature at axial position z in the channel heated by a plate power of Pop~r EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors for flow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fh q"(z) = Heat flux at position z for the plate power of Pop~r EQ/N and applying the global hot channel factors for flow and Nusselt number of Fw and Fh p(z) = Absolute pressure in the channel at axial position z T~nop(p(z), q"(z)Fnux)

= Onset of nucleate boiling temperature at absolute pressure p(z) and heat flux q"(z)Fflux Pop = Operating power of the reactor (e.g., 1 kW for PUR-1)N = Number of fuel plates in the core (e.g., 190 for PUR-1 LEU core)To = Coolant temperature at the channel inlet Fr = RPEAK = Radial power factor of the plate cooled by the channel Fw = Hot channel factor for flow in the channel EQ = Hot channel factor for reactor power Fh =Hot channel factor for Nusselt number Fflrn = FFILM = Hot channel factor for temperature drop across the coolant film on cladding surface EFlux -FFLUX = Hot channel factor for heat flux FbuIk = FBULK = Hot channel factor for bulk coolant temperature rise in the channel PUR-1 SAR Appendix 2-17 PUR- SARAppedix

-17Rev 2, July 23, 2015 APPENDIX 3: FUEL SPECIFICATIONS Pages Appendix 3-2 through Appendix 3-62 are the specification document Specification for Purdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements -Assembled for the Purdue University Reactor, idaho National Laboratory, SPC-382, Rev 1, January 27, 2007..Pages Appendix 3-63 through Appendix 3-84 are engineering drawings of the PUR-1 fuei assemblies.

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-1 PuR- SARAppndix3-1Rev 2, July 23, 2015 Document ID: SPC-382 Revision ID: I Effective Date: 01/24/07 Specification Specification for Purdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements -Assem bled for the Purdue University Reactor Idaho National Laboratory The INL is a U.S. Department of Energy National Laboratory operated by Battelle Energy Alliance.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-2 FUR- SARAppndix3-2Rev

2. July 23, 2015 INTENTIONALLY BLANK PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-3 PUR- SARAppndix3-3Rev
2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 Idenifir:IPCa82r U-PUNRDUE FUNIERITY00 Ideniie.r:

ENGIE-RNG U N SI IMWDCNRLFESHO NIERN*ELEMENTS

-ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: i of ii PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR .CRe'. 09)Document Project File No. Revision 1. Identifier:

SPC-382 2. (optional):

________3.

No.: 1 Specification for Purdue University Standard and Control Fuel Elements -Assembled for the 4. Document Title: Purdue University Reactor Comments 5. : .All review and approval signatures for this specification are located on DAR Number 511249.* :SIGNATURES.

.........ii ,: 6. 7.i 8.Type or Printed Name JSignature Organization!

Signature I Code Date Discipline See DAR Number 506184.See DAR Number 511249.Document Control Release / .-.*9. Signature: ]' LE. o07 10. Is this a Construction Specification?

Yes [] No [] 11. NCR Related? Yes Lii No []Does document contain sensitive, unclassified information?

[] Yes [] No If Yes, what 12. category:

__________

13. Can document be externally distributed?

Yes [] No Li Area Index 14. Code: Area______

Type______

SSC ID)Review annually.

Cutoff when Record superseded, obsolete or Uniform File Disposition Retention cancelled.

Destroy 75 years 15. Code: 0250 16. Authority:

ENVl-b-4-a Period: after cutoff.17. For QA Records Classification Only: Lifetime [-i, Nonpermanent LI-, Permanent LI Item or activity to which the QA Records apply: _____________________________

Periodic Review Frequency:

N/A Li, 5 years [], or 18. Other___________________

____Nuclear Engineering Building [] 400 Central Drive ta West Lafayette, IN 47907-2017 PUR-I SAR (765) 494-5739 m Fax: (765) 494-9570 [] https:/lengineerin~dplj.N4E Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Ida ho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: ii of ii PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR INTENTIONALLY BLANK PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-5 PUR- SARAppndix3-5Rev

2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 1 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR[Purdue University Reactor [Specification

[ DAR Number: 511249 [REVISION LOG Rev. Date Affected Pages Revision Description 0 05/31/06 All New Document.1 0 1/24/07 All Revised to add Program Anneal requirements and_____ ________ ____________update Drawing Titles 1 4-I- + I I- 4 F + I.I. + I-PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-6 FUR- SARAppndix3-6Rev

2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 2 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR CONTENTS 1.

SUMMARY

...............................................................................................

5 1.1 General ..............................................................................................

5 2. APPLICABLE CODES, PROCEDURES, AND REFERENCES......................................

5 2.1 Standards, Specifications, Drawings and Attachments..........................................

5 2.1.1 Specifications and Standards

.........................................................

5 2.1.2 Drawings (INL)........................................................................

8 3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS..........................................................................

9 3.1 Production Qualification..................

.........................................................

9 3.1.1 Fuel Plate Qualification:

..............................................................

9 3.1.2 Fuel Element Qualification:.........................................................

10 3.1.3 Requalification:

......................................................................

10 3.1.4 Operator Qualification:...........................................

11 3.2 Materials

...........................................................................................

12 3.2.1 Fuel Bearing Plates ..................................................................

12 3.2.2 Aluminum Weld Filler Metal: ......................................................

12 3.2.3 Dummy (Non-Fueled)

Plate:........................................................

12 3.2.4 Material Requirements

..............................................................

13 3.3 Mechanical Requirements........................................................................

13 3.3.1 Fuel Plate Requirements

............................................................

13 3.3.2 Non-fueled (dummy) plates:........................................................

15 3.3.3 Fuel Element Requirements.........................................................

15 3.4 Physical Properties................................................................................

15 3.4.1 Fuel Plate Requirements

............................................................

15 3.5 Surface Condition

.................................................................................

17 3.5.1 Surface Defects ......................................................................

17 3.5.2 Cleanliness:

..........................................................................

17 3.5.3 Contamination:

.......................................................................

18 3.6 Marking............................................................................................

18 3.6.1 Fuel Plate Identification:

............................................................

18 3.6.2 Fuel Assembly Identification:.......................................................

18 3.6.3 Dummy Element Identification:

....................................................

19 3.7 Storage .............................................................................................

19 3.8 Fuel Element Surface Treatment

................................................................

19 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-7 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 3 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.8.1............................................................................................

19 3.8.2............................................................................................

20 3.8.3............................................................................................

20 3.9 Graphite Reflectors and Graphite Radiation Baskets ..........................................

20 3.9.1 Material:

..............................................................................

20 3.9.2 Assembly:.............................................................................

20 3.9.3 Welding: ..............................................................................

20 3.9.4 Identification:

........................................................................

20 3.9.5 Dimensional Inspection:.............................................................

21 3.9.6 Surface Finish and Defects: .........................................................

21 3.9.7 Storage: ...............................................................................

21 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE.................................................................................

21 4.1 Materials

...........................................................................................

22 4.2 Core Density.......................................................................................

22 4.3 Fuel Loading.......................................................................................

24 4.4 Fuel Homogeneity

................................................................................

24 4.5 Core Configuration................................................................................

26 4.6 Bond Integrity

.....................................................................................

26 4.6.1 Blister Anneal: .......................................................................

26 4.6.2 Ultrasonic Scanning:

................................................................

27 4.6.3 Metallographic Examination........................................................

27 4.7 Internal Defects ...................................................................................

27 4.8 Surface Finish and Defects.......................................................................

28 4.9 Clad-Core-Clad Dimensions.....................................................................

28 4.10 Cleanliness.........................................................................................

29 4.11 Contamination.....................................................................................

29 4.12 Dimensional

.......................................................................................

29 4.12.1 Final Dimensional Inspection.......................................................

29 4.13 Reactor Components and Spare Fuel Element Parts...........................................

29 5. PACKAGING AND SHIPPING..........................................................................

30 6. NOTES ......................................................................................................

30 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-8 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY

!Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 4 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 6.1 Definitions.........................................................................................

30 6.2 Purchaser Tests....................................................................................

33 6.3 Submittals..........................................................................................

33 6.3.1 Preproduction:........................................................................

33 6.3.2 Pre-repair:.............................................................................

34 6.3.3 Manufacturing Schedule:

...........................................................

34 6.3.4 Delivery Submittals:

.................................................................

34 6.3.5 Fuel Plate Radiographs:.............................................................

35 6.3.6 Core Compact Data Sheets: .........................................................

35 6.3.7 Report of Production by Unapproved Process:....................................

35 APPENDIX A ......................................................................................................

37 APPENDIX B......................................................................................................

39 FIGURES 1. Purdue University Fuel Plate Sampling Procedures For Destructive Tests.......................

36 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-9 PUR- SARAppndix3-9Rev

2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 5 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1.

SUMMARY

1.1 General This specification (see def.) defines the materials, components, testing, inspection, certain processes, quality control (see def.) requirements and acceptance criteria for the fabrication of standard and control fuel elements (see def.) and fuel element containers for the Purdue University Reactor at Purdue University at West Lafayette, Indiana.2. APPLICABLE CODES, PROCEDURES, AND REFERENCES 2.1 Standards, Specifications, Drawings and Attachments The applicable portions of the following documents as defined herein, form a part of this specification.

Where there is a conflict between the documents cited and the latest revision thereof, the supplier (see def.) shall notify the purchaser (see def.) of the conflict and use the latest revision in effect at the signing of the contract, unless otherwise directed by the purchaser.

2.1 .1 Specifications and Standards National Codes and Standards ASTM E 1742-00 ASTM E 1417-99 MIL-C-45 662 RDT F6-2T American Society for Testing ASTM B 209-00 ASTM B 210-04 ASTM B 211-00 ASTM B 214-99 ASTM B 221-00 Standard Practice for Radiograph Examination Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination Calibration System Requirements Welding of Reactor Core Components, Sections 1,2,3 and 6 and Materials (ASTM)Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod and Wire Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Granular Metal Powders Standard Specification for Aluminum PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-10 2 uy2,21 2. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 6 of 5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wires, Profiles and Tubes ASTM B 24 1-02 ASTM E 8-00 ASTM E 29-93 a (1999)ASTM E 2016-99 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube Methods of Tension Testing of Metallic Materials Recommended Practice for Indicating Which Places of Figures are to be Considered Significant in Specified Limiting Values Standard Specification for Industrial Woven Wire Cloth American Welding Society (AWS')AWS A5.10-1995 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Welding Rod and Bare Electrodes American National Standards Institute (ANSI)ANSI B46.1-1994 Surface Texture ANSI Y14.5-1994 Dimensioning and Tolerancing for Engineering Drawings American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)ASME Section V -2001, without addendum ASME Section IX -2001 ASME NQA- 1-1997 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-11 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 7 of 5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Idaho National Laboratory (INL)TRTR- 11 TRTR- 14 IN-F-4-TRA STD 7022A Specification for Low Enriched Uranium Metal in Test Reactor Fuel Specification for Reactor Grade Low Enriched Uranium Silicide Fuel Powder Specification for Aluminum Powder for Matrix Material in Test Reactor Fuel Cleanliness Acceptance Levels for Nuclear or Non-Nuclear Service Components American Society for Nondestructive Test (ASNT)SNT-TC-lA (1996 or later) American Society For Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Recommended Practice PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-12 2 uy2,21 2. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 8 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2.1.2 Drawings (JNL)635454 635455 635456 635457 635458 635459 635460 635461 635462 635463 635464 635465 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Graphite Reflector Assembly and Source Drive Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Standard Fuel, Partial,& Dummy Element Assemblies Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Control Fuel Element Assembly and Dummy Control Fuel Element Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Fission Chamber Fuel Element Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Standard Fuel Container Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Control Fuel Container Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Irradiation Facility Assembly Purdue University Test Research and.Training Reactor Capsule Holder and Capsule Insert Assemblies and Details Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Graphite Container Assembly, and Source Drive Container Assembly Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Fuel Plate Assembly and Dummy Fuel Plate Detail Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Container Tube Assembly and Details Purdue University Test Research and PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-13 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1of5 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 9of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Training Reactor Graphite Block Detail And Graphite Capsule Holder Detail 635466 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Miscellaneous Details 635467 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Source Drive Nozzle Assembly and Source Drive Top 635468 Purdue University Test Research and Training Reactor Nozzle Preliminary Machined and Fission Chamber Top 3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Production Qualification The supplier is required to qualify the processes or portions of the process or be exempt from same by written approval of the purchaser.

In qualifcation (see def.), only materials that comply with this specification shall be used.Qualification processes, equipment, and operator qualificationltraining programs shall be identical to those used during production (see def.). To qualify, the supplier must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, that the process is capable of producing a product, which satisfies all the requirements of the specifications.

Assembly of production fuel elements shall not be initiated until: (1) all required data, to assure compliance with the qualification requirements, has been submitted to the purchaser; (2) data and records required by Section 6.3 have been submitted; and (3) written approval of qualification has been received by the supplier from the purchaser.

3.1.1 Fuel Plate Qualification:

Fuel plate (see def.) qualification shall be satisfied by supplier production of a minimum of two consecutively produced plate lots (see def.), in lot quantities of 24 plates (see def.). The plates shall be made using low enriched uranium in the form of Silicide (see def.) powder, which have a yield of no less than 65% acceptable fuel plates meeting all applicable requirements of this specification.

The supplier may combine the results of two consecutive lots into a production run in determining the 65% yield requirement provided that there have been no changes in the manufacturing (see def.) procedure (see def.) between lots which would require requalifcation (see def.) in accordance with Section 3.1.3.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-14 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 10of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR In the event that fuel plate qualification has been performed by the supplier meeting all the requirements of this specification during the past twelve months, and qualified operators are performing the fabrication, fuel plate qualification requirements listed above will be waived.Fuel plates made in development (see def.) (prior to and including qualification runs that fail to meet the 65% yield requirements) will not be used in fabricating production fuel elements without prior approval of the purchaser.

3.1.2 Fuel Element Qualification:

The supplier shall fabricate 1 dummy standard fuel element assembly (see def.), which shall meet the requirements of this specification.

3.1.3 Requalification

The supplier shall notify the purchaser of any proposed process change.A changed process may not be used in production until the supplier has met all the requirements of Section 3.1.3, submits the results and data of the requalification effort, and receives written approval from the purchaser.

Requalification for any fuel plate attribute to the requirements of the specification will be required when the processes, materials, fuel loadings, equipment or equipment operators (welding and rolling) which have been previously qualified are changed, unless the supplier can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the purchaser by engineering explanation or proof test that such changes will have no detrimental effect on the product.Requalification for compacting, pack (see def.) assembly, and rolling mill operators can be less than qualification basis, since the procedure has already been established.

Candidate operators who are not qualified for compacting operations, pack assembly operations, and hot/cold rolling mill operations must demonstrate their abilities in performing the individual operations they are assigned.An operator must qualify by processing two lots of fuel plates with minimum lot size of 24, for the operation he is assigned to qualify, before performing any production operation independently.

Each lot of fuel plates shall be processed through final inspection, with a minimum yield rate of 90% acceptable fuel plates required for the operator to be termed qualified.

PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-15 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 11of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR NOTE: Failure of an operator to qualify', because of fuel piate deviations, must be based on deviations related to the operation being qualified.

The purchaser on a case-by-case basis will determine the quantities and sizes of requali~fication fuel plates selected to be destructively examined.3.1.4 Operator Qualification:

Operator qualification will be accomplished via an approved supplier internal qualification program for the following operations:

A. Arc melting B. Compacting C. Pack assembly D. Hot rolling B. Cold rolling F. Final machining.

3.1.4.1 In addition to the operations specified above, the supplier shall also show evidence of the training and competency of those individuals who perform any of the following fuel element fabrication and inspection activities:

A. Powder sieving, weighing, and testing B. Compact weighing, visual and dimensional inspection C. Fuel plate/element and component cleaning D. Fuel plate annealing operations B. Dimensional inspection of plates, elements, and subcomponents F. Metallographic sample preparation and inspection

0. Visual inspection of plates, elements, and subcomponents H. Void volume inspection I. Fluoroscope inspection of fuel plates PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-16 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 12 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR J. Radiography and inspection of fuel plate radiographs K. Ultrasonic testing and interpretation.

The individuals performing these operations shall have specific requirements imposed on them that will demonstrate their knowledge and ability to perform their respective assignments.

Documented evidence of the training of these individuals shall be maintained and shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.3.2 Materials The material requirements for the components comprising the fuel element are as specified on Drawings per Section 2.1.2 and requirements of this section.3.2.1 Fuel Bearin2 Plates 3.2.1.1 Fuel Cores: The fuel cores (see def.) of the fuel plates shall be uranium silicide powder dispersed in aluminum alloy powder which meet the requirements of IN.-F-4-TRA and TRTR- 14, per Section 2.1.1 of this specification.

3.2.1.2 Frames and Covers: Aluminum for the frames and cover plates shall conform to ASTM B209, Alloy 606 1-0. The aluminum plate stock used for frame and cover plates shall be certified by the supplier to contain less than 30 PPM boron, 80 PPM cadmium, and 80 PPM lithium.The subcontractor shall furnish certified physical properties and chemical analyses of ingots or plates of the 6061 materials to INL.3.2.2 Aluminum Weld Filler Metal: All aluminum weld filler metal shall be ER4043 as required by Specification AWS A5.10-1995.

3.2.3 Dummy (Non-Fueled)

Plate: Dummy (non-fueled) plates (see def.) shall be fabricated from aluminum Type 6061-0, that meets the requirements of Section 3.2.1.2.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-17 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTSuRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 13 of 57 3.2.4 Material Reqiuirements All material used or contained in the product shall comply with all the requirements of this specification and Drawings per Section 2.1.2 unless exempted by written document by the purchaser.

3.3 Mechanical Requirements 3.3.1 Fuel Plate Requirements 3.3.1.1 Fabrication:

The supplier shall furnish the details of his fuel plate rolling schedule and component cleaning process to the purchaser for approval prior to use in production per 6.3.1.Compacting details shall include silicide -aluminum compacting pressure and compacting press dwell time.After hot rolling, each fuel plate shall be blister annealed per Section 4.6.1 and then cold rolled to final thickness at room temperature.

After cold rolling operation, the fuel plates shall be subjected to program annealing.

The rolling schedule shall contain, at a minimum, the following:

A. Nominal plate reduction B. Minimum number of hot roll passes C. Nominal inter-pass reduction and target thickness D. Hot rolling furnace temperature E. Preheat time for all hot roll passes F. Final hot roll plate thickness G. Type and frequency of roll lubricant utilized H. Nominal cold roll reduction.

I. Final cold roll thickness.

Fuel plate cladding (see def.) thickness required by Section 3.3.1.4 and fuel core homogeneity requirements of Section 4.4 are independent requirements that must be met.PUR-I SAR Appendix 3-18 PUR- SARAppedix

-152. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 14 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.3.1.2 Core Configuration:

No fuel particles are allowed within the fuel free zones located at the ends of the plates as shown on Drawing 635463.The nominally unfueled area of each fuel plate as defined by Drawing 635463 may contain random fuel particles defined as flaking and limited in size, location, and spacing per this Section, as determined by Section 4.5.The presence of fuel particles detected between the maximum fuel core outline and fuel plate edges and ends is allowed provided they do not violate the following restrictions:

-One or more fuel particles, which fit in a rectangle whose area is not more than 4x1 0-4 in 2 is acceptable AND-The fuel particle(s) are no closer than 0.080 in. to any other particle edge to edge AND-No particle is closer to the plate edge or end than the major dimension of the particle.Stray fuel particles (see def.) that violate the above requirements may be removed from fuel plate edges by filing, provided the following:

-The filed out area is no deeper into the edge of the plate than 0.050 in., no longer than 0.250 in.AND Each filed area is at least 1.0 in. apart 3.3.1.3 Filing of fuel plate ends, for the removal of stray particles, is not allowed, unless previously approved by the purchaser.

Internal Defects and Bond Integrity:

Metallurgical bond, as determined by Section 4.6 is required at interface areas of the finished fuel plates, specifically fuel core-to-clad and clad-to-frame.

The presence of grain growth across the fuel PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-19 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 15 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR matrix-cladding interface and across the aluminum frame-cladding interface of at least 50% is required.

Fuel core defects in excess of 0.06 in. in any dimension as determined by Section 4.7 are not allowed.3.3.1.4 Cladding Thickness:

During production, all plates will be subjected to UT mmn-clad inspection.

The standard will be calibrated at the nominal 0.008-inch scan depth. The gage will then be adjusted to a 0.010 inch scanning depth and the fuel plates will be scanned at 0.0 10 inch. Fuel plate UT traces, which display mmi-clad indications at the 0.010-inch depth, shall be visually compared with the 0.008-inch Standard trace. Fuel plates for which the UT reports show a comparable density of indications, or worse, than the indications displayed on the standard UT report are unacceptable.

Fuel plates, which fail the 0.010-inch UT scan, shall be rescanned at 0.008 inch. Only fuel plates which are acceptable when rescanned at 0.008 inch shall be submitted to the Purchaser and User for evaluation.

3.3.2 Non-fueled (dummy) plates: The supplier shall use a cold rolling method to obtain plate thickness.

Non-fueled (dummy) plates shall be subjected to program anneal.3.3.3 Fuel Element Reqiuirements 3.3.3.1 Weldinp: All welding shall be performed using procedures and welding personnel qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX or the criteria defined in Appendix B. Quality acceptance of production welds shall be in accordance with Appendix B, Section 5.3.4 Physical Properties Fuel plates shall have a core of U 3 Si 2 and aluminum and completed fuel plates and fuel elements shall have fuel loadings per Sections 3.4.1.2, and 3.4.1.5.3.4.1 Fuel Plate Requirements 3.4.1.1 Fuel Core: The fuel core shall consist of 19.75 "0.2 weight% enriched uranium silicide powder dispersed in aluminum powder. The uranium silicide powder shall be -100, +325 U.S. standard mesh particles.

However, a blend may PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-20 2 uy2,21 2. July 23,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 16 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR contain up to 35 weight percent of -325 U.S. standard mesh particles.

Any powder particles greater than 100 mesh particles shall be reground such that they will go thru the 100 mesh sieve. The fuel core shall be fabricated according to standard powder-metallurgical and roll-bonding techniques.

The supplier shall provide to the purchaser, a written procedure for pack assembly and the initial rolling step which describes the method used to prevent excessive oxidation that causes non-bond of fuel core to the cladding.3.4.1.2 Fuel Loading: By using the approved supplier's method of assigning U-23 5 content, per a detailed description as to the weighing procedure by which the supplier proposes to assign fuel plate U-235 content. Each fuel plate shall contain 12.5 "0.35 grams U-235. The weight of each core shall be measured and recorded to within 0.01 gram U-235 based upon weight of the final compact and chemical and isotopic analysis of the constituents.

3.4.1.3 Fuel Homogeneity:

Fuel homogeneity requirements are located in section 4.4.3.4.1.4 Void Volume: In the qualification process, all fuel plates shall be inspected for void volume using the method described in Section 4.2. The percent voids in the fuel cores of all fuel plates shall be determined by the inspection procedure developed by the supplier.

The percent voids in the fuel cores shall be at least 3.0% and not more than 11.0%.3.4.1.5 Fuel Element Requirements 3.4.1.6 Fuel Loading: Assigned fuel loading for each fuel element shall be 175.006-4.90 grams of U-235. Each Control Fuel Element shall contain 100 grams of U-235. Control limits for the method used to measure this weight are established at the 95% confidence level for a significant population of measurements of a particular standard.

The U-235 enrichment shall be 19.75 '-0.2 weight % of total uranium per specification TRTR- 11.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~Appendix 3-212.Jl3,01

2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 17of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.5 Surface Condition Fuel plates and completed fuel elements must comply with the surface condition requirements of Section 3.5.1, 3.5.2, and 3.5.3 and drawings of Section 2.1.2, per ANSI B46. 1. Sanding, or any other finishing procedure that will smear the aluminum surface, will not be allowed on fuel plates unless approved by the purchaser.

3.5.1 Surface Defects 3.5.1.1 Compliance with surface finish and defect requirements shall be established by 100% visual inspection of all fuel plates and elements.

The surface of the finished fuel plates shall be smooth and free of gouges, scratches, pits, or removal of metal in excess of 0.005 inch in depth. Dents in the fuel plate shall not exceed 0.0 12 inch in depth or 0.25 inch in diameter.

If there is evidence of dogboning in the plates, surface defects in the dogbone (see def.) area shall not exceed 0.003 inch in depth. No degradation of the fuel plates beyond these limits shall be permitted.

3.5.1.2 Fuel Plates shall be free of stringiness, scabs, or cracks.Surface finish shall be as required by Drawing 635463.Compliance with requirements of this section shall be accomplished by visual inspection of all fuel plates and fuel elements.3.5.1.3 Defects on fuel plate edges or ends are permissible provided they are evaluated and acceptable to the requirements of Paragraph 3.3.1.2.3.5.1.4 Compliance with surface finish and defect requirements shall be established by 100% visual inspection of all fuel element containers.

Fuel element containers shall be free of surface defects such as pits, dents, or scratches in excess of 0.0 10 inch in depth and 0.12 inch in diameter or equivalent area.3.5.2 Cleanliness:

The suppliers fabrication, assembly, and storage areas used for the production of Purdue University fuel elements and/or components shall conform to the requirements of "controlled work area" (see def.) as defined in Paragraph 1.3.6 of INL Standard 7022A. Cleanliness shall be PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-22 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 4l2.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 18 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR in compliance with INL Standard 7022A, Paragraphs 1.1, 1.2.3, 3.1, 3.2-b, d, i, 3.3 -d, e, 4.1.3, 4.2, and 4.3. Freon shall not be used to clean fuel elements or components.

As determined by Section 4.10 of this specification, there shall be no foreign materials on the finished fuel plates or surfaces of the finished fuel elements.

All oil, metal chips, turnings, dusts, abrasives and spatter, scale, and other particles shall be removed from the fuel surfaces by procedures which assure that the minimum cladding thickness has not been violated.

All components shall be cleaned by a method approved by the purchaser.

3.5.3 Contamination

The surfaces of each fuel plate shall be counted or smeared and counted for alpha-beta-gamma contamination.

The alpha count shall be less than five dpm per 100 cm 2 , and the beta-gamma count shall be less than 200 dpm per 100 cm2.Each fuel element shall be smeared and counted for radioactive contamination.

The alpha count shall be less than five dpm per 100 cm 2 , and the beta-gamma count shall be less than 200 dpm per 100 cm2 3.6 Marking NOTE: All/fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers will be marked per this section.3.6.1 Fuel Plate Identification:

Each finished fuel plate shall be identified, as shown on Drawing 635463, by a combination of numbers and/or letters that will maintain positive identification relative to the complete traceability to the supplier fabrication history, including the basic material lots, heat or metal, manufacturing cycle, and quality control phases. The identification number shall be stamped, etched or vibro-peened at the location specified by Drawing 635463. The depth of the identification characters shall not exceed 0.010 in.3.6.2 Fuel Assembly Identification:

r Each fuel assembly shall have an identifying number such as 07-XX (07 signifying year of fabrication).

The number shall be placed on the container assembly as shown on Drawings 635455, 635456 and 635457.PUR-I EAR PUR-l SAR ~~~Appendix 3-23 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 19 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR The identification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved by the purchaser, with two inch block characters not in excess of 0.010 inches in depth. Standard assemblies should be labeled: E2, F2, G2, H2, F3, H3, E4, F4, G4, H4, F5, H5. Control assemblies should be labeled: E3, G3, and E5. The fission chamber assembly should be labeled as G5. The source assembly shall be labeled as C3. The spare Standard Assemblies should be labeled: SP-1, SP-2, SP-3. The spare Control Assembly should be labeled as SP-4.3.6.3 Dummy Element Identification:

The dummy standard fuel element assembly shall have the identifyring number DUM-1. The number shall be placed on the container assembly as shown on Drawing 635455. The identification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved by the purchaser, with two inch block characters not in excess of 0.010 inches in depth.3.7 Storage All fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers that have received final cleaning per Section 3.5.2 shall be protected in clean polyethylene containers or other containers approved by the purchaser while (1) awaiting final assembly, (2) being transferred into or being maintained in storage, or (3) being prepared for packaging or shipment.

Any material exposed to contamination shall be reinspected to the requirements of Section 3.5.3.8 Fuel Element Surface Treatment If boehnmite treatment is required during fuel element fabrication, the following shall apply. After fuel elements are assembled and inspected they shall be subjected to an environment that will cause an evenly distributed boehmite layer of 0.00006 to 0.0003 in. thickness (averaged over the surface using eddy current instrumentation) to form on all surfaces of the entire assembly.

The treatment process shall be performed under controlled conditions, which shall require the supplier to maintain a record of the thermal history of the autoclave.

The records shall include heat charts of recorded time and temperature.

Documented evidence of the controls placed on the autoclave shall be maintained by the supplier.3.8.1 After the boehmite process has been qualified, one fuel element from every 2n autoclave run shall be inspected following a procedure approved by the Purchaser.

PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-24 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 20of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.8.2 Each fuel element shall have a corresponding aluminum plate coupon, made from fuel plate end crops, placed near the fuel element during the boehmite formation process. The aluminum plate coupon shall be subjected to the same environment as the fuel elements and each coupon measured for boehmite thickness.

3.8.3 Fuel elements and aluminum plate coupons subjected to the boehmite formation process must be carefully handled to preclude scratches, dents, and gouges that would cause removal of boehmite.3.9 Graphite Reflectors and Graphite Radiation Baskets Graphite reflector assemblies (see def.) and irradiation facility assemblies (see def.) shall be fabricated as per requirements contained in this section and in drawings 635454, 635460, 635461, and 635465.3.9.1 Material: All materials used shall comply with all the requirements of this specification and applicable drawings.3.9.2 Assembly: The assembly of the graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall be as shown on the applicable drawings.3.9.3 Welding: All welding shall be performed using procedures and welding personnel qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX or the criteria defined in Appendix B. Quality acceptance of production welds shall be in accordance with Appendix B, Section 5.3.9.4 Identification:

The graphite reflector assemblies shall have identifying numbers such as GR-X placed on the side of the assembly as shown drawing 635454.The graphite reflector shall be labeled as follows: Dl, D2, D3, D4, D5, El, Fl, G1, Hl, I1, 12, 13, 14, and I5. The irradiation facility assemblies shall have identifying numbers such as IF-X placed on the side of the assembly as shown on drawing 635460. The irradiation facility assemblies shall be labeled as follows: D6, E6, F6, G6, H6, and 16. The identification shall be stamped or entered by a method approved by the purchaser, with two inch block not in excess of 0.0 10 inches in depth.PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~~Appendix 3-25 2 uy2,21 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTSuRU U VEST- ASSEMBLED ECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 21 of 57 3.9.5 Dimensional Inspection:

Verification of all external dimensions of the graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall be by 100%inspection, in accordance with drawings 635454 and 635460. All dimensions of this specification shall apply at a temperature of 75°F+/-5°" 3.9.6 Surface Finish and Defects: The graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall be free of surface defects such as pits, dents, scratches in excess of 0.010 inch deep and 0.12 inch diameter or equivalent area.3.9.7 Storage: All graphite reflector assemblies and irradiation facility assemblies shall have received final cleaning and shall be protected in clean polyethylene containers or other containers approved by the purchaser while (a) being transferred into storage, (b) being maintained in storage, or (c) being prepared for shipment or packaging.

4. QUALITY ASSURANCE The supplier shall document, implement, and maintain a quality program in compliance with ASME NQA-1-1997.

The supplier shall permit the purchaser to conduct pre-award and continuing evaluation of the Quality Program.Personnel performing NDE examinations, specifically radiographic, ultrasonic, liquid penetrant, and visual shall be certified to American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Number SNT-TC-1A and certification documentation shall be made available to the purchaser.

Unless otherwise specified, the supplier shall be responsible for the performance of all tests and inspections required prior to submission to the purchaser of any fuel element for acceptance.

Provided, however, that the performance of such tests and inspections is in addition to, and does not limit, the right of the purchaser to conduct such other tests and inspections as the purchaser deems necessary to assure that all fuel elements are in-conformance with all requirements of this specification.

Except as otherwise specified, the supplier may use for inspection purposes either his own or any commercial laboratory acceptable to the purchaser.

Records of all tests and examinations shall be kept complete PUR-1 SAR PUR-1 SAR ~~Appendix 3-262.Jl3,01

2. July 23, 2015 Forn 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 22 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR and available to the purchaser.

All test and measuring equipment shall be calibrated per the requirements of Standard MIL-C-45 662.The following applies to specified limits for requirements on core density per Section 3.4.1.1 and 4.2 and all dimensional requirements of this specification.

For purposes of determining conformance with this specification an observed value or a calculated value shall be rounded off to the nearest unit in the last right hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting value in accordance with the rounding-off method of the Recommended Practices for Designating Significant Places in Specified Limiting Values (ASTM E29).The supplier shall prepare for his use and the purchaser's approval an integrated manufacturing and inspection test plan. The plan shall include all manufacturing operations, equipment and tooling used, inspection requirements and gaging used, and mandatory hold points established by the purchaser.

Any materials or fuel element components that are fabricated using equipment, personnel, or processes that are not in accordance with approvals as previously granted by the purchaser are subject to rejection (see def.). A report of any such incident must be submitted in accordance with Section 6.3.7.Fuel element inspection for shipment or rejection will be made by the on-site purchaser's representative at the supplier's plant. Final fuel element acceptance will be made by the purchaser at the User's facility.4.1 Materials Compliance with the material requirements of Section 3.2 shall be established by supplier certification.

A "Certification of Chemical Analysis" or a certified mill test report shall be supplied to the purchaser for each lot of material used in the fabrication of fuel elements.

This certificate shall give the results of the chemical analysis for the material.

All fuel element materials shall be traceable.

4.2 Core Density The density of the fuel cores required in Section 3.4.1.3 shall be determined by the Archimedes principle.

During qualification of the fuel plate core void density required by Section 3.4.1.3 shall be determined on all qualification fuel plates submitted.

After the particular plate type has been qualified, 100% inspection for void density is not required for production lots of fuel plates. For production lots, three randomly selected fuel plates from each lot shall be inspected for void volume density. Should any one of these plates be discrepant, the entire lot must then be inspected for void volume density. If void density discrepancies appear regularly in the process, the purchaser may request 100% inspection.

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-27 PUR- SARAppedix

-27Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 23 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR The actual core volume shall be calculated by the following formula where: weight units are in grams and volumes in cubic centimeters.

PAL where: Vo immersion volume of fuel plate core Vp volume of fuel plate AL= density of aluminum used for fuel plate cladding 2.715 gins/cc Wp = weight of plate Wc = deburred weight of fuel plate core compact PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-28 PUR- SARAppedix

-28Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-3 82 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 24 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR The theoretical core volume shall be calculated by the following formulas:_ ( WU3Si2 + ( WA/1 Vet --pA---TJ where: Vct= calculated theoretical core volume WU 3 Si 2 = weight of U 3 Si 2 powder in core Wal weight of aluminum matrix powder in core pU 3 Si 2= density of U 3 Si 2 powder as measured PAl= density of aluminum powder used for core matrix= 2.710 gms/cc The void percent in the core shall be calculated using the following formula: V°%=v V-vCt(1 0 0 00)Vc where: V% = percent voids in the fuel plate core 4.3 Fuel Loading Verification of the fuel loading as specified in Section 3.4.1.2 shall be in conformance to the supplier's procedure required in Section 6.3.1.In order to determine compliance with the fuel density requirements of Section 4.4, the U-235 loading of the fuel plate, as determined in accordance with the procedures of Section 6.3.1, will be divided by the core volume (Vc) as calculated by the method described in the second paragraph of Section 4.2.4.4 Fuel Homogeneity Fuel core homogeneity requirements shall be complied with by a one-piece radiograph of all fuel plates from each fuel plate lot and evaluation of the radiograph by calibrated densitometer measurements.

Purchaser approved density standards may be used by the supplier.

Fuel plates and density standards shall be PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-29 FUR- SARAppedix

-29Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 25 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR exposed simultaneously.

Fuel plate density variations shall be determined by comparison of fuel plate areas to corresponding areas of the standard.All fuel plates shall be inspected for homogeneity.

Homogeneity of the fuel plate core shall be determined by radiograph film density measurements with a densitometer having a 0.080 inch aperture.When determining fuel core density from plate radiographs, the brighter the image on the radiograph, the more dense is the uranium and the lower the number indicated on the densitometer.

The darker the image on the radiograph, the less dense is the uranium and the larger the number indicated on the densitometer.

A+30% fuel core density and a +20% fuel core density is indicated by the densitometer readings in the suspect area being 30% or 20% lower than the average densitometer readings for all core locations.

A -30% or a -20% fuel core density is indicated by the densitometer readings in the suspect area being 30% or 20% higher than the average densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.

Any one-half inch diameter or greater spot in the plate fuel core area, other than the dogbone area shall not be less in fuel density than -20% of the average fuel density for all fuel core locations.

To determine the low density of a one-half inch diameter area, the film is maneuvered under the densitometer in the low-density area until the highest number possible is obtained on the densitometer.

This number is recorded.

Then four readings are taken one-fourth inch from this spot and symmetrical around it. The average of these five readings is compared to the average densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.

If density standards are used, the average densitometer readings of all fuel core locations will be replaced by the nominal density standard and comparisons will be determined between the suspect spot on the radiograph and the -30% and-20% standards.

For the +30% and +20% homogeneity overload inspection, compare the nominal density standard to the suspect area. In this case densitometer units from nominal of the fuel plate represent the following percentages:

-0.15 = +30%; -0.10 = +20%. Fuel plates exceeding these limits are discrepant.

For rectangular shaped, suspected discrepant areas that are evaluated to the one-half inch criteria, orient the four symmetrical readings such that worst case readings will be taken.Between the minimum and maximum permissible fuel core length boundary, fuel underload condition shall not be evaluated.

Any indication of un-alloyed uranium as determined by radiography shall be cause for rejection.

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-30 PUR1 SR Apenix -30Rev2. ,July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTSuRU U VEST- ASSEMBLEDRE oFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 26 of 57 Any 0.080 inch diameter spot in the fuel plate dogbone area (area within one inch of each fuel core end) shall not be greater in fuel density than +30% of the average fuel density for all core locations.

Any one-half inch diameter area in the dogbone area shall not be less in fuel density than -30% of the average fuel density for all fuel core locations.

The actual dogbone shall not be more than one-half inch in the longitudinal direction.

Other than the dogbone areas near ends of fuel core, any one-half inch diameter area shall not be greater in fuel density than +20% of the average fuel density for all fuel core locations.

To determine the high density of a one-half inch diameter area, the film is maneuvered under the densitometer in the high-density area until the lowest number possible is obtained on the densitometer.

This number is recorded.

Then four readings are taken one-fourth inch from this spot and symmetrically around it. The average of these five readings is compared to the average densitometer readings for all fuel core locations.

Unless otherwise specified, purchaser approval of all radiographs is required prior to assembly of fuel plates into elements.4.5 Core Configuration Each finish-cut flat fuel plate shall be radiographed in accordance with Appendix A and evaluated for compliance with Section 3.3.1.2.Visual radiograph inspections will be performed without magnification on a light table having a light intensity of 450 to 600 ft-candles at the table surface and the area darkened to give a light range of 5 to 15 ft-candles 18 in. above the light table with radiograph film in place on the table.4.6 Bond Integrity 4.6.1 Blister Anneal: After the fuel plate has been hot rolled, it shall be heated to 900 0 F+13 0 F, held at that temperature for a period of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, -15 minutes, +30 minutes, removed from furnace, and allowed to air cool.Any blisters, in the fuel core region larger than a 0.060 in. diameter or any blister in the frame region of the fuel plate larger than 0.120 in. diameter shall result in rejection of the associated fuel plate. A maximum of two blisters less than 0.060 in. diameter is allowed in the fuel core area, provided they are more than 0.25 0 in. apart. A maximum of two blisters in any of the four sides of the picture frame (see def.)(a maximum of eight)region smaller than 0.120 in. can be tolerated providing that no blister is PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-31 PUR- SARAppedix

-31Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 27 of 57 PURDUE UNhIVERSITY REACTOR any closer to the plate edge or end or to another blister than the major dimension of the blister and no blister is closer to the plate edge or end than 0.050 inch. When there is question as to size or location of the blisters, the acceptance or rejection of the plate shall be determined in the ultrasonic inspection of Section 4.6.2.4.6.2 Ultrasonic Scanning: The finished fuel plate area shall be ultrasonically inspected in compliance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section V, Article 5, Paragraphs T-ll0, T-5 10, T-520, T-521, T-522-a, b, c, e, g, i, j, k, 1, o, T-523, T-523-1, and T-534. Any indication of discontinuity in the fuel core region equivalent to that indicated by a 0.060 in. diameter standard or any indication of a discontinuity in the frame region of the fuel plate equivalent to that indicated by a 0.120 in. diameter standard shall result in rejection of the associated fuel plate. Acceptance criteria for number of blisters revealed by ultrasonic scanning are per Section 4.6.1. Any discontinuities, inside the fuel plate, other than blisters and for which acceptance criterion is not already stated, shall be described by the supplier and evaluated by the purchaser.

4.6.3 Metallo~raphic Examination.

During qualification, one fuel plate per lot selected for qualification per Section 3.1.1 will be sectioned per Figure 1, polished and etched, and examined at 50x or above for bond and clad-core-clad dimensions per the requirements of Sections 3.3.1.3 and 3.3.1.4, and Drawing 635463, respectively.

If the fuel plate fails the metallographic examination for grain growth, voids, laminations, core cracking or separation, or foreign particles or materials, then randomly selected another plate in the lot for metallographic examination.

If this plate fails the examination, reject the lot.Fuel plates selected for destruction tests may be rejected fuel plates, providing the attribute to be tested for is not affected by the cause for rejection.

Reject fuel plates so used must have purchaser approval before destruct tests are performed.

4.7 Internal Defects Any internal defect in excess of the requirement of Section 3.3.1.3 in the fuel core, including voids, laminations, U 3 Si 2 segregation, clumping, core cracking or PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-32 PUR- SARAppedix

-32Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 28 of 5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR separation, or foreign particles or materials, which is identified by any measurement technique, including radiography per Section 4.4, ultrasonic scanning per Section 4.6.2, or metallography per Section 4.6.3, shall be cause for rejection of the fuel plate.4.8 Surface Finish and Defects Compliance with requirements of Section 3.5 shall be established by visual inspection of all fuel plates and fuel elements.

Out-of-specification defects shall be measured for size and depth and reported to the purchaser.

4.9 Clad-Core-Clad Dimensions Fuel Plate Qualification requirements of section 3.1.1 shall be established by ultrasonic techniques using the purchaser-supplied, min-clad inspection gage. All fuel plates will be subjected to ultrasonic mmn-clad inspection with the fuel core region scanned for each plate. Ultrasonic mmn-clad inspection shall be accomplished by calibration of the mmn-clad gage, using the Advanced Test Reactor (ATR) Standard (8E0777) scanned at the normal mode of 0.008 inches.The mmn-clad gage will then be adjusted and the fuel plates will be scanned at a depth of 0.010 inches. Ultrasonic Test (UT) traces showing fuel at the 0.010 inch depth will be compared to the 0.008 inch standard to determine plate acceptability.

If the density of indications from fuel plate exceeds the ATR standard density of indications, the plate is rejectable.

NOTE: The ATR standard is a small piece of an A TR fuel plate that has fuel particles near the surface. It is used on the UT mmn-clad machine to indicate mmi-clad indications and compare the density of these indications to any indications noted from a fuel plate being inspected by UT.During the fuel plate qualification process, compliance with the requirements of Section 3.3.1.4 shall be established by destructive analysis of one fuel plate per lot in accordance with Figure 1.After fuel plate qualification, all production plates shall be mmi-clad ultrasonic inspected at a depth of 0.010 inches. Those plates discrepant at 0.010 inches shall be rescanned at 0.008 inches. Plates which are acceptable when re-scanned at 0.008 inches shall be submitted on Information/Change Request (Form 540.33) to the purchaser.

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-33 PUR1 SR Apenix -33Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laborator SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Page: 29 of 57 4.10 Cleanliness Fuel plate, fuel assembly, and fuel element container cleanliness requirements of Section 3.5.2 shall be established by visual inspection without magnification of all fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers.

4.11 Contamination The surfaces of each fuel plate and fuel assembly shall be counted or smeared and counted for alpha-beta-ganmma contamination and meet the requirements of Section 3.5.3.4.12 Dimensional It shall be the supplier's responsibility to assure that fabrication is performed in accordance with all dimensions delineated in the Drawings referenced in Section 2.1.2. Noncomplying design dimensions on fuel plates, fuel assemblies, and fuel element containers (actual measurements) shall be submitted to the purchaser for review and approval.

Any discrepant component shall not be used in a fuel element assembly unless approved.The supplier is to certify to compliance with the design dimensional requirements delineated in the Drawings referenced in Section 2.1.2.All dimensions of finished fuel plates, fuel assemblies and fuel element containers apply at 75°F+5°F.4.12.1 Final Dimensional Inspection.

Dimensions required by this specification and drawings of Section 2.1.2 shall be inspected using a purchaser approved sample plan and recorded on an inspection sheet with "in specification" dimensions recorded by check mark, "O, or actual measurements and out of specification

dimensions recorded as actual measurements.

4.13 Reactor Components and Spare Fuel Element Parts Reactor components and spare fuel element parts not assembled into fuel element assemblies are required to be certified.

The certification shall consist of material certification, fabrication verification, and supplier certificate of compliance to the specification and drawing requirements.

The certification documents shall be submitted to the purchaser and user.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-34 PUR- SARAppedix

-34Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 30 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 5. PACKAGING AND SHIPPING Packaging and shipping of the fuel elements shall be performed using a Purchaser approved procedure in compliance with this section.*The purchaser shall provide shipping containers to protect the fuel elements from damage during shipment and which conform to the applicable requirements of the Departments of Energy and Transportation, and other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction of the shipment of radioactive materials.

Re-useable shipping containers will be returned to the Supplier by the User at the Purchaser's expense.*The Supplier is responsible for loading the fuel elements into shipping containers in a sealed polyethylene sleeve in a cleaned dry condition and free of extraneous materials.

  • The Supplier shall take necessary precautions during pack~aging to prevent damage to the fuel elements during shipment.

Each container shall be provided with a tamper-proof seal. Loading and shipping documents for the container shall be prepared in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements.

  • The Supplier shall make arrangements for shipment to the User.6. NOTES 6.1 Definitions For the purpose of this specification, the following terms are identified:

Batch. The amount of sulicide powder mixture which is handled as a unit or traceable to a common step.Blended. To mix or mingle constituents of a batch.Certification.

The action of determining, verifying and attesting in writing (signed by a qualified party) to the qualifications of personnel and material.Cladding.

The aluminum covers bonded to the fuel core and the picture frame.Control Fuel Element Assembly.

An assembly consisting of the control fuel element container with eight fuel plates.Controlled Work Area. A work area to which access of personnel, tools, and materials is limited and physically controlled.

Temporary enclosures may be used where adjacent activities produce contamination which is detrimental to the job.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-35 PUR1 SR Apenix -35Rev2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 31 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Development.

A determination of processes, equipment, and parameters required to produce a product in compliance with this specification.

Dogbone Area. Thickening of the fuel core usually in the last 1/2 in. of the core, which may result in clad thinning in those areas.Dummy Fuel Element Assembly.

An assembly consisting of a fuel element container with unfueled simulated dummy fuel plates.Dummy Fuel Plate. A non-fueled plate made entirely from the aluminum material specified in this document.Edge Clad. The distance between the edge of the fuel core and the edge of the finished fuel plate, before any stray particles are removed, in the width direction as determined by radiography of a flat fuel plate.Failure. A condition where the fabrication process appears to be out of control or a breakdown or damage to equipment creates excessive costs and/or schedule delays.Fuel Compact. A quantity of uranium silicide powder and aluminum powder, cold compacted by pressing into a solid block for assembly into packs for hot roll and cold roll into fuel plates. The compacts are encased in frames and cover plates to form the pack.Fuel Assembly.

An assembly of fuel plates and hardware components.

This includes both the standard and control fuel elements.Fuel Core. The uranium-bearing region of each Fuel Plate.Fuel Plate. The Fuel Core complete with aluminum frame and cladding.Graphite Reflector Assemblies.

A component consisting of a graphite container assembly with a graphite blockc inside.In-Process Controls.

Inspections and tests made during production to ensure that the manufacturing processes, equipment, and personnel are producing a product meeting specified requirements.

Irradiation Facility Assemblies.

A component consisting of a round tube attached inside a graphite container assembly with graphite blocks filling the annulus between the tube and container.

Inserted within the tube is the isotope capsule assemblies.

PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-36 PUR- SARAppedix

-36Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 32 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Lot. A group of pieces handled as a unit or material traceable to a common processing step.Manufacture(ing).

All fabrication, assembly, test, inspection and quality control processes.

Fabrication is a synonym for Manufacture.

Pack. The fuel compact, picture frame, and cover plates, assembled together for hot rolling.Picture Frame. The window shaped aluminum frame, which holds the fuel compact.Plates. See Fuel Plates.Procedure.

The detailed description of the series of processes during manufacture and inspection, which follow a regular definite order (not to be construed as an outline).Production.

That phase of the program, following Qualification, during which the product is in Manufacture.

Purchaser.

Idaho National Laboratory (INL).Qualification.

A demonstration that the Manufacturing process, equipment and personnel can produce a Product in compliance with this Specification.

Quality Control. The sampling plans, inspections, tests and records required and used during Production to assure that the Product is in compliance with this Specification.

Rejection.

Materials, parts, components, or assembly products, which will not be accepted as fulfilling the contract requirements because of noncompliance with this Specification.

Requalification.

A demonstration that a single or group of manufacturing processes, equipment and personnel can produce a product in compliance with this specification after the original qualification has been completed and becomes invalid.Silicide.

Uranium metal alloyed with silicon and fabricated per the requirements of Specification TRTR-14. The word "fuel" is a synonym for Silicide.Specification.

All parts and appendixes to this document, its references, drawings, and standards, as may be modified from time to time by contractual document.Standard Fuel Element Assembly.

An assembly consisting of the fuel element container with fourteen (14) fuel plates.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-37 PUR- SARAppedix

-37Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 33 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Stray Fuel Particles.

Isolated fuel particles lying outside the maximum fuel core outline defined on Drawing 635463.Supplier.

The primary vendor selected by INL to manufacture the product.User. Purdue University, at West Lafayette, Indiana.6.2 Purchaser Tests None 6.3 Submittals The following data and records shall be supplied to the purchaser in the quantities stated. The purchaser's approval, prior to implementation, is required on those marked with an asterisk.

All records and data shall be maintained by the supplier for the duration of the Purdue University fuel element contract.The granting of approval by the purchaser of design, working drawings, specifications, requests, and other technical data submitted by the supplier under the provisions of the subcontract or specification shall not affect or relieve the supplier from such responsibility as the supplier has with respect to adequacy or correctness of the design, working drawings specifications, reports, and other technical data.6.3.1 Preproduction:

Documents requiring approval must be submitted prior to production use. The number of copies shall be as specified by the Vendor Data Schedule.

These documents include:-*A detailed description as to the weighing procedure by which the supplier proposes to assign Plate U-235 content as required in Section 4.3.-Included in the description must be sampling, analytical, and quality control procedures; a statement as to the established accuracy and precision of the assigned fuel plate and fuel element U-23 5 content;developmental and production data in support of the accuracy and precision estimate; and data which at the 95% confidence level, shows that the method used to assign U-235 values has a bias which is less than 0.2% relative-*A detailed description as to the manner the supplier will use to verify'the fuel Plate U-235 value as required by Section 4.3 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-38 FUR- SARAppedix

-38Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 34 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR-*AlI fabrication, assembly, cleaning, surface treating, handling, and decontamination procedures (not to be construed as an outline)*AlI production test, inspection, and quality control procedures, including all nondestructive and destructive tests and all standards and sampling section drawings.

All data from these tests, including but not limited to: radiographs, metallographic samples, ultrasonic testing traces, and qualification yield rates-*All packaging, storage and shipping procedures 6.3.2 Pre-repair:

  • All repair programs and procedures prior to use.6.3.3 Manufacturinu Schedule:*A schedule using a purchaser approved technique.

6.3.3.1 Reports.1. Biweekly qualifications phase summary status report. The first such report shall be initiated 1 month after date of contract award.2. Three (3) copies of a monthly report detailing program~progress against a previously submitted schedule shall be supplied by the supplier to the purchaser.

Report type, format and submittal schedule shall be as agreed upon between the purchaser and supplier.6.3.4 Delivery Submittals:

Three copies (except as noted) of the following data and records shall be sent prior to or accompany the shipments.

The supplier shall maintain copies of these records for at least 10 years and until the supplier has received written approval from the purchaser for disposition or disposal:-Certification of product compliance to the requirements of this specification to include any test data pertaining thereto-Supplier's core compact data sheets, with individual fuel plate uranium composition data including:

-Serial number with batch (see def.) identification PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-39 PUR- SARAppedix

-39Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTSpRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 35 of 57 Uranium content Fuel plate core weight U-23 5 enrichment Total quantity U-235 content Core void density data-Individual fuel element composition data, including:

Uranium content U-235 content Serial number of each plate in the element-Radiation count from fuel plate and fuel element exterior as required by Section 3.5.3 and 4.11. The counting period, counter, background, efficiency, and type of counter used shall be reported-List of all applicable waivers and deviations and related fuel plates or fuel elements-If performed, documented evidence of the performance and test results of the boehimite formation from the fuel element surface treatment per Section 3.8.6.3.5 Fuel Plate Radiographs:

Fuel plate radiographs of all accepted fuel plates required by Sections 4.4 and 4.5 and Appendix A shall be sent to the user.6.3.6 Core Compact Data Sheets: Supplier's fuel core compact data sheets shall be supplied to the INL Quality Assurance Representative as they are generated.

6.3.7 Report of Production by Unapproved Process: Whenever the supplier's previously submitted and approved process control limits are exceeded, or any material or fuel element components are fabricated using equipment, personnel, or processes which are not purchaser approved, the time, nature, description, corrective action to be taken, and proposed further corrective action shall be reported immediately by the supplier, with a written report to the purchaser to follow within 10 working days.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-40 PUR- SARAppedix

-40Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 36 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1. T Samples. Transverse to be taken equally space along Fuel Core length.2. L Samples. Longitudinal to be taken at centerline and to include the Dogbone Area.Til T3 4 I J LiT[- I I I+/- +I I L11LL 1 I I-I-I I Figure 1. Purdue University Fuel Plate Sampling Procedures For Destructive Tests.PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-41 PUR- SARAppedix

-41Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTSpR E UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 37 of 57 APPENDIX A Requirements for Radiography of Purdue University Fuel Plates 1. Scope This specification provides requirements for radiography of Purdue University reactor fuel plates, acceptable film quality and film identification.

2. Requirements A procedure must be writt en to specify the details for achieving acceptable fuel plate radiographs.

The procedure must include the requirements given in this specification.

2.1 Equipment Setup The voltage shall be 100 k.v.p. with a focal spot size of 5 mm maximum. The distance between the focal point and the plate shall be at least twice the length of the plate. The focal point shall be centered laterally and longitudinally over the plate or group of plates.2.2 Film 2.2.1 The image outline shall be clear and sharp; the film shall be free of runs, streaks, scratches, blurs, and cassette defect that will affect the area covered by the fuel plates.2.2.2 The film density of all points of the radiograph that correspond to the fuel plate border locations outside the plate core shall provide densitometer readings between 1.5 and 2.7. Film density as read over the nominal density standards shall provide densitometer readings between 0.9 and 1.5.2.2.3 The film shall be extreme sensitivity, extra fine grain, high contrast, double emulsion, industrial x-ray type, (Kodak type M or equal) which is acceptable to the purchaser.

Development of the film shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.

2.2.4 Film Identification Appendix A PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-42 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 38 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2.2.5 A system of identification of the film shall be provided by the supplier, which shall show as a minimum: A. Plate lot number B. Plate type and serial number C. Orientation of density standard D. Density standard identification E. Date of radiography.

Appendix A PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAN Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 39 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR APPENDIX B Welding Requirements and Qualification for Purdue University Fuel Elements 1. Scope The requirements for welding and for the evaluation of welds applicable to the Purdue University Fuel Element Container and components are established by this Appendix.1.1 Application.

This document defines requirements for the following:

1.1.1 Welding procedure qualification.

1.1.2 Performance qualification of welders, welding equipment, and special fixturing.

1.1.3 Information to be included in welding procedure specifications.

1.1.4 Application of qualified procedures to production welding.1.1.5 Destructive testing and nondestructive examination for qualification and for production welding.1.2 Special Limitations for Applicability.

The requirements contained in this appendix are to some degree based on RDT F6-2T. Those requirements applicable to Manual, GTAW, single pass, welding of Plug Joint welds, Corner Joint welds, and Partial Penetration Butt Joint welds have been included in this appendix.

The introduction of a new weld design or weld process requiring a change in these limited parameters would require an appropriate review of RDT F6-2T for requirements applicable to the new parameters.

1.3 Definitions.

Arc Strike. Any localized melting, heat affected zones, or change in the contour of the surface of the finished weld or adjacent base metal resulting from an arc or heat generated by the passage of electrical energy between the weld or base metal and a current source; such as welding electrodes, electron beams, ground clamps, high frequency arc, etc.Automatic Welding. Welding with equipment which performs the entire welding operation without constant observation and adjustment of controls by an operator.The equipment may or may not perform the loading and unloading of the work.Appendix B PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-44 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 40 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Face of Weld. The exposed surface of a weld on the side from which welding was done.Face Reinforcement.

Reinforcement of weld at the side of the joint from which welding was done.Heat. A single homogeneous melt of metal or alloy.Joint Penetration.

The minimum depth a groove or flange weld extends from its face into a joint, exclusive of reinforcement.

Machine Welding. Welding with equipment which performs the welding operations under the constant observation and control of an operator.

The equipment may or may not perform the loading and unloading of the work.Position of Welding. The terms related to positions of welding for joint types and welding processes and the position limits are defined in Section IX, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.Repair. The process of restoring a nonconforming item characteristic to an acceptable condition, although it does not conform to a specified requirement.

Rework. The process by which a nonconforming item is made to conform to specified requirements.

Root of a Joint. That portion of a joint to be welded where the members approach closest to each other. In cross section the root of the joint may be a point, a line or an area.Root of a Weld. The points, as shown in cross section, at which the back of the weld intersects the base metal surfaces.Root Penetration.

The depth a groove weld extends into the root of a joint measured on the centerline of the root cross section.Root Reinforcement.

Reinforcement of weld at the side opposite that from which welding was done.Root Surface. The exposed surface of a weld on the side opposite that from which welding was done.Size of a Groove Weld. The joint penetration (depth of chamfering plus root penetration when specified).

Appendix B Appendix 3-45 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 41of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR Undercut.

A groove melted into the base metal adjacent to the toe or root of a weld and left unfilled by weld metal.Underfill.

A depression on the face of the weld or root surface extending below the surface of the adjacent base metal.Welder and Welding Operator Performance Qualification.

The tests to demonstrate a welder's or welding operator's ability to produce welds meeting prescribed standards.

Welder. One who is capable of performing a manual or semiautomatic welding operation (sometimes erroneously used to denote a welding machine).Welding Operator.

One who operates machine or automatic welding equipment.

Welding Procedure Qualification.

The test to demonstrate that welds made by a specified procedure can meet prescribed standards.

Welding Procedure Specifcation.

A written welding procedure which specifies the detailed methods and practices to be used in the production of a weldment and how they shall be carried out. A specification includes all elements of a procedure necessary to produce a satisfactory weldment.

Examples of some of the elements included in a specification are: material used, preparation of base materials, preheat and postheat cleaning, assembly method and sequence, fixturing, heat treatments, joint welding procedures, preweld and postweld nondestructive examinations, repair, rework, etc.Welding Procedure.

The detailed methods and practices including all joint welding procedures.

2. Reference Document The following documents are a part of this appendix to the extent specified herein. The issue of a document in effect on the date of the invitation to bid, including any amendments also in effect on that date, shall apply unless otherwise specified.

Where this appendix appears to conflict with the requirements of a reference document, such conflict shall be brought to the attention of the purchaser for resolution.

Appendix B PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-46 Rev 2. July 23, 2015.

Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR TILE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 42 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2.1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards 2.1.1 ASTM E2, Preparation of Micrograplis of Metals and Alloys 2.1.2 ASTM E3, Preparation of Metallographic Specimen 2.2 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Codes 2.2.1 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section IX, Welding Qualifications 2.3 American Welding Society (AWS) Standards 2.3.1 AWS A2.2, Nondestructive Testing Symbols 2.3.2 AWS A3.0, Terms and Definitions

3. Weld Qualification Requirements 3.1 General Reqiuirements Appendix B PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAR Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 43 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.1.1 All welding procedures, welders, or welding machine operators shall be qualified in accordance with the provisions identified in this Appendix.3.1.2 Weld Procedure and Performance Qualification Testing previously qualified to these requirements under other contracts may be used.Existing records to support previously qualified procedures and personnel are subject to review by the purchaser.

3.1.3 Base materials and filler material shall comply with the requirements of the drawings.3.1.4 Welding processes which satisfy the specified requirements and produce the quality required by this Appendix are permissible.

Welding procedures which utilize fluxes and coatings shall not be used.3.1.5 Fixtures:

The capability of fixtures for aligning parts shall be demonstrated before welding of production parts is initiated.

If chill bars or blocks are used, the type of material and their location with respect to the joint shall be included in the procedure specification.

3.1.6 Position of Qualification Welds. All procedure and performance qualification test welds shall be made in the same positions as for production welds.3.1.7 Special Conditions for Qualification Welds: All procedure and performance qualification test welds shall be made under conditions which simulate the actual production welding conditions.

These conditions shall include space limitations, joint accessibility, degree of comfort due to heat, position and other handicaps or environmental factors which the welder or welding operator will endure during actual production welding.3.1.8 Heat Treatment.

Weld preheat and postheat treatments shall not be used without prior approval by the purchaser.

3.1.9 Interpass Temperature.

For multi-pass weld, the weld interpass temperature shall not be less than 60° F or greater than 3500 F without prior approval by the purchaser.

3.1.10 Records. Records of welding, associated processing, and inspection shall be maintained for all welds. Complete records may consist of inspection forms, routings, or reference to Operating Procedures or other documents.

These records shall include at least the following:

Appendix B Appendix 3-48 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 44 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1. Base Material (Type, material specification, heat or lot number).2. Filler Material (Type, material specification, heat or lot number).3. Cleaning procedures.

4. Joint identification and weld maps when applicable.
5. Welding machine type and identification.
6. Welding procedure specification.
7. Welder or welding operator qualification.
8. Procedure and performance qualification.
9. Current-voltage data for machine or automatic welding.10. Date welds are made.11. Inert gas mixture, when applicable.
12. Nondestructive examination procedure.
13. Nondestructive examination personnel identification.
14. Examinations and tests (nondestructive and destructive) and the results.15. Photomacro graphs and photomicrographs.
16. Metallographic specimens.
17. If applicable, rework and repair of welds.18. Disposition of welds.3.2 Welding Procedure Specification 3.2.1 The welding procedure specification shall meet the requirements of this Appendix, and shall be submitted to the purchaser for information.

3.2.2 The welding procedure specification shall include all essential elements and details, as required by this section, to cover each joint to be welded by the supplier.

Each joint shall be identified in the welding procedure specification.

The specification shall include a joint design sketch for Appendix B PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAR Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UN~IVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 45of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR each joint welding procedure even if the specification references drawing numbers.3.2.3 The following basic information and essential variables shall be included in sufficient detail to assure that compliance with the requirements of the specification can be verified: 1. Basic Information

a. Joint Design: (the joint geometry, fit-up, and other required dimensions of the welded j oint) tolerances and material thickness.
b. Method of arc initiation
c. Electrode size (for gas tungsten arc welding)d. Gas type and flow rate (shielding and backing gas)e. Welding current range for manual welding f. Whether tack welds or fixtures are used for assembly of the joint for welding g. Method and frequency of cleaning h. Number of weld layers and passes i. Whether stringer beads or weave beads are used 2. Essential Variables a. General, All Welding Processes.

i.A change from a base material type or grade (materials of the same nominal chemical analysis and mechanical property range, even though a different product form) to any other base material type or grade. When joints are made between two different types or grades of base material, a procedure qualification shall be made for the applicable combinations of materials, even though procedure qualification tests have been made for each of the two base materials welded to itself.Appendix B Appendix 3-50 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTSpRU U VEST- ASSEMBLEDRE oFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 46 of 57 ii. A change of filler metal type or classification to any other type of classification iii. A change in welding position.iv. A change in vertical welding direction, i.e., from upward to downward or vice versa.v. The addition or omission of integral backing (e.g.,"butt-lap" type joint).vi. The addition or omission of nonfusing metal retainers.

vii. The addition or omission of filler metal to the joint.viii. Any change in the method by which filler is added, such as preplaced shims, preplaced wire, preplaced consumable inserts, wire feed, or prior weld metal surfacing

("buttering")

of one or both joint faces.ix. The addition or omission or any type of preplaced consumable inserts or joint surfacing.

x. A change in the shape or size of preplaced consumable inserts or joint surfacing.

xi. A change from multiple pass welds to single pass welds.xii. The omission of inert gas backing during welding, except that requalification is not required where a qualified welding procedure is changed to omit the inert gas backing and then is used only for a single welded butt joint with a backing strip, or a fillet weld. For multiple pass welding, the omission of inert gas backing during welding until three layers or 3/16 of weld metal thickness has been deposited, whichever is greatest.xiii. A change from one welding process to any other process or combination of welding processes.

b. Manual Welding, All Welding Processes.

Appendix B Appendix 3-51 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 47 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 1. An increase in the standard size of filler metal from that stated and qualified in the procedure specification.

ii. A change in joint geometry which violates the tolerances given for the joint geometry elements listed below: Bevel Angle: State in procedure specification.

Tolerance:-

Minus 5%.Groove Angle: State in procedure specification.

Tolerance:

Minus 5%Alignment Tolerance:

Assign value in procedure specification.

Qualify procedure for single welded joints using maximum permissible misalignment in a portion of the joint.c. Gas Tungsten Arc Process.1. A change of electrode material type.ii. A change in arc starting methods.iii. A change from a single shielding gas to any other shielding gas or to a mixture of shielding gases or a change in specified composition of gas mixture.iv. A decrease in shielded gas flow rate of more than ten percent.Appendix B Appendix 3-52 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.3 Welding Procedure Qualification Page: 48 of 57 3.3.1 The welding procedure shall be qualified to the requirements of this section.3.3.2 All welding used in qualifying a welding procedure shall be performed in accordance with a welding procedure specification.

3.3.3 Before any welding is performed on production components, the supplier shall qualify each proposed welding procedure by: 1. Recording all essential elements of the welding procedure in a welding procedure specification (see Section 3.2)2. Verifying the welding procedure specification by welding test specimens representing each joint to be welded in production and performing nondestructive examination and destructive tests in accordance with the requirements of this Appendix.3. Submitting to the purchaser, for information, the welding procedure specification and a certified copy of the detailed results obtained from the tests performed on the test welds. The metallographic sections required by this Appendix shall also be submitted to the purchaser.

Appendix B Appendix 3-53 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 49 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 3.3.4 Essential Variables.

The welding procedure shall be set us as a new welding procedure specification and shall be completely re-qualified when any of the changes listed in Section 3.2.3.2 are made in the procedure.

3.3.5 Chart Recordings.

Current-voltage-time charts shall be used for each procedure qualification weld for automatic or machine welding.Calibrated current and voltage indicating meters may be substituted for trace chart type equipment for manual welding. The current and voltage ranges shall be recorded for manual welding.3.4 Welder Performance Qualification 3.4.1 Performance qualification weld tests shall meet the requirements of this section, except that any welder used to qualify the welding procedure shall also be considered qualified and additional performance weld tests are not required.3.4.2 General.1. The performance qualification tests are intended to determine the ability of welders to make sound welds.2. The performance test may be terminated at any stage of the testing procedure whenever it becomes apparent to the supervisor conducting the tests that the welder does not have skill required to produce satisfactory results. In this event, the welder may be re-tested at the discretion of the supplier in accordance with 3.4.3.3. Each supplier shall maintain a record of the procedures, including the essential variables, under which welders are examined and the results of the examinations.

3.4.3 Qualification of Welders.1. Each welder shall pass the tests prescribed for procedure qualification except that tensile tests are not required.

The essential variables and the test results obtained by each welder shall be recorded in a Performance Qualification Test Report. Any welder who performs acceptable welding procedure qualification tests shall be considered qualified.

2. Renewal of Qualification.

Requalification of a welder is required when: Appendix B Appendix 3-54 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-3 82 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 50 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR a. 90 or more days have elapsed since he last produced acceptable welds using the specific welding process, or b. He has not performed acceptable welds using the production welding procedure.

c. Any time there is a specific reason to question a welder's ability to make welds meeting the requirements of this Appendix, requalification shall be required.

Only one test weld shall be required for renewal of qualification.

If this test weld fails to meet all of the original requirements, then a complete performance requalification shall be required.3.4.4 Chart Recordings.

Current-voltage-time charts shall be used for each procedure and performance qualification weld for automatic or machine welding. Calibrated current and voltage indicating meters may be substituted for trace chart type equipment for manual welding. The current and voltage ranges shall be recorded for manual welding.3.5 Welding Machine Qualification 3.5.1 Performance qualification weld tests shall meet the requirements of this section, except that any welding machine used to qualify the welding procedure shall also be considered qualified and additional performance weld tests are not required.1. The performance qualification tests are intended to determine the ability of welding machines to make sound welds.2. Any time there is a specific reason to question a welding machine's ability to make welds meeting the requirements of this Appendix, requalification shall be required.

Only one test weld shall be required for renewal of qualification.

If this test weld fails to meet all of the original requirements, then a complete performance requalification shall be required.

Welding machines used for the manual welding of any successful procedure or welder qualification tests shall be considered qualified for manual welding of all core components covered in this Appendix.Appendix B AR Appendix 3-55 Rev 2. July 2 PUR-1 SI 3, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTSpRU UIEST- ASSEMBLEDRECoFOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 51 of 5 3.5.2 Welding machines used for the manual welding of any successful welder performance qualification tests shall be considered qualified for manual welding of all components covered in this session.3.6 Examination

& Tests 3.6.1 Type of Test Required.

The following tests shall be used for the qualification of welding procedures and / or welders as applicable:

1. Nondestructive examination by a liquid penetrant method.2. Nondestructive examination by Visual to test for soundness and surface characteristics of the weld.3. Destructive examination by sectioning for metallo graphic examination of weld joints and adjacent areas to test for fusion, weld geometry, weld reinforcement, and soundness of the weld.4. When the purchaser has reason to believe that the quality of any weldment is doubtful, he may require additional inspection.
5. Nondestructive Examination and Tests a. Visual. The test weld shall be examined visually prior to welding and after welding in accordance with Section 5.1 b. Liquid Penetrant.

The test weld shall be examined after the.final layer in accordance with Section 3.6.2.2 using a color contrast method.c. Unless otherwise specified, inspection of procedure and performance qualification welds shall be performed in the final surface condition.

6. Destructive Examination.

Each test weld shall be sectioned transversely to metallographically examine a minimum of: a. Three section faces for welds on cylindrical components less than 1 'A inch in diameter or for welds that are one to four inches long on non-cylindrical components.

b. Four sections faces for welds in cylindrical components that are greater than 11/4'/ inch in diameter or for welds that are greater than four inches long on non-cylindrical components.

Appendix B ARAppendix 3-56 Rev 2. July2 PUR-1 St.33, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -. ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 52 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR c. One section face for plug welds, arc spot welds, and welds that are less than one inch long on non-cylindrical components.

d. The cross section shall be polished and etched to provide clear definition of the structure in the fusion zone and the heat-affected zones.e. For welds in (a) and (b) of this paragraph, one cross section shall be made through a weld start and a weld stop area and the remaining sections shall be made at random. For weld described in (c) of this paragraph, the cross section shall be made at the approximate centerline of the weld.Examination of the welds shall be in accordance with Section 3.6.2.3.3.6.2 Acceptance Criteria for Qualification Test Welds 1. Visual Examination.

Visual examination shall be in accordance with Section 5.1.2. Liquid Penetrant Examination.

Unless otherwise specified, final weld surfaces shall be examined using a color contrast method.a. For welded joints in materials less than 1/8 inch thick the following relevant indications are unacceptable.

1. Any cracks.ii. Linear indications.

iii. Indications with dimensions exceeding 1/64 inch.iv. Rounded indication separated by 1/44 inch or less edge-to-edge.

v. Five or more rounded indications in any six square inches of weld surface with the maj or dimension of this area not to exceed six inches with the area being taken in the most unfavorable location relative to the indication being evaluated.
b. For all welds in materials 1/8 inch thick or greater, the following relevant indications are unacceptable. (Only Appendix B Appendix 3-57 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382of5 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THlE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 53of5 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR those indications with maj or dimensions greater than 1/64 inch are considered relevant for item (iii).)1. Any cracks.ii. Any linear indications.

iii. Rounded indications with dimensions exceeding 10 percent of the nominal weld thickness or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller. Rounded indications separated by 1/16 or less edge-to-edge shall be evaluated as a single indication.

iv. Four or more rounded indications in a line separated by 1/16 inch or less edge-to-edge.

v. Six or more indications in any six square inches of weld surface with the major dimension of this area not to exceed six inches with the area taken in the most unfavorable location relative to the indications being evaluated.

vi. Aligned indications in which the average of the center-to-center distance between any one indication and the two adjacent indications in a straight line is less than 3/16 inch.3. Metallo graphic Examination Metallographic examinations shall be performed on qualification test welds at not less than 50X on test welds as required in this Section in accordance with ASTM E.2.Any cross section which is shown by metallographic examination to contain any of the following relevant defects shall be cause for rejection of the test welds.a. Any cracks.b. Incomplete fusion, or insufficient joint or root penetration.

c. Any tungsten inclusions, slag inclusions, or porosity having a maximum dimension greater than 20 percent of the weld thickness or 1/32 inch, whichever is smaller.d. More than four tungsten inclusions or pores which have a~maximum dimension less than in (c) above.Appendix B Appendix 3-58 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 54 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR e. Any deviation from specified weld geometry or weld reinforcement.

3.6.3 Test Welds.1. Procedure and / or welder performance qualification shall be made on test welds which duplicate the production weld joint type and which simulate the conditions to be used in production with respect to orientation, the essential variables listed in Section 3.2.3.2, and the dimensions of the parts to be joined to the extent that they affect heat requirements, relative motions, and distortions.

All welding used in qualifying a welding procedure and / or welder performance shall be performed in accordance with the procedure specification.

2. For manual welding, two consecutive test welds shall be made when the weld joint is less than six inches in length. Only one test weld shall be required when the weld joint is 6 inches or greater in length.3. All test welds shall be tested using the required tests listed in Section 3.6.1. To qualify the procedure specification used in making the test welds, each Weld shall pass the required tests.4. Repair of procedure or performance qualification test weld(s) is prohibited.
4. Production Welding All production welding shall be accomplished using approved welding procedure specifications and qualified welders and/or welding operators.
5. Quality Acceptance of Production Welds 5.1 All completed production welds shall be visually examined in accordance with the following requirements:

5.1.1 General Visual Inspection Requirements.

All visual examinations shall comply with the following:

1. Visual examination shall be made under direct daylight-type fluorescent lighting of at least 100 foot-candles at the work examination area.Appendix B PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-59 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 55 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR 2. Visual examination shall be performed with the aid of a 5x (minimum) magnifying glass.3. The inspection required by this standard shall not be performed by the welder who made the welds. However, if the welder is qualified in accordance with this standard, he may visually inspect his own welds prior to the inspections required by this standard.4. Personnel performing visual inspection shall have 20-20 vision, natural or corrected, stereo acuity, and shall not be color-blind.

5.1.2 Visual Acceptance Criteria (except for porosity).

Visual examination of weld joint preparations and welds shall be performed in accordance with the following requirements to verify conformance to the written welding procedure, the design requirements, and the requirements of this standard: 1. Prior to welding, the weld joint edges and adjacent surfaces shall be examined for: a. Proper edge preparation, dimensions, and finish.b. Alignment and fitup of the pieces being welded.c. Verification of correct material by check of records.d. Verification of the cleanliness requirements.

2. After welding, the joint shall be examined in the final surface condition for: a. Contour, reinforcement and surface finish of welds.b. Degree of underfill, undercut, and overlap.c. Arc strikes, weld spatter and impression marking.d. Burn-through and fuse-through
3. Weld joints and surfaces which are shown by visual examination to have any of the following defects or areas of nonconformance are unacceptable:
a. Any nonconformance revealed by 5.1.2.1.Appendix B Appendix 3-60 Rev 2. July 23, 2015 PUR-1 SAR Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STAN7DARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -ASSEMBLED FOR THlE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 56 of 57 PURDUE UNTIVERSITY REACTOR b. Any zone of incomplete fusion.c. Insufficient joint or root penetration.

d. Any undercutting, underfill, or burn through.e. Any concavity on the face side of groove welds.f. Any arc strikes, weld spatter, and impression marking.g. Any visible inclusions, porosity, cracks, and unfilled craters.4. Machined welds shall meet the drawing requirements.
5. All welds shall be free from surface markings resulting from mishandling, punching, scratching, etc., which exceed the specified surface requirements.
6. All welds shall be fiee of dross, or slag.7. All welds shall be free of oxidation due to improper shfielding and overheating which produce black or gray spalling or loose particles.

Iridescent temper films and the dark metallic vapor deposits which may occur adjacent to the welds are acceptable.

These films and deposits shall be removed by approved cleaning procedures when accessible.

5.1.3 Visible unacceptable porosity is as follows: 1. Four or more pores with a major dimension of 0.048 inches or more randomly positioned.

2. A single pore with a major dimension of 0.064 inches or more.3. Six or more pores with a major dimension of 0.016 inches or greater in one weld.4. Four or more porosity with a major dimension of 0.016 inches or greater, in line separated by less than 0.063 inches from edge to edge.5.2 Repair of a defective weld by welding shall be limited to two attempts.Unacceptable defects shall be removed and re-examination made using liquid penetrant color contrast method to assure complete removal of the defect. If the Appendix B ANAppendix 3-61 Rev 2. July2 PUR-1 Sa 3,2015 Form 412.09 (Rev. 09)Idaho National Laboratory SPECIFICATION FOR PURDUE UNIVERSITY Identifier:

SPC-382 STANDARD AND CONTROL FUEL Revision:

1 ELEMENTS -. ASSEMBLED FOR THE Effective Date: 01/24/07 Page: 57 of 57 PURDUE UNIVERSITY REACTOR removal of the defects results in reducing the thickness of the weld metal below the thickness of the base metal, the area shall be rewelded using a welding repair procedure which has been approved by the Purchaser.

Whenever a defect is removed and subsequent repair by welding is not required, the excavated area shall be blended into the surrounding surface to remove any sharp notches, crevices or corners. Completed repairs shall be visually re-examined per Section 5.1. Records shall be maintained on all repairs and shall include the following:

5.2.1 Location ofj oint.5.2.2 Location of defect.5.2.3 Description of defect, including type and size.5.2.4 Reference to approved repair procedure.

5.2.5 Inspections before and after repair and the results thereof.5.2.6 Identification of repair welders or welding operators.

Appendix B PUR-1 SARRevA2.pJuyi23,3201 PUR-1 SAR Rev2. July 23, 2015 1 R A.J 4 I 2 I 1 SNOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.L 2MARK ASSEMBLY ISENTFItC.BT82 PER SPECIFICATION SPO-SA2.3. REMOVE AUL BURRS HAS SHARP ESGES.2 1 SHEET REV STATUS PTA 0 PHYSIS 2 E LESHEETS REVISED DESCRIPTION OF ITEM 3 ASSES SHEET 2;I SEEOSAR-RADE ESS2 ,&8 NY1C M ~t I 1/2SA/ST 2 ASSES ITEM S. CHANGES MATEREAL ITEM?CHANGES ITEMS. SEE SAA-RTA7VT A/ASS D C 4 CU PAILLPS, 100" 3I6 SST OR 304SST 9 1 635457.5 SOURCE DRIVE TOP B .A S CU PHILUPS, T00O 315 SST 7 B-SB SAC-2A S I/S LU 1 635482-3 SOURCE DRIVE CONTAINERA 1 5 35465-1 GRAPHITE BLOCK 1 R 35462-1 GRAPHITE CONTAINER3 ASSEMBLY SC .5 SOURCE ERRSE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY2 sc 1 GRAPHITE REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY1 B r-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE-2 FINAL-t FINAL sncsoa= REOURNTR:

T, VINNOU.N HARRIK 3SIG S. MORRELL PURSUE UNIVERSITYN OUDRAM TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR TA/SM-T S.,t PROJECT SEO. IGRAPHITE REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY AND SPA.'USS SOURCE DRIVE ASSEMBL.Y PROR I PHIRSCAAPPARH ARTUI/ES 5 A FFECTAR IVTE: A/1iO NOTES ISHEET 1 OF 2 I 21 SORE0V A PURS- 1 OAR Arniendix 3-63 Rev' 2, Iulv 23, 2015[ APPLE~ATUN U/b b 4 7 517 2"1 Y I ' I V I "." W

  • I V I I I ID I B (2953)AX 7 I2.95(3 AX C-2 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 111 B V A-2 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC SCALE: NONE PUR-1 SAR Appendls*

3-64 Rev 2, July 23, 2013 D OIMF3 DWG-635454 2 0 I i., I I CA E AII A I/I&D 4:j 1 8 7 6 5~J7 4 I I T I NOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE.

AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3R2./MARKE ASSEMBLY IDENT1FICATION PER SPECIFICATION SPC-TBZ/.OUANTn~f OF ITEM 5 (FUEL PlATES) ANAD ITEM N (DUMMY FUE L PLATES) USED IN -U ASSE MULY (PARTIAL FUEL ASSEMBLY)

TO RE DETERMINED BY THE USER.A\CHANNE L SPACING BY SIDE PLATE GROOVE LOCATIONS AND WIDTHS. AND FUEL PLATE THICKNESS.

DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.S. REMOVE AU. BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.i T

  • c I{ LIADDED NOTE 3 A -3 ASSY; REVISED TITLES 1CHANGED TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESIGN; 140 SEDADD UGUUUED ITEM B. CHARGED MATERIAL ITEM A, HHD L1UICHNGE ITEM.. ,NOTEA,,SEEO

..A.... I ....___________

-(-I D%K It VA C~-1 -2 45 B-3MA MACHINE SCREW, FLAT HD.PHIWPS, 1W0'3B TO ST 8-3UUNC-UA X lI2LG --3! 6 SST B MAHN HD, A 4 4 EG PHIWPU.I1DO" 31 SST OR DR4 UST H 14 AH A 6.35A3-3 DUMMY FUEL PLATE B AR 14 A 35463-1 FUELPLATEASSEMBLY 5 1 1 1 635454-1 STANDARD FUEL CONTAINER4 SC -D DUMMY FUEL ELEMENT3 SC -2 PARTIAL FUEL ELEMENT SC -I STIANDARD FUEL ELEMEN'T-ASSEMMESBAT RIOLY T 1IAEATTCETK S CAT DRUESCBPT0H AG-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE..IFNA VWIRFSRRT RESSEUSTER:

T. VINNOLA am~o PURDUE UNIVERSITY TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR STANDARD FUEL. PARTIAL U DUMMY ELEMENT ASSEMBUES FUR-I SAR AppendixE 3-65 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 in~i R I7 I I PLIAWT I ,TSORP -EE. O I U T 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 I .........NOTES: 1. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-.382.L 2 XA ASEMLY DNIFCTO PE DRSECFID;CAINSC-B

.....T ...FUEL PLATE THICKNESS.

DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REOUIRED.4. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGED.RAY EFRFIN DATA.CHANGED TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESION: I ADDED -2 ASSEMBLY.

SECTION A-A. B ITEM 6; 1524/07 SEE SAR-N3094D0 CHANGED MEATERIAL ITEM?7 CHANGED MOTE 3.IC A-1 ASSEMBLY-2 ASSEMBLY B A--SE CHANNELSUPACNG

.156 MACAWNE SCREW. FLAT AS. O~S B CG PHILWPS, SB0 316 SET ON34SST 7 S-3D UNO-DA A 5/11 LU 8 5 35AA3.3 DUMMY FUEL PLATE 6 1 1 S 3SH6A=11I CONTROL TOP 5 B 635463- I FUEL PLATE ASSEMBLY A 1 I 34B CONTROL FUEL CONTAINER ASSEMBSLY SC *D DUMMY CONTROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY2 SC CONTROL FUEL ELEMENT S -T ASSEMBLY1 CAT. BERTPYPTIOG CA 0S TESPTE0M OS EBANBAB AU-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC BEFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONE SECTION A-A SCALE. 1/1 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-66 Rev 2, July 23, 2015-2 FINAL-1 FINAL mua= e..7 RAOLESISR:

T. VINMOLA PURDUE UNIVERSrITY TEST RESEACRH AND TRAINING REACTOR CONTROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY AND DUMMY CONATROL FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY DI01MF3 DwO-635456 2~A C I 7 I I L T A, I U TO Z 1 R 7 5 4 3 2 1 NOTES: 1. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.L~MARK ASSEMBLY IDENTIFICATION PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382, 4 3CHANNEL SPACING IS CNROLDBY SIDE PLATE GROOVE LOCATIONS AND WIDTHS, AND FUEL PLATE THICTINESS.

DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.4a REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2 SEE DA-514751 HEIVISiNS

/40 REVISE TO SHOW NEW FUEL PLATE DESGN;1 REMOVED iTEMS 2,4A &7REVIESEDTITLE; 1/2407 BEE DAR-SURAUR REVISED NOTE SB& MATERIAL ON ITEM B 0 A-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 11'B SECTION A-A SCALE. 1/MACHINE SCREW. FLAT RD.CDPHILLIPS.

ITS' 316SST OR[504SST B B-32 UNC.DA X 5/16LG B* 35468-? FISSION CHAMBER TOP A 635463-1 PUEL PLATE ASSEMBLY S 515458-1 STANDARD FUEL CONTAINER ASS EMRBLV-U REMOVED S DC -1 EEMNTFISSION CRAMBER FUEL ASML A (DX CHANNEL SPACING .120)-ISNNEL SPACING .130(-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC SCALE: HONE REFERENCE ONLY PUTSUSI i FINALTR RAT D*IS RHAURSTER:

T. VINNOLA ottaRR AESRGN a MORRELL , ,= ,WN N.OLOHAMLIST PURDUE UNISERSITY TEAT RESEARCH AND TRAINIMO REACTON FISSION CRAMBER FUEL ELEMENT ASSEMBLY A StUR- l SAR AppendixE 367 Rev 2, July 23. 2015I.!I. I APLICATMB 1 -AlA 8 7 b 4 1 SORRY I ElF 1 8 7 6 4 I I .... .1 NOTES: 1. PROCURE, FABRICATE.

ANT INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-352.2r REMOVED 3. REMOVED 4. REMOVE ALL RIURRS AND SHARP EDGES.5. WELD PER SPECIRCEATION SPC-352 APPENODD B. USING ITEM 7 (WELD FILLER METAL).S. AUL CORNER AND FILLET RADII ,U30 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.SCRUTICAL INTERFACE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE ADHERED TO.ANVERIFY RECTANGULAR CAVITY AND SLOT SIZE WITH GO-NO-GO GAUGE. DFE PROVIDED GO-NO-GO GAUGE SHALL SLIDE FREELY THROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FOR ALL ULOTS HANG-UP, STICEING.

OR DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT.-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 1/1-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE VIEW B DEALE: 4:1 VIEW C AU SCALE. 4/1 VIEW A SCALE: 2/1 PUR-I1 SAR Appendix 3-68 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 NOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE.

AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.2. REMOVED 3. REMOVED B. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.U. WlELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC.382 APPENDIX B. USING ITEM 7 (WELD FILLER METAL).THROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FOR ALL SLOTS WITHOUT HANG-UP, STICKING, ON DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT,-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 1/1-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLY SCALA: NONE jz~~VIEW C 4x ,SCALE: 4/l VIEW B SCALE: 4/1 VIEW A SCALE: E1 PUR-1 SAR Appendix 3-69 Rev 2, July 23,2015 NOTES: 1. PROCURE. FABRICATE.

AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPO-,3A2.2. REMOVED 3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AWD SRARP EDGES.A. WELD pER SPECIFICATION SEC-UB2 APPENODIX B, USING ITEM 7 (WELD FILLER METAL). _5. REMOVED.GAUGE. OFF PROVIDED GO-MO-GO GAUGE SHALL S LIIDE FREELY ENTIRE DESIGNATES CAVITY (OR SLOT) tLENGTH FON ALL SLOTS PATAGUT HANG-UP. STICKING.

OR DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT.,167/-1 ASSEMBLY SEALE III-1 ISOMETRIC VIEW REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE i" WIEW A UCALE: Dli VIEW C AU SCALE: A/l R 7 S 47 4 3 NOTES: 1. PROCURE. TABRRCATE, AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.

ASSEMRLY IDENTFIfCATION PER SPECIFICATION SPO-3E2.3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2 I 1 SEE DAR-514751 REVINIONS 440 REVl04100 I EFECTNEATE REVISED THE DESCRIPTION SF RTEM 3 /47 1SEE DAR-5UH425

/40 2CHANGED MATERIAL ITEM 7 4AU D.4 1 F-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE: 1,1 B MACHINE SCREW, FLAT HD, A CAPHILUIPS, TOO 316 SST OR3U4 SOT 7UNC-2A 0172 LU __1 8 35461.2 CAPSULE INSERT ASSEMBLY 1 635451.1 CAPSULE HOLDERHASSEMBLVY 1 63S462-I GRAPHITE CONTAINER3 ASSEMBLY DC -1 IRRADIATION FACILITY ASSEMELY I-1 SAFETI PART OB IIOAIELtISERE UHIE RIE,/PECFECATEH ITEIT. EIEqNTEMTI ECAET.,'P' URAE,.SRMA o..510011 (1SFTI-1 SECTIONED ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONEFINALNEXT 05TN400 B EASlN U. MORRELL PURDUE UNt~fERSITY ETORiroOR TNAN OLOHAM TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR TOOT , NTA U 0 004C so IRRADIATION FACILITY ASSEMBLY.. ...... ..... 1M owG.635460 N EBOTI 505051 1F A PI16.1 C AD Ann,.HSiY 3-71 A.RT I/O/Rh 101IS~TI F STBACUB/OE 7 6 4 2 1 S2EU32 8 7 6'P 4 2, 1 SD8032

-7 12 4 3 2 I 1 I P 4, I.I.,ll I REASONS REV STATES NOTES: 1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGSES.2. pROCURE. FABRICATE.

AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SP0-322 APPENDIX R. USING ITEM 17 {WE LD FILLER METAL).4.ALL CORNER AND FILLET OTIIERISSE NOTED.ITITI1IREV IDESl.ETSj REVISED TOLERANCES ONl ITEM 1%o?I I ..............

I D I-_(2.755)...........................

J-O SEE DETAIL 3 SEE ASS C-1 ASSEMBLY SCALE Ill AR AR AR AR SC ELILRMTL ER4043 AWDA5AD 17 AR SC BAR. 01/)2 ASTM B211 IN AL SON61.TNST AR SC 0114 ASTM B2TT IS AL 6021-T05 1 AR SC 002101t18 ASTM B211 14 ALBAAI. TB51 AR SC TUBING, 1 TI8OD X D05 WALL 12 AL. DEI-TE ASTM B21D AR SC WALL Il ALBAA61.TB ASTM 8212 1 C 10 PLGpLATE, 1127115 ASTM BUS ID AL 661 T-5 I SC -B CAPSULE UPPER TUBE BAR, 01 31 ASTM 8211 9 t S -8 CAPSUIE HOLDER TOP PLATE. I THE ASTI, BUSS 8 tSC -7 CAPSULE BOTTOM PLATE. 54114TK P.574 8209 7 1 5 35405-2 GRAPHT CAPSULE HOLDER S SC *4 CAPSULE HOLDER TOP PLATE4 1 SC .3 CAPSULE HOLDER WELDMENT3 ASSEMBLY SC -2 CAPSULE RNSERT ASSEMBLY 2 SC .1 CAPSULE HIOLDER ASSEMBLY P0279 IBEREIELFATIO TO 45 .D535A5\* "4-1 7F 5 THR..275 3XH RU-LK 5 WOE/BOOtlN SSAEIOUHRNB AT-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENEONLY SCALE: NONE oDETAIL SCALE: U11 P4415SIL$-2 635460-I 635460-B.B,m 5y T.RINOLADEBA MORREL IBRBB IB*4,92 O IDA I 0 c 9911 550 95115*1 8R PURDUE USIVERSITY TEST RESEARCH 4245 TRAINING REACTOR CAPSULE HOLDER AND CAPSULE INSERT ASSAMBUES AND DETAILA 1 I*'*PUJR- I SAR Appendix 3-72 ReP 2. July 23, 2015:_=='OF 3* -,^ b 31 '8 1 8 7 0 1 a 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D"4"4"1-3 ASSEMBLY SCALE: lt-02.6.0065 X45" 8 ESDETA (255)SECTION A-A SCALE LI SECTION B-B SCALE III B 20 14-4-000~1'4- ABC BVVB~I[0]-4 ASSEMBLY-8 ISOMETRIC ONL SCALE: NONE ADETAIL SCALE: il1 PUR-i SAR AppendLx 3-73 Roy 2, July 23. 201.5 D O1MF3 ow3.635461 1[0 I b 4 1 008032 U/t5 4 2 1 J, ,l Q"7 R 1 a -7 A 0-u-i C'1-2 ASSEMBLY SCALE: Oit 0110 IR 2.750 f-0 -01.040 -H01(.1O)C) DETAIL B C) DETAIL SCALE. 211 A-2 ISOMETRIC FIEFNENCE OLY PUR-1 SAR AppendLx 3-74 Re'," 2. July 23.2015 0 IO1MF3' ow-356 SCALE NONE PUR-i SAR Appendix 3-74 Rev 2. July 23. 2015 B / 'P 4 :3 2 8 7 4 3 2 1 4,.7 IV A 9 1 NOTES: 1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2. PROCURE. FABRICATE.

AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SP-32.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC-SJA2 APPENDSX B. USING ITEM B WEhLD F'iLLER METAL).A. ALL CORNER AND FILLET RADII .232 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4CRITICAL INTERFACE DRMENSIONS SHALL RE ADHERED TO,/~VERIFY ULAR CAVITY AND SLOT SIZE WITH GO-NO-GO DAUGE. DIV PROVIDED GO-NO-GO GAUGE SHALL SLIDE FREE LY THIROUGHOUT ENTIRE DESIGNATED CAVITY (OR SLOT) LENGTH FOR ALL SLOTS WITHOUTY HANG-UP. STICKING.

OR DISENGAGEMENT FROM SLOT.REMOVED PRIOR REV HISTORY IO 4SEE ECR-55V8)R72/0 REVIVED DIMENSIONS BSl D.---.---.J, m-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: NONE-1, ASSEMBLY IsHOw-3 ASSEMBLY (SIMILR)AR AR SC WELDFILLERMETAL ER4043 AWEANS) BS 1 -T* SOUIRCE DRIVE NOZZLE MK RMASU-ASSEMBLY MK RM656-I "' -H NOZZLE MANE FROGM B3SAHT-3 B IINCONTAINER MN RMBNS-1 N1 -TUNE ASSEMBLY MK RM656*SCS3.OURCE DRIVE CONTAINER3 S -3 ASSEMBLY3-2 REMOVED2 S -, GRAPHITE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY14--HASN AG)5ANN-IA5NI NEAGA* S!"EN T. VINNOLA PUDUE UNIVERSAITY HAHN) S, NORRELL TEST RESEARCH ANAD TRAINING REACTOR5)3.1 N. GIGISAM GRAPHITE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY ISSAA E N AWJAN A. AND SOURCE DRIVE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY rnAO 3 OENNWA)P)NANLSNAV)NS t'NCE'P SAD6354621M3ISW VIEW A SCALE: FUR-I1 SAR Appendix 3-75 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 VIEW B.1.I b 9 4/b 4:J 8 I 7 I I4 I I 2 I NOTES: I I I I..1. REMOVE ALL. BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.SE c.583720 2. PROCURE. FABRICATE.

AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATTON SPC-382, SEE ECR.652525 811507 I/3ALL GROOVE LOCATIONING DIMENSIONS ARE *8802 AND TOLERANCE SHALL NOT SE ACCUMULATIHE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIES.

8SEER53R L+/-WELD PREP AS NECESSARY.

5.REMOVEDD

/Z\TOLERANCE XXX 1.041-2RV8X.005 MAD 2557 22 .28_D -.1883 CZ-:2.AA cm.]oE0 .-.8 (Cm TNDR IEPLT HE O LTjBT 211 C ETILL8THND8HW

-0 EMVE 1-2284 __ __H__ET-1DEAI 098 N________-__PARPT__L,-E AT ~ -.84 __ ____ ___.21 ,, *622STANDARD SIDE PLATE SHEET OR PLATE ATMB2 SC -1 ERGT SAND ALNIT 85361221T6 G DEALETADSHSRI-IT REMOVES ID-3 GTOrRLSDETAIL RIGHTE ANS06 OPOSTE) SCMB21 -5 SPCRPLATED 82417 (I) UT ASTIM 8209 5uS LEFT HND5Al.8881-T 1-C 635STANDARD SIDE PDLN E.MEETEOR PLATE ANSVER 8221*6 3548 R/ LEFTDU HANDT RESEARC1.DTP8 GRfC-.3 REMOVED548 o~¢CONTROLSII 5 PLT SETDPAE STI 2213 21IREMOVED 7 4 9 D 6-C) DETAIL LEFT HANI SO VsowlDETAIL rnGHTIIANO(oPPosITE PUR- I SAR Appendix 3-77 Rev' 2, July 23, 2015 I : &L. I 2 i ZI- 2 1 Seib/0 0 Z I.0fl.010 J/-> 040045 I/ .004 20 4( 2 260.945 124 2xx 20 .,77.1 701 2 1.315 5.DETAIL I //I nlnl l 00.T 34 00270 F OX .255 fo 20 .25045 -'2~I. _______ I 40, 2.010 0)DETAIL PUR-i SAR Appendix 1-70 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 1 a"7 R'I, 2 tI f I V I v * ! V I I i D-.355 AL (TOP) (BOTTOM}A-A E PARALLEL WITHIN .005-11 ISOMETRIC ONL SCALE: NONE C B A) DETAIL/A SCALE: 111 OUR-I OAR Appendix 3-79 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 D OJMF3 00S~ 63 46 6 EA3EE ROTED OE 0f l 0I .'"PR I ' i2. .../I::).Z, Z O"7'S 55',, A 5-1 11111 7 NOTES: 1. REMOVE Alt BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.2. PROCURE, FABRICATE, AND WNSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3BZ.3. WELD PER SPECIFICATION SPC-3B2 APPENDIX B USING ITEM 8 (WELD FILLER METALI.A ALL CORNER AND FILLET RADII .230 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.S. REMOVED ATOLERANCE:

A. IIAXCERNE I IR H NID FCNTIE0UE SY53.A-LL1LLLIZLIJREVXTATU 12~ ~ F SREVISED TITLE; REVISED ITEM 3; ADDED NOTE A;ADDED SHEET 2 & 3; ADDED ITEM 2: SEE DAR-SSBA4VX 1/TAX?7 TOTALLY REVISED SHEET 2C REMOVE D CHAMFER 440 FROM DETAIL U. ADDED RADIUJS DIMENSION TO AlS ITEM 3, REMOVED MOTE S. SEE DAR-D14751 3SEE ECX-551R72 T/2/07 ADDED NOTE 7.ID-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NOSE SE .... SEE DETAIL (SSSTU = I I2.i.IS .13..B 131 3 SEE DETAIL E1I~C I (2.5531-1 ASSEMBLY SALE: /1 SR SC WELS FILLER METAL ER 4543 AWS A5.10 8_WOVEN WIRE CLOTH.SLUSC -V MESH TN16 B6MESH PER NACH, B AL ASTM E 2UI SSC -3 NOZZLE PITEUMINA1Y MACHINED ALRXST. T6 ORAL 60A1-TN511 OR 3 AL NXNI-TS5l SC -2 SOURCE DRIVE TOP AP L RUST-TENTf ASTM B20XA SC -I SOURCE DRIVE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY-T I/ST PAETISH NA'TURI.PXGCEEAIB( I7512 CVI. REBFIPITIC UHSSCXVER XEHRANNE I 2mi.7 PM IS UST-XN1 635TART EBBIa y 5 REOUENTRH.

T. AINMOLAAXSIVIN D. MORRELL gqITIR DRAWN AS.LHAt IcL oEAV I PURDUE UNIVERISITY TEST RESEARCH AND TRAINING REACTOR SOURCE DRIVE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY AND SOURCE DRT/E TOP n

] 4 IA O) DETAIL SCALE: 1It 0DETAIL SCALE; lit ruE- I TAIlS A[T~ERUIX 55V WET 1. IXJ~ 1.1, ~AIT APREARRA I I~EC~X~EIDIART j 1 c 1 1 8 NOTES SUET 1 OF 3 B / B A'S 4 1 SURESA 8 7 (5 ,1=4 7 R "7 4 D X11/4-28 UNF *.381, .375 (FOP){8OTTOMA)C t 2.52*, 01 _" [ '-2 ISOMETRIC REFERENC.'E 084,V SCALE: NONE T 2 2 ~.... :_/t (.25).-2X .219.284 B OX ROE'C) ETAIL L/\A PUJR- I 04AR Appendix 3-81 Rev 2. July 23. 2015 SSF41. NOTED 2 d 3 2+ '5/0 0 q.Z 7 4 1 7 N17I II D-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCEONLY SCALE: NONE B 0 DETAIL/A A PUR- 1 SAR Appendix 3-82 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 D OJMF3 owci-635467 4 nolAn a ti / b 9 4 1 ..... I 0-- 9/b b 4 1 NOTES: 1. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SI-ARP EDGES.2. PROCURE, FABRICATE.

AND INSPECT PER SPECIFICATION SPC-382.A AILLCORNER AND FILLET RADII D030 UN LESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4. REMOVED ,/ TOLERANCE:

.0031 ABA5-1 ISOMETRIC REFERENCE ONLY SCALE NONE o DETAILA PUR-l SAR Appendix 3-83 Rev 2, Jully 23, 2015 7 ,1, A, 0 O"t 0 D X1)4-28 UNF.- 3B 7.375 (TOP) (BOTTOM)-2 ISOMETRIC SCALE: NONE-- 2X .07 B C) DETAIL A\SCALE: 11 PUR- I SAP. Appendix 3-84 Rev 2, July 23, 2015 O OJMF3 owe.635468 4 8A~EE NOTED EEl 2 I 1 S08183 A-a T -, "r 'I 0 2